Home

Oracle® VM - Manager User`s Guide for Release 3.3

1. 301 6 9 Unmanaged iSCSI Storage Array Item sss 302 6 9 1 Into PerspectiVo I i Ha sete E ede E qeu Ex a Oran 303 6 9 2 Events PerspecliVe 5 ecco et Eee ee bs ence exce E Pepe 303 6 9 3 Physical Disks Perspective ce iiinn enra KERTENA 305 6 9 4 Access Groups aA nennen ennt nnne 312 6 9 5 Volume Groups Perspective 318 6 10 Eocal File Systems ceo ene nee 319 6 10 71 Edt File System fui ee det e ERU E EA exe Dude 320 6 10 2 Betresh File System oce ner eh c eo ete o aei d b EURO ERR 320 6 10 3 Delete File System 321 6 10 4 Show Events iie ete nba Us e hen veh ai T 321 6 11 Shared File Systems ltem 323 6 111 Edit File System ues uice 324 6 11 2 Refresh File System 324 6 11 3 Delete File System eme be pre e ero ie oet e e 324 6 11 4 SHOW Events E eR RERO RARO Ded A EXER SNR A ee tie Ye 325 P Tools and Beso rces TaD esre eieaa ete teo etd eel et ee i E eed v ue boton on 329 aM rcm 330 PAPA VAG AE teen e tte net
2. 284 6 81 Into PerspectiV8 io e Ie ipt det en EXE REN POR BER eR E IRR ees 285 6 8 2 Events Perspective saria eoe ne eee vei ds a neve bd oro eo due ed cde 285 6 8 3 Physical Disks Perspective nene eene nenne nnne nnne 287 6 8 4 Access Groups Perspective ssssssssssesssssessseseeenen nennen enses hene nnns 294 6 8 5 Volume Groups Perspective 301 6 9 Unmanaged iSCSI Storage Array ltem nennen enne nan 302 6 9 1 Into Perspectlve a coge eee eti Ree PER TO ERR Ee E RS 303 6 9 2 Events Perspective aove veena she seas nnne ne aAA NYA nnne nn nnns 303 6 9 3 Physical Disks Perspective 0 0 0 cece aE a EEE eene nene nnne nnne nnne 305 6 9 4 Access Groups Perspective 312 6 9 5 Volume Groups Perspective 318 6 10 Local File Systems 319 6 101 Edit Fil System aei eo ete Rr Pe XR UT DERI 320 6 10 2 Refresh File System trn nentes nena 320 6 10 3 Delete File System aa aaraa
3. 334 PBs Preferences cree rete pe eU eque xeu 334 Use the Tools and Resources tab to manage tags which can be used to identify and group objects within Oracle VM Manager and to configure server update repositories for software updates of the Oracle VM Servers being managed by Oracle VM Manager This tab also contains preferences that control certain user interface behaviors Figure 7 1 Tools and Resources tab shows the Tools and Resources tab Figure 7 1 Tools and Resources tab Q Job Summary LlOTotsJobs 80 Pendng GOinProgress OFaied 0 Aborted 0 Complete Description Status Message Timestamp Duration Abort Details The Tools and Resources tab contains the subtabs set out in Table 7 1 Tools and Resources Subtabs Table 7 1 Tools and Resources Subtabs Subtab Description Tags Use this tab to manage tags which can be used within Oracle VM Manager to identify and group objects such as server pools servers and virtual machines The panel provides options to add edit and remove tags within Oracle VM Manager There is also an option to search for components that have been tagged with a particular tag See Section 7 1 Tags for more information on working with tags 329 Tags Subtab Description Server Update Groups Displays the Server Update Groups sub tab Use this tab to configure server update repositories for updates of the O
4. 219 5 2 5 Delete VLAN Interfaces sssssssssssssen I me meme nn nnn nnn nennen nennen sensa nsns 219 5 Virtual 219 Use the Networking tab to manage networks and their functions in your environment create edit and Figure 5 1 Networking tab shows the Networking tab Figure 5 1 Networking tab oh em Networking Networks TEE VLAN Interfaces Jg Virtual NICs Vew 7X Network Channels Intra Network Name 0 Server Cluster Virtual Description Server Management Heartbeat Ve Migrate Storage Machine 10 17276 0 0 4 00 x E MyVMNetwork 1005c80e41 Job Summary OTotaiJobs OPending GoinProgress OFailed 0 Aborted 0 Complete Description Status Progress Message Timestamp Duration Abort Details No data to display The Networking tab contains the subtabs set out in Table 5 1 Networking Subtabs Table 5 1 Networking Subtabs Subtab Description Networks Displays information about networks Use this tab to create edit and delete networks Select the Networks subtab to display this pane Select a network in the table to view and edit information about networks within your environment You can use this pane to create new networks either using ports bonds or VLAN interfaces or as virtual networks on a single server for the use of any virtual machines on that server 209 Netw
5. Next Einish Select the boot media order for your virtual machine If you are creating a hardware virtualized machine virtual machine HVM you can choose the PXE boot option If so remember to put PXE first in the Select your boot options field and change the boot order again after installation and before rebooting the virtual machine To use PXE you must configure a PXE tftp environment to offer the necessary boot media and instructions to the virtual machine If you are creating a paravirtualized virtual machine PVM you also have the PXE option available In this case the PXE option refers to a network style boot If the PXE option appears in the right hand side column you must enter the location of the mounted ISO file from which to perform the operating system installation in the Network Boot Path field that is shown when editing or creating a PVM for example http example com Enterprise R6 Ul Server x86 64 dvd iso For information on creating a mounted ISO file see ISO Provisioning for PVM Guest Installations in the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide You cannot use the Network Boot Path field to boot a virtual machine using PXE This field can only be used to specify the path to a mounted ISO file to use when installing a PVM guest If you have defined tags and want to add any to this virtual machine click Next Otherwise click Finish to create and deploy the virtual machine to the server pool 8 The Tags s
6. ssssssssssssssesseee eene eene enne n erre nnns 250 6 6 SAN Server ete rte ti e esce e tee ec Penal Mog Lan uc 257 6 6 1 Info Perspective endete Gee nece inue E RR RR Re QUERER PHAR RR QU ra dS 258 66 2 Events Perspective eere ret rete Ep Ure e e Rer EU E Perlen 259 6 6 3 Physical Disks Perspective e emen 260 6 6 4 Access Groups Perspective 267 6 6 5 Volume Groups Perspective eene nennen enne 274 6 7 Vol me Group Item s itc oem Ete bee eve ed 275 eTA IMO Perspective ee oe eite erue eh e te n RR REN AR Dee 275 6 7 2 Physical Disks Perspective ARENIE nnne nennen 276 6 7 3 Events PerspectiVe oec Cie dac da C n CREER EC ERO S dar 282 6 8 Unmanaged Fibre Channel Storage Array Item 284 6 851 Info etie ANA 285 6 8 2 Events PerspectllVo io im eet ees beue eg etae bete eub eo rint cet vL ES vue bet eat 285 6 8 3 Physical Disks Perspective ressesie rosii donti Iena EE 287 6 8 4 Access Groups Perspective 294 6 8 5 Volume Groups Perspective
7. U rri D N T Q v A a D lt c D RE o D lt s RU Q 2 2 D amp o c Free Size GiB The available free space GiB reported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Used Size GiB The amount of used space in GiB reported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Additional fields may be listed to indicate the support status for various storage related functions as reported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in in use 6 8 2 Events Perspective 285 Events Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositori
8. Processors The number of processors on the server Ethernet Ports The number of Ethernet ports detected on the server Maintenance Mode Whether or not the server is configured in maintenance mode Inbound Migration Locked Whether or not the server allows additional virtual machines to run 101 Info Perspective Ownership Whether or not the server is owned by the current Oracle VM Manager instance Server Pool The name of the server pool that the server belongs to Roles Whether the server has the Utility Server role VM Server role or both NTP Servers A list of NTP servers that are configured for the server IP Address The configured IP address for the server Processor Speed GHz The speed of the processors on the server Bond Ports The number of bond ports that are configured on the server CPU Compatibility Group The name of the server processor compatibility group that the server belongs to Processor Type The processor type used for the server Hypervisor Type The hypervisor used for the server Version The version number of the Oracle VM Server software on the server Advanced ID The UUID assigned to the server by Oracle VM Manager Manufacturer The manufacturer of the server reported by the server BIOS Serial Number The serial number of the server reported by the server BIOS Product Name The product name of the server reported by the server BIOS Processor Family The p
9. 261 Physical Disks Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description This option is not supported for storage arrays using a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Edit Physical Disk Displays the Edit Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to change the name size provisioning and share ability of the selected physical disk Delete Physical Disk Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected physical disk Clone Physical Disk Displays the Clone Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to clone a physical disk to another physical disk or to a disk image on a file server Refresh Physical Disk Refreshes the physical disks on a storage array Use this option to rescan the physical disks after making changes to the configuration of a storage array This updates the storage information known to Oracle VM Manager Display Servers using Physical Disk Displays the Servers using Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to view which servers are using a selected physical disk Display Selected Physical Disk Events Display the Events dialog box which contains the job event associated with the selected physical disks 6 6 3 1 Create Physical Disk not supported on Generic On SAN Servers that are not using a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in it is frequently possible to create a new physical disk To creat
10. In the Present to Servers dialog box use the arrow buttons to move the required Oracle VM Servers from the left to the right pane Q Create a Repository Available Server s Presentto Server s Repository Information MyServeri MyServer2 Present to Servers Meere MyServer4 MyServerS MyServer amp MyServer7 MyServer8 MyServer9 Previous Cancel Einish 10 Click Finish to create the new storage repository and present it to the selected Oracle VM Servers The new storage repository is displayed in the Repositories table in the management pane 178 Summary At this point the storage repository has been created Oracle VM Manager has taken ownership and the selected Oracle VM Servers have access in order to store virtual machines ISO files templates and so on To modify the configuration of servers with access to the storage repository see Section 4 3 1 4 Present or Unpresent Repository 4 2 Summary On the Repositories tab there is a navigation pane At the top of the navigation pane is the navigation toolbar discussed in Section 4 1 Toolbar Within the navigation pane is a navigation tree that allows you to navigate through the different object types that comprise your environment Different objects may be nested at different levels within the navigation tree depending on their relationships to each other Clicking on different objects or folders within the navigation tree enables access to the di
11. Non Sparse Cop v v Enterprise R5 U5 Server Repository MyNFSRepository Non Sparse Cop 1 Network Mappings V FreeBSD 10 Physical Dig FreeBSD 8 Q Sparse Copy Previous Cancel Next Select the following storage mappings Disk The disks to include in the clone Clone Target Type The type of storage location where the disk is to be created either a Repository or a Physical Disk Clone Target The location on the storage type where the disk is to be created Clone Type Whether to use a sparse or non sparse files for the disk Click Next 117 Virtual Machines Perspective 5 The Network Mappings step of the wizard is displayed Create a Clone Customizer Virtual NIC Ethernet Network V vnicO 00 21 16 00 00 1b MyVMNetwork J Storage Mappings Network Mappings Previous Cancel Finish Select the Virtual NICss to include in the clone customizer and the Ethernet Network to which they should belong Note R The network configuration is not changed when moving a virtual machine or template It is only used when cloning a virtual machine or template Click Finish The clone customizer is now available to use to create a virtual machine or template See Clone a Virtual Machine or Template for information on using the clone customizer to create a virtual machine or template Edit a Clone Customizer To edit a clone customizer
12. Note R You can also shut down a virtual machine from within the virtual machine the same way you shut down a physical computer After issuing the stop command the status of the virtual machine is changed to Stopped However this only indicates that the command was acknowledged There is no guarantee that the virtual machine is effectively shut down correctly This is expected behavior since an operating system running on a physical PC may also hang during the shutdown sequence If the virtual machine fails to shut down you can power it off using the kill virtual machine option which is similar to unplugging the power cable from a physical machine To perform a power off kill of virtual machines see Section 3 5 2 8 Kill Virtual Machines 3 4 3 5 Launch Console Important x86 Oracle VM Server If you are attempting to connect to a virtual machine running on Oracle VM Server for SPARC you should use the serial console The Launch Console is greyed out when Oracle VM Manager detects that the virtual machine AN The VNC Console can only be used to connect to virtual machines running on an is running on an LDOM hypervisor See Section 3 5 2 6 Launch Serial Console The VNC Console makes use of noVNC that uses HTML5 WebSockets Canvas to render a web based VNC client accessible from any browser that properly supports HTML5 You can find out more about noVNC at http kanaka github io noVNC To use the VNC Console the app
13. Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 19 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors 283 Unmanaged Fibre Channel Storage Array Item navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can hav
14. Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Discover SAN Server B Displays the Discover SAN Server wizard Use this option to discover a new SAN server Edit SAN Server f Displays the Edit SAN Server dialog box Delete SAN Server x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected SAN server Refresh SAN Server 3 Refreshes the list of storage elements made available by the selected SAN server Use this option to rescan a SAN server after making changes to its configuration This updates the storage information known to Oracle VM Manager Since refreshing storage may be time consuming a confirmation dialog box is displayed before the operation is launched 6 5 1 1 Discover SAN Server This first phase covers the discovery and registration part meaning how you discover the container of the storage elements you intend to use in your environment Depending on the selected storage type and plug in you may be required to enter additional information than shown in this example which uses an ISCSI SAN server when registering your storage array as shown in the following table Table 6 10 Required Information for Registering Different Storage Types Information Field Required Generic iSCSI Vendor Generic Fibre Vendor specific iSCSI Channel specific Fibre Channel Access host and port Yes Yes No No Access credentials CHAP No Optional No No Administration information No Yes N
15. ee ea ae es Le viii 4 ha SR viii The preface contains information on how to use the Oracle VM Manager User s Guide 1 Audience The Oracle VM Manager User s Guide is intended for system administrators and end users who want to learn how to provision and manage virtual machines using the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface This book is designed to map directly onto the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface as a result some sections may be repeated if the user interface provides the same options or views in more than one place Ideally you should identify the item that you need help with within the user interface and then use the table of contents to navigate to the relevant section in this book For more general descriptions of the design and architecture of the product you should refer to the Oracle VM Concepts Guide For a basic guide to getting started with configuring your environment within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface refer to Oracle VM Manager Getting Started Guide 2 Related Documents For more information see the following documents in the Oracle VM documentation set Oracle VM Release Notes Oracle VM Installation and Upgrade Guide Oracle VM Concepts Guide Oracle VM Manager Getting Started Guide Oracle VM Manager User s Guide Oracle VM Manager Command Line Interface User s Guide Oracle VM Administrator s Guide Oracle VM Windows Paravirt
16. enhn nennen trn nennt nnns nena 321 6 10 4 Show Events err Deest oa eae eee ee ee eee 321 6 11 Shared File Systems ltem 323 6 11 21 Edit File System Dn Dee te be UI IR ede bet VE et Ld aue oe vs 324 6 11 2 Refresh File eR eec Hed sleds 324 6 11 3 Delete File System ma eret d e a eee d du ui ke tudin 324 671 TAS SHOW EVONIS oi cement doen ERU 325 Use the Storage tab to manage discover and edit file servers and SAN servers storage arrays physical disks access groups and volume groups 221 Figure 6 1 Storage tab shows the Storage tab Figure 6 1 Storage tab Health Servers and VMs Repositories Networking Storage Tools and Resources Jobs iew Perspective File Systems Z 3 GQ Name Filter Go gt SAN Servers nfs mntvol poolfs01 Normal s 20 00 0 00 20 00 9 File Systems nfs oolfs02 Normal es 20 00 0 00 20 00 Shared File Systems Event Severity Refreshed Sis aB Description efreshe e aiia Free Used Total a Normal es 20 00 0 00 20 00 Normal es 20 00 0 00 20 00 Normal es 218175 000 218175 Normal es 3 639 11 000 3 639 11 3 639 11 000 3 639 11 Job Summary 0181 TotalJobs BOPending 0 Progress 0 MO Aborted 81 Complete Description Status Add Server MyServers to Server Pool MyS
17. oie RR Le Ide LED de rU eve bd dee tod nee LI 26 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine 30 3 2 SUMMANY 2 2 2 ae eae 38 3 3 Server Pools Fold r oe etea a e 39 3 3 1 Server Pools Perspective 39 3 3 2 Server Processor Compatibility Perspective 51 Oracle VM 3 4 Server Mem ehanet tee ertet eta aae aA a aa 54 3 4 1Info Perspective eiie na Qe eio ei enin Qs Ein 54 23 4 2 Servers PerspectiVe8 e tee Gale eitene cena 55 3 4 3 Virtual Machines Perspective mH menn 72 3 4 4 Anti Affinity Groups Perspective 91 3 4 5 Policies PerspectlVe rte rte e D eere ERR E ERE Hae Qe E Rd 94 3 4 6 Server Update Repositories Perspective 97 3 4 7 Events Perspective battre ie e bee era eed fnt eun 99 2 5 Setver Item eet o d st e e t s t d to 101 3 5 1 Info Perspective inei beue e RR ei cetera Coe aa IRE d ORT 101 3 5 2 Virtual Machines Perspective n nennen 103 3 5 9 GPUs Perspective ette rediit ex eb tecta adn eae 123 3 5 4 Ethernet Ports Persp
18. Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to which the configuration file belongs Click VM Config File Content amp The VM Config File Content dialog box is displayed with the content of the virtual machine configuration file You can view and copy the text according to your needs Click OK to close the dialog 3 7 1 8 View Virtual Machine Events 170 Virtual Machines Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them
19. V virtual disk A file or set of files usually on the host file system although it may also be a remote file system that appears as a physical disk drive to the guest operating system virtual machine VM A guest operating system and the associated application software that runs within Oracle VM Server May be paravirtualized or hardware virtualized machines Multiple virtual machines can run on the same Oracle VM Server virtual machine template A template of a virtual machine Contains basic configuration information such as the number of CPUs memory size hard disk size and network interface card NIC Create virtual machines based on a virtual machine template using Oracle VM Manager VLAN A layer 2 network may be segregated into partitions at the switch or router so that network traffic is isolated to a distinct broadcast domain VLANs can be tagged so that a trunk can transport data for all of the different VLANs in a network VLANs are commonly used in large networks to help simplify network design provide mechanisms to achieve better scalability and to improve security 348 storage repository 176 180 Index virtual machine 30 56 141 A D abort debug transcript job 341 view 341 access group delete Oracle VM Server 135 storage initiator 135 network 216 Oracle VM Server 66 151 access groups details file system 246 247 248 248 jobs 339 SAN 267 294 312 discover accessibility 3 ack
20. You can also drag and drop one or more virtual machines from the table in the management pane to a server pool an Oracle VM Server or to the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder in the navigation tree When you drag and drop multiple virtual machines to a server pool the placement strategies for the virtual VM Concepts Guide for information on Oracle VM Server roles and What are Server Pool Policies in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for information on server pool policies See Section 3 5 2 11 Migrate Virtual Machines for more information on migrating virtual machines All drag and drop operations are performed serially and not concurrently so one job is submitted and performed at a time For example when migrating multiple virtual machines one virtual machine is migrated then the next and so on 1 11 Right Click Action Menus You can right click on many elements within in a tab s management pane and within the navigation tree to bring up the action menu The right click action menu options are context sensitive and change to display actions related to the selected element For example if you click the Servers and VMs tab and select a table the action menu for the Oracle VM Server is displayed Many of the toolbar options are also available as right click menu options See Section 1 7 5 Toolbars for more information on the toolbar 1 12 Multi Select Functionality The Oracle VM Manager Web Interface allows you to select multi
21. 1 Select the object to which the clone customizer belongs either a virtual machine or a virtual machine template Click Manage Clone Customizers amp 2 The Manage Clone Customizers for VM or Template dialog box is displayed Select the clone customizer to edit and click Edit Clone Customizer 7 3 The Edit Clone Customizer dialog box is displayed Edit the clone customizer Click OK The changes to the clone customizer are saved Delete a Clone Customizer To delete a clone customizer 1 Select the object to which the clone customizer belongs either a virtual machine or a virtual machine template Click Manage Clone Customizers 2 The Manage Clone Customizers for VM or Template dialog box is displayed Select the clone customizer to delete and click Delete Clone Customizer X 3 A dialog box is displayed to confirm you want to delete the clone customizer Confirm you want to delete the clone customizer and click OK The clone customizer is deleted 118 Virtual Machines Perspective 3 5 2 14 View Virtual Machine Configuration File You can view the content of a virtual machine configuration file The content is not editable but you can view and copy the text according to your needs To view a virtual machine configuration file 1 2 5 Click the Servers VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Pe
22. 4 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Select any virtual disks associated with the virtual machines that you want to delete Click OK to delete the virtual machines and the selected virtual disks 3 5 2 3 Start Virtual Machines After a virtual machine is created you can start it Starting a virtual machine is analogous to starting a computer by pressing the Power On button To start virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Start The virtual machines are started 106 Virtual Machines Perspective 3 5 2 4 Stop Virtual Machines When a virtual machine is not in use you should shut it down to release system resources Stopping a virtual machine is analogous to a normal shutdown of a physical computer If you want to save the state of the virtual machine you should suspend it See Section 3 5 2 9 Suspend Virtual Machines for information on suspending virtual machines In some situations you may not be able to stop a virtual machine for example if you have tried to stop it while another job is in progress on the virtual machine such as a start virtual machine job To resolve this type of situation you should abort the job that is in progress then kill the virtual machine See
23. Z in the toolbar 4 The Edit Recurring Jo click OK b job name dialog box is displayed Edit the recurring job as required and 342 Glossary A admin server An Oracle VM Server dedicated to performing administrative functions on storage servers such as creating a new LUN or extending a file system The server must be capable of logging into a storage array or file server as an admin user The administrative functions available to the server are defined by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in anti affinity Specify that specific virtual machines should never run on the same host B bonding Bonding is a Linux OS feature that provides a method for aggregating several ports into a single bonded interface to provide load balancing or redundancy When you discover an Oracle VM Server the bonded interface is shown as containing a single port Network bonding refers to the combination of network interfaces on one host for redundancy and or increased throughput Redundancy is the key factor You want to protect your virtualized environment from loss of service due to failure of a single physical link In Oracle VM there are three modes of network bonding Active Passive One Network Interface Card NIC is active while the other NIC is standby If the active NIC goes down the other NIC becomes active Dynamic Link Aggregation All NICs act as one NIC and the network traffic flows through all interfaces concurr
24. 2 4 Select the Servers and VMs tab In the navigation pane select the Oracle VM Server on which the bond port is to be deleted If the Oracle VM Server is already part of a server pool it is listed under Server Pools Otherwise find and select the Oracle VM Server in the Unassigned Servers folder In the management pane set the Perspective to Bond Ports and select the bond to delete In the toolbar above click Delete Selected Port X In the Delete Confirmation dialog box click OK to delete the bond port 3 5 6 Physical Disks Perspective The Physical Disks perspective displays a list of the physical disks accessible by the Oracle VM Server in the table in the management pane The following information is available Name The name of the physical disk entry Event Severity The current event severity status for the physical disk Volume Group The volume group that the physical disk belongs to SAN Server The SAN server that the physical disk belongs to if local storage this is also indicated Type The type of storage that the physical disk is a part of for example iSCSI or Fibre Channel Storage Plugin The Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in that is used to access this physical disk Description A configured description for the physical disk Alongside each physical disk entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This exposes further information Name The user speci
25. 3 5 5 2 Edit Bond Port To edit a bond port 1 2 5 Select the Servers and VMs tab In the navigation pane select the Oracle VM Server on which the bond port is to be edited If the Oracle VM Server is already part of a server pool it is listed under Server Pools Otherwise find and select the Oracle VM Server in the Unassigned Servers folder In the management pane set the Perspective to Bond Ports and select the bond to edit In the toolbar above click Edit Selected Port 7 The Edit Port dialog box is displayed You can set or change the bonding mode the IP addressing the mask the MTU the description or the ports that are part of the bond The Addressing field provides a drop down selector that allows you to choose either None Static or Dynamic to specify how IP Addressing should be configured on this bond If you select Stat ic here the IP Address and Mask fields become available to edit otherwise they remain uneditable Setting the Addressing field to None deletes any previous IP addressing configured for the bond addressing information completed if you intend to use the network bond for an Oracle VM network channel such as for Server Management Live Note R The IP addressing must either be set to Dynamic or Static and the IP Migrate Cluster Heartbeat or Storage Click OK to save and apply your changes 3 5 5 3 Delete Bond Port 127 Physical Disks Perspective To delete a bond port 1
26. 95 8 VM Processor 78 Server Pool MyServerPool2 Server Pool MyServerPool Server 150 Running 4 Total pped 3 Running 4 Total Server Summary 0 Stopped 4 Offline Servers 1 4 Offline VMs 0 0 Job Summary 80 Total Jobs BOPending 0 in Progress BOFailed QO Aborted 880 Complete Description Add Server MyServe Message Abort Details of Oracle VM Servers that are running or stopped A green yellow or red status is displayed for each server pool Green All Oracle VM Servers and virtual machines are in a normal state Yellow One or more Oracle VM Server s has a CPU or memory utilization above the specified limit One or more virtual machine s has a CPU utilization above the specified limit Click the hyperlink to view detailed information See Section 2 1 2 Detailed Information Dialog for more information on this dialog 15 Toolbar operator attention Click the hyperlink to view detailed information 2 1 1 Toolbar This section contains the toolbar options in the Status Overview subtab of the Health tab Display Parameters The Display Parameters options allow you to control how the information in the Status Overview subtab is displayed The following options are available Number of Columns Sets the number of columns displayed Select between 1 to 10 columns Refresh Interval Sets the interval between which the statistics are refreshed Select 30 seconds 1 2 5 or 10 minu
27. Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 8 4 Access Groups Perspective The Access Groups perspective lists the different Access Groups configured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the access
28. Description An optional description of the virtual machine Operating System The operating system of the virtual machine This setting enables or disables certain virtual machine settings that the guest operating system may require Mouse Device Type The mouse type to use for the virtual machine This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool Keymap The keyboard mapping to use for the virtual machine This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool Domain Type The domain type of the virtual machine Oracle recommends you create machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool XEN HVM Hardware virtualization or fully virtualized When you select this option you must supply an ISO file in a repository in the Arrange Disks step of the wizard from which to create the virtual machine See Section 4 6 1 1 Import ISO for information on importing an ISO file into a repository HVM PV DRIVERS Identical to XEN HVM but with additional paravirtualized drivers for improved performance of the virtual machine See What are Virtualization Modes or Domain Types in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about using paravirtualized drivers This domain type is used to run Microsoft Windows guest operating systems with an acceptable performance level 32 Create Virtual Machine XEN PVM Paravirtualiz
29. Note R The virtual machine cloning procedure below uses the same dialog box to clone a virtual machine and a template 112 Virtual Machines Perspective Clone a Virtual Machine or Template These two cloning methods can be used when cloning from and to different repositories and when the storage used for the storage repository uses a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in These cloning methods are slower than thin cloning but more versatile To create a clone of a virtual machine or template 1 Select the virtual machine or template to clone and display the Clone or Move dialog box You display this dialog box from different locations depending on whether you are cloning a virtual machine or a template Virtual Machine Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to clone in the management pane and click Clone or Move amp Virtual Machine Template Click the Repositories tab In the navigation tree select the repository in which the template resides then VM Templates Select the template in the management pane and click Clone or Move Template amp 2 The Clone or Move dialog box is displayed Clone or Move Virtual Machine MyVM Do you want to clone or move your virtual machine Create clone of this VM Click Next to continue Move this VM
30. Refresh Physical Disk Refreshes the physical disks on a storage array Use this option to rescan the physical disks after making changes to the configuration of a storage array This updates the storage information known to Oracle VM Manager Display Servers using Physical Disk Displays the Servers using Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to view which servers are using a selected physical disk Display Selected Physical Disk Events Display the Events dialog box which contains the job event associated with the selected physical disks 6 7 2 1 Create Physical Disk not supported on Generic On SAN Servers that are not using a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in it is frequently possible to create a new physical disk To create a physical disk on a SAN Server 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list 2 Click on the Create Physical Disk option in the toolbar 3 The Create Physical Disk dialog is displayed Enter or select the following Volume Group A volume group that you want the physical disk to belong to Name A name for the physical disk Physical Disks Perspective Extra Information Optional information that is passed to and from the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in for use internally by the plug in Description
31. Select File Systems MyServer amp MyServer MyServer8 MyServer9 2 Previous Cancel Next Note qj If you defined a group of admin servers in the previous step for backward compatibility reasons these servers are added to the refresh server list and can be used to perform file server refreshes as well This is not apparent in the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface If you are using non uniform file system exports as selected in the first dialog of this wizard click Finish to complete the wizard A message is displayed to inform you that you should now create access groups for the file server See Section 6 4 4 Access Groups Perspective for information on creating an access group When at least one access group is configured you should then refresh the file systems on the file server to make them available for use in Oracle VM Manager Section 6 3 1 5 Refresh File Server for information on refreshing a file server If you are using uniform file system exports click Next to proceed to the Select File Systems step of the wizard If any file systems contain existing virtual machine resources select the corresponding check boxes to have Oracle VM Manager add the existing resources to the environment At the top of the dialog box there is an option to provide a Name Filter You can use this filter to specify search criteria to limit the objects displayed See Section 1 13 Name Filters for more information Discover a File Serve
32. Servers Lists the Oracle VM Servers in the server pool You can perform actions on the Oracle VM Servers using the tab s toolbar such as start stop and edit You 22 Management Pane Perspective Description Virtual Machines can also use the tab s toolbar to discover an Oracle VM Server and create a virtual machine on a selected Oracle VM Server When an Oracle VM Server is discovered it is listed in the Unassigned Servers folder When an Oracle VM Server is added to a server pool it is listed in the Server Pools folder Select a server pool in the navigation tree and then select Servers in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane See Section 3 4 2 Servers Perspective Use the Name Filter input field to specify search criteria to filter the displayed results See Section 1 13 Name Filters for more information Select a server pool or Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree and then select Virtual Machines in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane The Virtual Machines pane is also displayed when you select the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder in the navigation tree See Section 3 4 3 Virtual Machines Perspective Anti Affinity Group Displays information about the anti affinity groups defined to keep selected virtual machines on separate Oracle VM Servers You can perform actions on the anti affinity groups using the tab s toolbar such as create edit and del
33. to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 3 4 4 Anti Affinity Groups Perspective The Anti Affinity Groups perspective lists the different anti affinity groups that have been created and the virtual machines that belong to them An anti affinity group applies to all the Oracle VM Servers in a server pool You may want to set up anti affinity groups when you want to build in redundancy or load balancing of specific applications in your environment 91 Anti Affinity Groups Perspective If you add a virtual machine to an anti affinity group that already has a virtual machine in the group running on the same Oracle VM Server the job is aborted and the virtual machine is not added to the group To add the virtual machine to the anti affinity group migrate i
34. to wildcard several characters or to wildcard one character Name Filter Go Add Admin Servers Name Select one or more File Systems that contain rest File Server Parameters nfs mnt vol1 poolfsO 1 nfs mnt vol1 poolfs02 Select Refresh Servers 44 Select File Systems nfs mntvol1 poolfs03 nfs mntvol1 poolfs04 nfs imnt vol1 repo01 nfs mntvol2 repo02 nfs mnt vol2 repo03 Ol Previous Cancel Einish Click Finish to complete the file server registration The new file server appears in the navigation pane under File Servers discovered in the same process Since these file systems are relatively small be sure to keep those available for the server pools and create storage repositories Note 3j If you created shares to be used as server pool file systems these are on the higher capacity file systems At the end of the file server discovery a refresh operation is triggered to make sure all file systems available on the file server appear in Oracle VM Manager When the operation is complete and if you select the file server in the navigation pane the available file systems appear in the File Systems overview table in the management pane Storage View Perspective File Systems 112 RW GF Name Fitter Go Size GiB Name Event Severity Refreshed iae sed nfsymntivolt poolfs01 Normal Yes 20 00 0 00 20 00 1 poolfs02 Normal Yes 20 00 0 00 20 00 tipoolfs03 Normal 20 00 0 00 20 00
35. 69 154 351 server pool activate cluster 26 40 change Oracle VM Agent password 46 cluster timeout 26 40 45 edit 45 45 policies 47 94 server update management 329 Servers and VMs tab 21 shared file system edit 320 324 shortcut keys 3 shut down virtual machine 75 107 sparse copy 81 113 164 197 SSL migration 26 40 start Oracle VM Server 64 67 149 152 virtual machine 75 106 status filters jobs 338 stop Oracle VM Server 67 152 virtual machine 75 107 storage edit repository 182 file server 223 234 238 239 239 240 file system 131 244 244 320 321 324 325 file systems 244 320 324 local and shared 131 320 321 324 325 permissions 246 247 248 248 267 294 312 physical disk 130 263 278 290 308 present repository 183 SAN server 130 131 132 256 257 257 262 262 264 264 265 275 277 278 279 279 280 289 289 291 291 292 302 307 307 308 309 310 319 tab 221 volumes 274 301 318 storage array required information 227 251 storage initiator 268 268 270 295 295 297 312 312 314 access group 135 Oracle VM Server 135 storage repository back up 136 create 176 180 subtabs overview 7 suspend virtual machine 79 111 T tabs jobs 337 navigation pane overview 7 networking 209 perspectives overview 8 repositories 175 Servers and VMs 21 storage 221 subtabs overview 7 toolbars overview 10 tools and resources 3
36. 8 1 2 Export to Excel To export the job list as a Microsoft Office Excel spreadsheet 1 Select the Jobs tab and then select the Summary subtab 2 Click Export to Excel in the toolbar 338 Job Details 3 The browser Save Open File dialog opens and allows you to download a spreadsheet containing all of the jobs listed 8 1 3 Job Details To view job details 1 2 Select the Jobs tab and then select the Summary subtab Select a job in the management pane and click Details i in the toolbar Alternatively you can select a job in the Job Summary pane and click Details in the Details column The View Job Properties job name dialog opens displaying detailed information about the job Depending on the selected job the dialog contains different tabs Job Detail This tab is always visible and includes the following fields Description A description of the selected job Message An error message describing the reason the job failed This field is only populated if there is an error associated with the job ID The ID for the job Status The running state of the job Summary Status The status for the job and its child jobs Progress Message The most recent progress message for this job and any of its child jobs Created By The user which created the job Creation Time The date and time that the job was created Start Time The date and time that the job was started End Time The date and time t
37. Click on the Create Physical Disk option in the toolbar The Create Physical Disk dialog is displayed Enter or select the following Volume Group A volume group that you want the physical disk to belong to Name A name for the physical disk Extra Information Optional information that is passed to and from the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in for use internally by the plug in Description An optional description of the physical disk Shareable Whether or not the physical disk is shareable Thin Provision Whether or not thin provisioning is to be supported by the physical disk When you have finished editing the parameters to define the new physical disk click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 9 3 2 Edit Physical Disk It is possible to edit the configuration for a physical disk either available on a SAN server or as local or shared storage The steps and options to do so are described below To edit Physical Disk configuration 1 On the Storage tab expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane To edit the physical disk configuration for a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools
38. Static or Dynamic to specify how IP Addressing should be configured on this interface If you select St atic here the IP Address and Mask fields become available to edit otherwise they remain uneditable Click OK when you have finished editing VLAN interfaces to save the changes or click Cancel to exit 5 2 5 Delete VLAN Interfaces To Delete A VLAN Interface 1 2 On the Networking tab click the VLAN Interfaces subtab link Use the navigation pane to locate filter the list of VLAN interfaces displayed in the management pane Select the VLAN interfaces that you wish to remove from Oracle VM Manager from the interfaces listed in the management pane Click the Delete VLAN Interface s icon at the top of the table displayed in the management pane The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the VLAN interface from Oracle VM Manager 5 3 Virtual NICs A VNIC is a virtualized Network Interface Card used by a Virtual Machine as its network interface A VNIC is assigned a MAC address Each MAC address corresponds with a single virtual NIC which is used by a virtual machine You create VNICs when you create a virtual machine The Virtual NICs tab is used to display the VNICs assigned to different virtual machines within your environment and to control the MAC addresses applied to each VNIC The Virtual NICs tab presents a list of all of the VNICs configured within Oracle VM Manager in tabular format The fo
39. Status The running status of the virtual machine Tag s Any tags that have been applied to the virtual machine Event Severity What event severity level is currently indicated for the virtual machine Server The actual Oracle VM Server that the virtual machine is currently residing on Max Memory MB The maximum available memory in megabytes that the virtual machine is able to consume Memory MB The amount of memory in megabytes that the virtual machine is currently consuming Max Processors The number of processors that the virtual machine is allowed to make use of Processors The number of processors that the virtual machine is currently using 72 Virtual Machines Perspective Keymap The character keymap that has been configured for the virtual machine Operating System The operating system that the virtual machine is running Clicking on the arrow to the left of a virtual machine in the table displays a set of subtabs that show more detailed information about the virtual machine These tabs are Configuration Networks and Disks Click on a tab to display the information If this perspective is viewed from the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder some of the toolbar icons that are usually available for this perspective are not included in the toolbar The table below lists all of the toolbar icons that are available for this perspective and indicates the items that are not available when the perspective is
40. The disk with the boot partition or installation media should be the first disk listed An HVM guest can have up to four disks including empty CD DVD drives A PVM guest can have up to 104 disks A PVHVM guest can have up to 107 disks An LDOMS PVM guest can have up to 1024 disks Only one slot can contain an empty CD DVD 61 Servers Perspective Tip s When editing a running virtual machine you can change the CD DVD using this dialog box and the CD DVD is mounted in the operating system To create or add a virtual disk a To create a virtual disk select Virtual Disk from the Disk Type drop down list and click Create a Virtual Disk The Create Virtual Disk dialog box is displayed Enter or select the following to create a virtual disk Repository The repository in which the virtual disk is to be created Virtual Disk Name The name of the virtual disk to be created and made available to the virtual machine See How are Virtual Disks Managed in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about using virtual disks Size GiB The disk size of the virtual disk in GiB Description A description of the virtual disk Shareable Whether the virtual disk should be shareable read write with other virtual machines Allocation Type Whether to use a Sparse Allocation or Non sparse Allocation Sparse Allocation creates a sparse disk so the size of the disk is initially small and increases as it is us
41. The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a
42. The maximum amount of CPU percentage usage allowed before the policy must be enacted You can enter between 0 and 99 Servers Select the Oracle VM Servers for which the policy is to be enabled by moving the selected Oracle VM Servers from the Available Servers to the Selected Servers shuttle box Click Next 4 The Select Networks step of the Configure DRS DPM wizard is displayed i Configure DRS DPM Available Networks Selected Networks Pol uses dee 10 172 76 0 VMNetwork Select Networks __ Network Settings 2 K Previous Cancel Next Select the networks to be included in the policy Click Next 5 The Network Settings step of the Configure DRS DPM wizard is displayed 96 Server Update Repositories Perspective ij Configure DRS DPM Network Enable Threshold VMNetwork v 75 Select Networks Network Settings Previous Cancel Finish Select whether to enable the policy on the network and select the threshold at which the policy is to be enacted for the network Click Finish The policy is set for the server pool 3 4 6 Server Update Repositories Perspective The Server Update Repositories perspective provides the facilities to add edit and delete server update YUM or IPS repositories for a server pool These repositories override any repositories for Oracle VM Servers set up in the Server Updates Group subtab of the Tools and Resources tab seeSection 7 2 Server Update Group
43. The repository that the physical disk belongs to VM s Virtual machines using the physical disk ID The UUID for the physical disk Page83 ID The unique identifier for the physical disk Access Groups The access groups that the physical disk belongs to Extra Information Information that is passed to and from the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in for use internally by the plug in The management functions you can perform on the disk are available as icons in the perspective toolbar plug in Table 6 21 Physical Disks Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Physical Disk dp Displays the Create Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to create a new physical disk in the selected volume group of the storage array of your choice 288 Physical Disks Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description This option is not supported for storage arrays using a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Edit Physical Disk Displays the Edit Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to change the name size provisioning and share ability of the selected physical disk Delete Physical Disk Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected physical disk Clone Physical Disk Displays the Clone Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to clone a physical disk to another physical disk or to a disk imag
44. Unassigned Virtual Machines Folder Removes the virtual machine from the server pool and moves it to the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder The virtual machine must be in a stopped state for this option to be available When migrating a running virtual machine this option is not enabled Remove from Server Removes the virtual machine from the Oracle VM Server The virtual machine stays in the same server pool it is only removed from the Oracle VM Server The virtual machine must be in a stopped state for this option to be available When migrating a running virtual machine this option is not enabled Compatible Server Moves the virtual machine to the selected Oracle VM Server Stopped virtual machines can be migrated to Oracle VM Servers in other server pools sharing the same repository so Oracle VM Servers from other server pools may be listed here Server Pool Moves the virtual machine to the selected server pool Stopped virtual machines can be migrated to other server pools The virtual machine is not deployed to a particular Oracle VM Server within the destination pool you need to start the virtual machine in the destination server pool for it to be deployed to an Oracle VM Server When migrating a running virtual machine this option is not enabled If the Oracle VM Server you want is not listed click the arrow next to Why don t I see other servers to migrate to A list of all Oracle VM Servers registered with Oracle VM Manager
45. Use this tab to refresh and delete logical file systems Select the Logical File Systems folder in the navigation tree to display this tab SAN Servers Lists the SAN servers storage arrays Use this tab to register edit delete refresh and discover SAN servers 222 Toolbar Management Pane Perspective Description Use the Name Filter input field to specify search criteria to filter the displayed results See Section 1 13 Name Filters for more information Select SAN Servers in the navigation tree to display this tab See What Types of Storage Can be Used for more information on storage arrays Physical Disks Lists the physical disks on the storage array Use this tab to create edit clone delete refresh display servers using a physical disk and display events for physical disks Select a storage array in the navigation tree and then select Physical Disks in the Perspective drop down list to display this tab Access Groups Lists the access groups for the storage array Use this tab to create edit delete present unpresent and display events for storage array access groups Also use this tab to grant access to physical disks in the storage array to Oracle VM Servers using the access groups Select a storage array in the navigation tree and then select Access Groups in the Perspective drop down list to display this tab Volume Groups Lists the volume groups for the
46. in the Storage Location field to search for a physical disk This field is displayed if you select Physical Disk in the previous field Description A description of the server pool This field is optional Click Next 3 The Add Servers step is displayed in the wizard 42 Server Pools Perspective P Create a Server Pool Hypervisor Filter Oracle VM x86 5 Create Server Pool Available Server s Selected Server s Add Servers myserver4 virtlab info myserver5 virtlab info myserver6 virtlab info j Tags Optional 4 Note Please ensure that all servers have access to the NFS file system used by this clustered server pool Previous Cancel Next Finish The Hypervisor Filter field allows you to specify the hypervisor type to use for the server pool Selecting the Oracle VM x86 hypervisor limits the available servers to show only x86 systems while selecting the Oracle VM SPARC hypervisor limits the available servers to show only SPARC systems within your environment If your environment does not contain systems of more than one hypervisor the filter is greyed out and is automatically set to the hypervisor available within your environment It is not possible to create a server pool consisting of servers that use different hypervisors Select the Oracle VM Servers to add to the server pool from the Available Servers column and move them to the Selected Servers column If you have defined tags
47. nfsUmntvoli poofs04 Normal 20 00 0 00 20 00 1 0 218175 000 218175 3 639 11 0 00 3639 3 4 3 639 11 000 3 839 11 Description gf Fos Warning e If a server is unable to mount the file system for some reason such as a permissions related issue Oracle VM Manager does not report the failure as this would stop any further mounting If a server is unable to access a file system the reason is reported in the var 1og ovs agent 1og log file on the server 6 1 2 Discover SAN Server 227 Discover SAN Server This first phase covers the discovery and registration part meaning how you discover the container of the storage elements you intend to use in your environment Depending on the selected storage type and plug in you may be required to enter additional information than shown in this example which uses an ISCSI SAN server when registering your storage array as shown in the following table Table 6 2 Required Information for Registering Different Storage Types Information Field Required Generic iSCSI Vendor Generic Fibre Vendor specific iSCSI Channel specific Fibre Channel Access host and port Yes Yes No No Access credentials CHAP No Optional No No Administration information No Yes No Yes Plug in private data No Optional No Optional To discover a storage array 1 Make sure that your storage server exposes raw disks Fibre Channel SA
48. you must ensure that the storage initiators that you are adding for the access group match the storage type that you are defining this access group for See What are Access Groups in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on Access Groups 315 Access Groups Perspective For a generic storage array you cannot select which physical disks are added all disks are automatically presented to the selected Oracle VM Servers 6 Click OK to save your changes to the default access group If you change the Perspective of the management pane to Physical Disks the list of presented physical disks appears in the table Health Servers and VMs Repositories Networking Storage Tools and Resources Jobs ERZ XM View Perspective Physical Disks dh Z X dg BB 2 Name Fiter gt File Servers Event Severity Size GiB Server Status Shareable Description 7 SAN Servers gt FreeBSD 1 Normal j 1024 0 MyServer1 MySer Online 7 fg MyiSCSiServer gt FreeBSD 2 Normal 50 0 MyServer1 MySen Online B Generic 5 51 Volume Group gt FreeBSD 3 Normal 20 0 MyServer1 MySen Online gt Unmanaged FibreChannel Storage Arr L FreeBSD 4 Normal 50 0 MyServer1 MySen Online gt Unmanaged iSCSI Storage Array L FreeBSD 5 Normal 20 0 MyServert MySen Online Local File Systems gt FreeBSD 6 Normal 40 0 MyServert MySen Online Shared File Systems gt FreeBSD 7 Normal 40 0 MyServert MySen Online
49. 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 111 Virtual Machines Perspective 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to migrate in the management pane and click Migrate 8 4 The Migrate Virtual Machine dialog box is displayed Select the virtual machine destination Unassigned Virtual Machines Folder Removes the virtual machine from the server pool and moves it to the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder The virtual machine must be in a stopped state for this option to be available When migrating a running virtual machine this option is not enabled Remove from Server Removes the virtual machine from the Oracle VM Server The virtual machine stays in the same server pool it is only removed from the Oracle VM Server The virtual machine must be in a stopped state for this option to be available When migrating a running virtual machine this option is not enabled Compatible Server Moves the virtual machine to the selected Oracle VM Server Stopped virtual machines can be migrated to Oracle VM Servers in other server pools sharing the same repository so Oracle VM Servers from other server pools may be listed here Server Pool Moves the virtual machine to the selected server pool Stopped virtual machines can be migrated to other server pools The virtual machine is not deployed to a particul
50. 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 322 Shared File Systems Item 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All amp to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 2 3 4 5 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 8 Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 2 3 4 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in the navigation tree Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 2 3 4 Click the Storage tab Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree Select Events from the Perspectiv
51. 4 E Freeasp Normal 20 0 MyServer1 MySer Online gt FreeBSD 9 Normal 50 0 MyServer1 MySen Online Job Summary 48TotalJobs 80 Pending 1 in Progress 0 Failed M1 Aborted 2 46 Complete Description Status Message _ Details Add Storage Initiator iqn 1988 12 com oracle b6fdb3a91 Completed Details Add Storage Initiator ign 1988 12 com oracle 9b116281 Completed Details Add Storage Initiator iqn 1988 12 com oracle 5611a9d9 Completed Details 7 After configuring the access group it is advisable to refresh the storage array to make sure that the current storage layout and access rules are in effect The Oracle VM Servers in this access group now have the necessary permissions to use the physical disks of the storage array they can be deployed either as disks for virtual machines VMs or for storage repositories To create storage repositories on your physical disks see Chapter 4 Repositories Tab 6 9 4 3 Delete Access Group Except for generic storage arrays it is possible to delete additional access groups that you may have defined apart from the default access group To delete one or more access groups 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Access Groups option in the Perspective drop down list Select the access group or groups that you wish to delete from the items listed in the management pane 2 Clic
52. Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 7 3 Events Perspective 282 Events Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manage
53. Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 249 SAN Servers Folder 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events Click the Servers
54. Assembly in the management pane toolbar 3 The contents of the assembly files are refreshed from the storage repository 4 6 ISOs Item The management pane includes the default Assemblies perspective and toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to assemblies 4 6 1 ISOs Perspective The ISOs perspective lists the ISO files CDROMs configured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the ISO file Size GiB The size of the ISO file Description The description of the ISO file Clicking on the arrow to the left of an ISO file in the table displays the resources that use the file This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 4 5 ISOs Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Import ISO e Displays the Import ISO dialog box Use this option to import an ISO file Edit Selected ISO a Displays the Edit ISO dialog box Use this option to edit an ISO file Delete Selected ISO x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected ISO file Clone ISO Qa Clones creates a copy of an ISO file 189 ISOs Perspective 4 6 1 1 Import ISO To import an ISO file 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which to store the ISO file Select ISOs
55. Available Physical Disks box to the Selected Physical Disks box These disks are presented to the Oracle VM Servers that have the iSCSI initiator that belongs to the access group Click Finish to create the new access group with the selected initiators and physical disks 296 Access Groups Perspective dp Create an Access Group Select the physical disks to present to this access group Create Access Group Available Physical Disks Selected Physical Disks Select Initiators pool 0 local ovm project SUN 6 pool 0 local pg project zfs 901 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 7 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 1 pool 0 local pg project zfs 01 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 2 Present Physical Disks pool 0 local ovm project SUN 3 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 4 pool O local ovm project SUN 5 2i Previous Cancel Einish The new access group now appears in the Access Groups table If you change the Perspective of the management pane to Physical Disks the list of presented physical disks appear in the table After configuring the access group it is advisable to refresh the SAN server to make sure that the current storage layout and access rules are in effect The selected physical disks in your non generic storage array are now available to the Oracle VM Servers in this access group 6 8 4 2 Edit Access Group It is possible to edit an existing Access Group for a SAN Server This option is also possible for a generic i
56. DER dee De LEO M eee rites 172 Use the Servers and VMs tab to discover Oracle VM Servers create and manage server pools and virtual machines assign Oracle VM Servers to server pools and create and configure virtual machines in server pools Figure 3 1 Servers and VMs tab shows the Servers and VMs tab 21 Figure 3 1 Servers and VMs tab m Servers and VMs Repositories 7X 309 PJ Server Pools V pn MyServerPool X MyServer2 Xi MyServer7 Xj MyServer8 MyServer9 gt MyServerPool2 Unassigned Servers Unassigned Virtual Machines Networking Storage Tools and Resources Jobs View Perspective Servers jJj 4m x mm 2303566Jlm E Status Tag s eo 11 Address Memory GiB Processors Speed GHz Product MyServer2 Running Of 10 172 76 76 32 0 4 A empty empty MyServer7 Running 10 172 76 87 32 0 4 empty empty MyServer8 Running Off 10 172 76 90 32 0 4 empty empty MyServer9 Running Off 10 172 76 91 32 0 4 empty empty Yo Rows Selected 1 Columns Hidden 2 Job Summary 0181 TotalJobs 80 Pending 0 Progress 0 Failed AO Aborted 481 Complete Status Message Details Description Add Server MyServers to Server Pool MyServerPool2 Add Server MyServer4 to Server Pool MyServerPool2 Add Server MyServer3 to Server Pool MyServerPool2 Completed Details Completed Details Completed Details The Servers and VMs tab contains the Perspectives
57. Delete Template You can delete a virtual machine template and the virtual disk associated with it To delete a virtual machine template 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the template is saved Click VM Templates in the navigation tree Select one or more templates in the table in the management pane and click Delete Selected VM Template X The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Select the virtual disks associated with the templates you want to delete if any Click OK to delete the templates 4 8 1 4 Clone or Move a Template Cloning a virtual machine template means making a copy of it so that you can create multiple virtual machines or templates from the original Moving a virtual machine template means moving the resources including disk locations and networks Note E The virtual machine cloning procedure below uses the same dialog box to clone a virtual machine and a template Clone a Virtual Machine or Template These two cloning methods can be used when cloning from and to different repositories and when the storage used for the storage repository uses a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in These cloning methods are slower than thin cloning but more versatile 197 VM Templates Perspective To create a clone of a virtual machine or template 1 Select the virtual machine or template to clone and display the Clone or Move dialog box You display this dialog b
58. Ethernet Networks field If no networks are available you must first create a network with the virtual machine role as a dedicated network for virtual machine traffic is required See Section 5 1 1 Create New Network for information on creating a network Disks This tab allows you to edit the storage configuration of your template such as virtual disk physical disks and ISO files On a separate slot add one or more of the following disk types Empty An empty slot Virtual Disk This allows you to add or create a virtual disk Virtual disks may be shared by virtual machines or only available to a single virtual machine Physical Disk The physical disks are the disks in a storage array Physical disks may be shared by virtual machines CD DVD This adds an ISO file in a storage repository and can be used to create HVM and PVHVM virtual machines When creating a virtual machine from an ISO file you must use a single file Installations that span multiple ISO files are not supported ISO files cannot be used to create PVM virtual machines Add or create any virtual disks to use as the virtual machine s hard disk select any physical disks to add and select any ISO files to use to create the virtual machine Add the disks in the order they should appear in the virtual machine The disk with the boot partition or installation media should be the first disk listed An HVM guest can have up to four disks including empty CD DVD dr
59. GPG key or GnuPG key is the key used in the GNU project s implementation of the OpenPGP key management standard The GPG key is used to check the validity of a YUM repository and any packages RPMs downloaded from the repository H hardware virtualized machine HVM A hardware virtualized guest runs on the virtualization platform as it would on a physical host Because the device drivers of the hardware virtualized guest are emulated must contain device emulation code to support the guest s device drivers The other types of privileged instructions issued by the hardware virtualized guest for example for CPU or memory access are not emulated but are trapped which also requires support from CPU vendors The guest s OS does not require any modification to run as a hardware virtualized guest A virtual machine with an unmodified guest operating system It is not recompiled for the virtual environment There may be substantial performance penalties running as a hardware virtualized guest Enables Microsoft 344 Windows operating system to be run as well as legacy operating systems Hardware virtualization is only available on Intel VT or AMD SVM CPUs host computer The physical computer on which the software is installed Typically used to refer to either the computer on which Oracle VM Server or Oracle VM Manager is running HugePages HugePages is a feature integrated into the Linux kernel to support memory pa
60. If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event 157 Events Perspective Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 3 22 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All p Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This butt
61. Le AREE DEAE 5 1 1 Getting Started Tab nae e Roses 6 hes SUAS ns areas coe aes ae ses 7 1 7 3 Navigation ELI 7 Net PerspecliV8s IM T ES 8 INANE 10 127 6 Management eene ropes pa etu toe E dee tna erento aru ee eases 10 1 8 Object sisuna vestiri H 11 1 9 Changing Default UI Behaviour nene nr nnne na 11 1 10 Drag and Drop c 11 1 11 Right Click Action aa a a a a 12 1 12 Multi Select Functionality tenta aneio aa t KKA KAE AE i 12 lto Name FOS n T tates 12 13 1 15 6 m 13 framework that also includes an integrated database web based management user interface and a command line interface This book discusses using the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface In this chapter we discuss how to access the web based user interface the general design and layout of the application and generic behaviors that can be applied to each section of the application as you make use of it Notably the web based user interface includes additional logic to help ensure that actions performed within Oracle VM Manager do not result in configurations that could cause future runtime errors This additional logic is not availabl
62. Oracle VM Server Clone or Move Virtual Machine Displays the Clone or Move Virtual Machine dialog box Use this option to clone a virtual machine to create another virtual machine Display VM Config File Content Manage Clone Customizers Displays the Manage Clone Customizer dialog box The clone customizer lets you set up clone parameters such as networking disks and ISO resources Use this option to create edit or delete a clone customizer Displays the VM Config File Content dialog box Displays a read only view of the configuration file for the selected virtual machine Use this option to view the content of the virtual machine configuration file Send VM Messages Send one or more virtual machines a message Use this option to send messages to virtual machines that have the Oracle VM Guest Additions installed Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Display Selected VM Events Displays the Events dialog box Displays events for the selected virtual machine Use this option to view or acknowledge error events for the virtual machine 3 7 1 1 Import Virtual Machine in the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder if you do not want to deploy it The virtual machine must be located on an FTP or web server either as separate files or compressed into a single archive file for you can also use this process to import older style Oracle VM virtual machine templates This process d
63. Oracle VM Servers are restarted 3 4 2 7 Kill Server To kill an Oracle VM Server is equivalent to performing a power off of an Oracle VM Server similar to unplugging the power cable from the physical machine This is not the recommended method of shutting down an Oracle VM Server but may be used if the shut down command fails to shut down the Oracle VM Server To kill Oracle VM Servers 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 68 Servers Perspective 2 Select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Server resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane and click Kill in the perspective toolbar Click OK in the Confirmation dialog The Oracle VM Servers are powered off 3 4 2 8 Rediscover Server If there are either changes to the physical state of an Oracle VM Server or its attached storage you should discover it again to update the configuration information in Oracle VM Manager To rediscover Oracle VM Servers 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Servers reside in the navigation tree 3 Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane and click Rediscover Server amp in the perspective toolbar The configuration and storage information about the Oracle VM Servers is updated in Oracle VM Manager 3 4 2 9 Rescan P
64. SAN Server Delete Access Group Display Selected Access Group Events Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected access group This option is only available for non generic storage arrays This option is only available for non generic storage arrays Display the Events dialog box which contains the job event associated with the selected access groups 6 9 4 1 Create Access Group 312 Access Groups Perspective Except for generic storage arrays it is possible to create multiple access groups in order to arrange and restrict physical disk access according to your requirements The generic iSCSI storage arrays have a single access group available by default where you can simply add or remove storage initiators from your Oracle VM Servers Generic fibre channel storage has no access groups and is always listed under the Unmanaged Fibre Channel Storage Array folder To configure an access group for a non generic iSCSI storage array 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Access Groups option in the Perspective drop down list 2 Click Create Access Group to start the Create an Access Group wizard 3 The Create Access Group step is displayed in the wizard Enter a name for your new access group and optionally provide a description Click Next Create an Access Group Acce
65. Section 8 1 5 Abort Jobs for information on aborting jobs and Section 3 5 2 8 Kill Virtual Machines for information on killing a virtual machine To stop virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Stop Note R You can also shut down a virtual machine from within the virtual machine the same way you shut down a physical computer After issuing the stop command the status of the virtual machine is changed to Stopped However this only indicates that the command was acknowledged There is no guarantee that the virtual machine is effectively shut down correctly This is expected behavior since an operating system running on a physical PC may also hang during the shutdown sequence If the virtual machine fails to shut down you can power it off using the kill virtual machine option which is similar to unplugging the power cable from a physical machine To perform a power off kill of virtual machines see Section 3 5 2 8 Kill Virtual Machines 3 5 2 5 Launch Console Important AN The VNC Console can only be used to connect to virtual machines running on an x86 Oracle VM Server If you are attempting to connect to a virtual machine running on Oracle VM Server for SPARC you should use the serial console
66. Servers navigation folder in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of all of the SAN servers within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane The File Servers navigation folder offers the following perspectives within the management pane SAN Servers Perspective 6 5 1 SAN Servers Perspective The SAN Servers perspective lists the different SAN servers configured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the SAN server 250 SAN Servers Perspective Status The status of the SAN server whether or not the disk is online Size GiB A grouping that consists of the following columns Allocated The total size available for use by the SAN server Free The size of the SAN server in GiB that is currently free Used The size of the SAN server in GiB that is currently in use Total The total size in GiB of the SAN server Description A description entered for the SAN server when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 6 9 SAN Servers Perspective Toolbar Icon Options
67. Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 3 24 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable eve
68. The Launch Console 3 is greyed out when Oracle VM Manager detects that the virtual machine is running on an LDOM hypervisor See Section 3 5 2 6 Launch Serial Console The VNC Console makes use of noVNC that uses HTML5 WebSockets Canvas to render a web based VNC client accessible from any browser that properly supports HTML5 You can find out more about noVNC at http kanaka github io noVNC To use the VNC Console the appropriate packages must be installed on the Oracle VM Manager host so that a connection can be made with the virtual machine and so that the noVNC client can be rendered in a browser See the Oracle VM Installation and Upgrade Guide for information on installing the required packages on the Oracle VM Manager host computer 107 Virtual Machines Perspective The VNC Console is not available for virtual machines in the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder or virtual machines in a server pool but not assigned to an Oracle VM Server The key mapping for each VNC session is set when you create or edit a virtual machine in the Keymap field See Section 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine and Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine for information on creating and editing a virtual machine To connect to a virtual machine s console 1 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list S
69. VM Server as well as those available to it from a SAN server You can also refresh the physical disks on an Oracle VM Server when SAN server disks have been added or removed To refresh the physical disks on Oracle VM Servers 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab and select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Servers reside in the navigation tree Select Servers in the Perspective drop down list in the management pane Select the Oracle VM Servers in the management pane table 129 Physical Disks Perspective Alternatively on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list 2 Click Rescan Physical Disks in the perspective toolbar 3 A confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK 3 5 6 2 Edit Physical Disk It is possible to edit the configuration for a physical disk either available on a SAN server or as local or shared storage The steps and options to do so are described below To edit Physical Disk configuration 1 On the Storage tab expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane To edit the physical disk configuration for a physical disk
70. VM Servers in the server pool if they are available If the Oracle VM Server is the master Oracle VM Server in the server pool this role is moved to another Oracle VM Server in the server pool if available after the server is shutdown If any of these automatic processes fail check the Oracle VM Server event log Section 3 5 10 Events Perspective for reasons why the failure occurred When an Oracle VM Server is placed into maintenance mode its icon amp is updated in the navigation pane When you have finished performing maintenance on the Oracle VM Server and you are ready for it to rejoin the server pool ensure that the Maintenance Mode check box is unchecked Take Ownership of Server Select to take ownership of the Oracle VM Server Note N Configuration of NTP for each Oracle VM Server takes place when a server changes ownership If you release ownership of a server its NTP configuration is updated to point locally to itself When Oracle VM Manager takes ownership of a server the server s NTP configuration is automatically updated to point to the Oracle VM Manager instance This may only be evident after the server has been refreshed Tip You cannot edit the ownership of an Oracle VM Server if it is included in server pool or if a repository is presented to it Inbound Migration Locked Select whether to allow additional virtual machines to run on the Oracle VM Server Selecting this option prevents new or migrat
71. VM Servers with networks If you are editing an existing running virtual machine you are able to add VNICs to the virtual machine but you are not able to remove VNICs that are already in use You also cannot reorder VNICs on a running virtual machine If you choose to add a VNIC to a running machine you must ensure that the VNIC belongs to a virtual machine network already associated with the Oracle VM Servers on which it can run by selecting the appropriate network from the Network drop down list A virtual machine can have up to eight 8 VNICs for HVM guests and up to 31 for PVM guests A PVM guest requires network connectivity to perform the operating system install and must have at least one VNIC Click Next The Arrange Disks step of the wizard is displayed uf Create Virtual Machine Set the slot positions for your ISOs and disks Slot Disk Type Name Size GiB Actions 0 Empty 1 Empty Arrange Disks 2 Empty 3 Empty 4 C Set up Networks s Boot Options Previous Cancel Next Select the desired storage configuration of your virtual machine such as virtual disks physical disks and ISO files On a separate slot add one or more of the following disk types Empty An empty slot Virtual Disk This allows you to add or create a virtual disk Virtual disks may be shared by virtual machines or only available to a single virtual machine Physical Disk The physical disks are the disk
72. Virtual Machines To automatically migrate the virtual machines to other Oracle VM Servers in the server pool place the Oracle VM Server into maintenance mode see Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab 3 Select the Unassigned Servers folder in the navigation tree Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list 4 Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane Click Delete X in the perspective toolbar 5 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the Oracle VM Servers The Oracle VM Servers are deleted from Oracle VM Manager 3 4 2 4 Start Server When you start an Oracle VM Server it is started using the Intelligent Plattorm Management Interface IPMI or Wake on LAN WOL If neither IPMI nor WOL have been configured the job to start the Oracle VM Server cannot be completed and may need to be aborted The Oracle VM Server must then be powered on manually See Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server for information on configuring IPMI See Section 8 1 5 Abort Jobs for information on aborting a hanging job To start Oracle VM Servers 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Server resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane and click Start Server gt in the perspective toolbar The Oracle VM Servers are started 3 4 2 5 S
73. Virtual Machines in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on Huge Page support Description An optional description of the virtual machine Operating System The operating system of the virtual machine This setting enables or disables certain virtual machine settings that the guest operating system may require Mouse Device Type The mouse type to use for the virtual machine This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool Keymap The keyboard mapping to use for the virtual machine This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool 143 Servers Perspective Domain Type The domain type of the virtual machine Oracle recommends you create machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool XEN HVM Hardware virtualization or fully virtualized When you select this option you must supply an ISO file in a repository in the Arrange Disks step of the wizard from which to create the virtual machine See Section 4 6 1 1 Import ISO for information on importing an ISO file into a repository HVM PV DRIVERS Identical to XEN HVM but with additional paravirtualized drivers for improved performance of the virtual machine See What are Virtualization Modes or Domain Types in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about using paravirtualized drivers This domain type is used to run Microsoft Win
74. a form that allows you to change different variable values 334 Preferences The options listed here apply to different functionalities within Oracle VM Manager These are described below Refresh Job Timeout Value This radio button controls whether or not a timeout value is applied for the number of seconds to wait before timing out in the field provided Statistics Collection Interval This field allows you to specify how frequently statistics are collected for servers The statistics are used within Oracle VM Manager on the Health tab The value for this field can be between 20 seconds and 31 536 000 seconds one year For more information on server statistics see Section 2 3 Statistics Statistics Collection Hold Time This field allows you to specify how long statistics are stored by Oracle VM Manager before they are refreshed The statistics are used within Oracle VM Manager on the Health tab The value for this field can be between 15 minutes and 4320 minutes 3 days The default value is 60 minutes For more information on server statistics see Section 2 3 Statistics The configuration parameters can be changed with instant effect No restart of Oracle VM Manager is required See No File Systems Found When Searching a Storage Server in the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide for more information on when these UI preferences should be changed 335 336 Chapter 8 Jobs Tab Table of Contents 8 1 SUMM
75. a performance monitor that collects performance statistics from the Oracle VM Manager core periodically No jobs are associated with this task but enabling it causes the statistics to be logged on the Oracle VM Manager host and makes it possible to query these statistics using the Web Services API The default setting for this task is disabled with an interval of 1 minute Refresh Repositories File Systems Task Oracle VM Manager performs refresh operations for all file systems containing repositories owned by Oracle VM Manager to help keep in synch with file system changes The Refresh Repositories File Systems Task minimizes the amount of time that the file system is locked If the file system size or free size changes the change is reflected in the repository and the file system size is displayed in the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The default setting for this job is disabled with an interval of 61 minutes Server Upgrade Checker Task The Server Upgrade Checker Task periodically checks that all owned Oracle VM Servers known to Oracle VM Manager have the latest product versions installed This check is performed against the updates available in the Yum repository The default setting for this job is enabled with an interval of 1464 minutes 8 2 1 Edit a Recurring Job To edit a recurring job 1 Select the Jobs tab and then select the Recurring subtab 2 Select a job in the Recurring Jobs table 3 Click Edit
76. a policy is set this field indicates the type of policy applied either DRS or DPM Time Period minutes The number of minutes between policy job runs Server Processors Enable Whether or not CPU performance and utilization are logged for policy enactment Threshold 96 The maximum amount of CPU percentage usage allowed before the policy must be enacted Servers Servers A comma separated list of the servers to which the policy applies Networks Displays a table of networks and how the policy applies The following columns are included in the table Network The name of the network that the policy applies to Enable Whether the policy is enabled on the network Threshold 96 The percentage threshold of network usage that triggers the policy This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 3 8 Policies Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Edit a Displays the Configure DRS DPM wizard Use this option to set or edit resource policies for the server pool Select a server pool in the Servers and VMs tab to enable this option 3 4 5 1 Define or Edit Server Pool Policies It is possible to define server pool policies to improve power and resource usage across the servers within your server pool The two policies you can set are for 94 Policies Perspective Servers during periods of relative low resource uti
77. access hosts click Next 6 For most SAN servers the wizard moves straight to the Add Admin Servers step However if you have vendor specific storage hardware with an admin host handling more than one storage array such as certain HP EVAs and EMC arrays you must enter the name of the array to be used for the new SAN server The wizard recognizes this type of storage and displays the Set Storage Name step when applicable Enter the storage name and click Next 7 The Add Admin Servers step is displayed in the wizard If you are working with a non clustered server pool you may skip this step B Discover SAN Server Available Server s Selected Server s myserver1 virtlab info myserver2 virtlab info Access Information if required myserver4 virtlab info myserver5 virtlab info myserver6 virtlab info e Add Admin Servers Manage Access Group if required Admin servers need network connectivity to the admin port of the network storage server Previous Cancel Next Use the arrow buttons to move the required Oracle VM Servers from the Available Server s box to the Selected Server s box This selects which Oracle VM Servers are to be made available to perform Oracle VM related admin operations on the SAN server Click Next 8 The Manage Access Group step is displayed in the wizard 254 SAN Servers Perspective Discover SAN Server viw d AR Name Description Default access group MyISCSI Ad
78. addressing Mask The netmask to use for the bond This is available if using Static addressing MTU The Maximum Transfer Unit size If your network supports jumbo frames increase the MTU value to the required size The MTU is set to 1500 by default and can be between 1500 and 9000 126 Bond Ports Perspective for a 1GbE NIC and 1500 and 64000 for a 10GbE NIC Setting the MTU field sets the maximum transmission rate so a packet size of 5000 can be sent and received if the MTU is set to 9000 for a 1GbE NIC that the interface is not currently in use If you attempt to change the MTU value on an interface that is currently in use an error message may be Note R If configuring a port on SPARC system changing the MTU value may require returned Description An optional description for the bond Bonding The bonding mode either Active Passive Link Aggregation or Load Balanced See How is Network Bonding Used in Oracle VM in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about network bonding modes Available Ports The available Ethernet ports on the Oracle VM Server Select the ports to use from here and move them to the Selected Ports column Selected Ports The ports to use for the bond Click OK to create the bond When you have created the bond port you can make changes to its configuration You can update its bonding mode and add or remove ports as well as changing its description and IP addressing
79. already defined any VLAN interfaces as described in Section 5 2 VLAN Interfaces no VLAN interfaces are displayed in this view and you are unable to add any VLAN interfaces to the network In other words you must define your VLAN interfaces on the VLAN Interfaces subtab before attempting to add any VLAN interfaces to a network c Identify the VLAN interfaces that you wish to add to the network and check the check box alongside them d Click OK to add the selected VLAN interfaces to the network or click Cancel to exit without making any changes To Edit A VLAN Interface Within The Network a Select the VLAN interface that you wish to edit within the network b Click the 7 Edit VLAN Interface s icon in the toolbar c The Edit VLAN Interface s dialog is displayed d For each VLAN interface listed you are able to edit the MTU setting and the IP Address assignment settings e Click OK when you have finished editing VLAN interfaces to save the changes or click Cancel to exit To Delete A VLAN Interface From The Network a Select the VLAN interfaces that you wish to remove from the network b Click the Delete VLAN Interface s icon c The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the VLAN interface from the network 213 Edit Existing Network When you have finished adding any VLAN interfaces to the network you are able to click Finish to save the new network configuration Alternatively
80. an existing physical disk if it is no longer in use by any servers within any server pools and the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in that you are using supports this operation The steps and options to do so are described below To delete the registered physical disk 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to delete in the table presented in the management pane To delete a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to delete in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the X Delete Physical Disk icon in the toolbar 3 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the physical disk 6 9 3 4 Clone Physical Disk It is possible to clone a physical disk The steps and options to do so are described below To clone a Physical Disk 1 On the Storage tab expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to clone in the table pre
81. an optional proxy server to use when importing the virtual disk Click OK to import the virtual disk file When the import job is complete the new virtual disk is displayed in the table in the management pane 4 9 1 3 Edit Virtual Disk To edit a virtual disk 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the virtual disk is located Select Virtual Disks in the navigation tree 205 Virtual Disks Perspective Select the virtual disk in the table in the management pane Click Edit Virtual Disk 7 in the management pane toolbar The Edit Virtual Disk dialog box is displayed Enter or select the following Virtual Disk Name A name for the virtual disk Size GiB The size of the disk in GiB Resize Action Whether the virtual disk should use sparse or non sparse allocation This drop down selector does not default to the allocation type that was used when the disk was created as this information is not stored within Oracle VM Manager Description A description of the virtual disk Shareable Whether the virtual disk is shareable Shareable disks have read write privileges in multiple virtual machines and should be used with caution for the virtual disk image This is displayed in the ID field at the top of the dialog Note E The actual virtual disk image file is saved with a filename that contains the UUID This field is not editable Click OK to save the changes Warning e Wh
82. and wish to add any to the server pool click Next Otherwise click Finish The Tags step is optional and displays in the wizard if you clicked Next in the previous step P4 Create a Server Pool Available Tags Selected Tags Demo Add Servers Tags Optional Previous Cancel Finish If you have defined tags previously they appear in the Available Tags column You can select the tags that you wish to apply to the server pool and move them to the Selected Tags column See Section 1 14 Tags for more information on creating and managing tags Click Finish 43 Server Pools Perspective The server pool is created 3 3 1 3 Import Virtual Machine in the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder if you do not want to deploy it The virtual machine must be located on an FTP or web server either as separate files or compressed into a single archive file for you can also use this process to import older style Oracle VM virtual machine templates This process does not work for the newer OVF OVA style templates When you import a virtual machine into a server pool you have the option of saving it to any storage machine to the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder you can save it into any storage repository To import a virtual machine 1 Place the files that make up a virtual machine or an archive of those files in a location accessible by Oracle VM Manager using any of these protocols HTTP HTTPS or FTP 2 Cl
83. be power cycled manually To stop Oracle VM Servers 1 Stop or migrate any running virtual machines To stop the virtual machines see Section 3 5 2 4 Stop Virtual Machines To automatically migrate the virtual machines to other Oracle VM Servers in the server pool place the Oracle VM Servers into maintenance mode see Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab 3 Select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Server resides in the navigation tree 4 Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane and click Stop Server 8 in the perspective toolbar The Oracle VM Servers are powered off 3 6 1 6 Restart Server When you restart an Oracle VM Server an operating system restart command is sent and the Oracle VM Server is restarted Before you can restart an Oracle VM Server you must stop any running virtual machines or place the Oracle VM Server into maintenance mode to automatically migrate the running virtual machines When the Oracle VM Server is restarted and rejoins the server pool the master Oracle VM Server initiates any pending HA operations in the server pool When Oracle VM Manager is notified that the Oracle VM Server is online and available any pending state changes are reconciled before any policy actions are resumed There is more information on the implications of restarting servers covered in Rebooting and Changing Power State of
84. be reconstructed by amalgamating the various files together again before import 193 VM Templates Perspective Mouse Device Type The mouse type to use for the template This option is ignored if using a SPARC based server pool Domain Type The domain type of the virtual machine Oracle recommends you create machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool XEN HVM Hardware virtualization or fully virtualized When you select this option you must supply an ISO file in a repository in the Arrange Disks step of the wizard from which to create the virtual machine See Section 4 6 1 1 Import ISO for information on importing an ISO file into a repository PV DRIVERS Identical to HVM but with additional paravirtualized drivers for improved performance of the virtual machine See What are Virtualization Modes or Domain Types in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about using paravirtualized drivers This domain type is used to run Microsoft Windows guest operating systems with an acceptable performance level XEN PVM Paravirtualized Enables you to select a location for the mounted ISO file from which to create the virtual machine Before you create the virtual machine using the paravirtualized method mount the ISO file on an NFS share or HTTP or FTP server You supply the location of the mounted ISO file in the Network Boot Path field in the Boot Options step of the wizard For in
85. been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 3 25 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors 173 Events Perspective navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to
86. click Manage Clone Customizers amp Virtual Machine Template Click the Repositories tab In the navigation tree select the repository in which the template resides then VM Templates Select the template in the management pane and click Manage Clone Customizers 84 Virtual Machines Perspective W Manage Clone Customizers for VM MyOL5VM View 4 AR Name Description No Clone Customizer Close 2 Select Create Clone Customizer 3 The Create a Clone Customizer wizard is displayed Create a Clone Customizer Name and Description Clone Customizer Name MyCloneCustomizer Description LJ Storage Mappings Cancel Next In the Name and Description step of the wizard enter a Name and Description for the clone customizer and click Next 4 The Storage Mappings step of the wizard is displayed 85 Virtual Machines Perspective Create a Clone Customizer Disk Clone Target Type Clone Target Clone Type ame and Description v MyVMBootDisk Repository MyNFSRepository Q Non Sparse Cop Storage Mappings v MySharedDisk Repository MyNFSRepository Q Non Sparse Cop v Enterprise R5 U5 Server Reposito MyNFSR ito Non Sparse v 1 Network Mappings y y eposy a P Piss v FreeBSD 10 Physical Did FreeBSD 8 Sparse X Previous Cancel Next Select the following sto
87. clone job To clone an ISO file 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the ISO is located Select ISOs in the navigation tree Select the ISO in the table in the management pane Click Clone ISO in the management pane toolbar The Clone ISO dialog box is displayed Select or edit the following 190 VM Files Item Clone Target Type The destination storage type for the cloned ISO either Repository Physical Disk Storage Array Clone Target The destination location for the cloned ISO Click Search Clone Target amp to select the destination The Search Clone Target dialog box is displayed Select the location on which to clone the ISO and click OK Clone Type Whether to use a Sparse Copy or Non sparse Copy Sparse Copy creates a sparse Click OK to clone the ISO file 4 7 VM Files Item The management pane includes the default VM Files perspective and toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to virtual machine configuration files 4 7 1 VM Files Perspective The VM Files perspective lists the virtual machine configuration files in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Virtual Machine The name of the virtual machine Server The Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine is deployed Server Pool The server pool in which the virtual machine is deployed You can only view the
88. com oracle bc53ef533238 myserver2 virtlab info iqn 1988 12 com oracle 9e3e1b55b8d myserver4 virtlab info iqn 1988 12 com oracle 5c10ed345691 myserver5 virtlab info iqn 1988 12 com oracle f3fccf888e75 myserver6 virtlab info iqn 1988 12 com oracle d0e0282523c7 Cancel OK Select and move the Oracle VM Servers into the Selected Storage Initiators box to add storage initiators to each Oracle VM Server Click OK 255 SAN Servers Perspective The access group management functionality is also available outside this wizard To access it you must go to the Storage tab select a SAN server in the navigation pane and change the Perspective field in the management pane to Access Groups as described in Section 6 6 4 Access Groups Perspective Access group management for an individual Oracle VM Server is also described in Section 3 5 7 1 View Access Groups for Selected Initiator Click Finish to complete the SAN server discovery operation The new storage array appears in the navigation pane under SAN Servers Prior to the access group configuration the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in established a link to the storage location By configuring the access group s you grant one or more Oracle VM Servers access to the storage array so that the storage elements or physical disks offered by the SAN server appear in Oracle VM Manager Access group configuration and management is described in detail in the next section The excepti
89. compatibility reasons admin servers are also capable of being used to perform file server refreshes in much the same way as refresh servers Use the arrow buttons to move the required Oracle VM Servers from the Available Admin Server s box to the Selected Admin Server s box 235 File Servers Perspective Discover a File Server Select the Server s that can be used for administrative access to this File Server File Server Parameters Required when using a Network File System in a clustered Server Pool Add Admin Servers Available Admin Server s Selected Admin Server s MyServert MyServer2 MyServer3 MyServer4 MyServerS MyServer6 MyServer7 MyServer8 MyServer9 LJ Select Refresh Servers Previous Cancel Next Click Next The Select Refresh Servers step is displayed in the wizard Refresh server are designated Oracle VM Servers that have visibility of one or more file systems on an NFS file server These servers are used for file system refreshing across server pools Each file system must be assigned at least one refresh server to allow for file system refreshing During the refresh of a file server the refresh servers are used to refresh all file systems used across all pools For this reason it is critical that your refresh server list contains at least one server from each server pool Important A In some environments it is plausible to expect that the file server is configured to provide different file syste
90. designed to make this process easier by allowing you to specify search criteria to filter the displayed results In tab management panes the Name Filter field is positioned just below the tabs alongside the Toolbar 12 Tags The input field is case insensitive and accepts wild card characters such as multiple character variations and single character variation For example a typical filter used in the Select File Systems dialog may look like this nfs vol repo 1 14 Tags Oracle VM Manager provides the ability to create tags which can be used to identify and group together objects This functionality makes it easier to quickly limit views of objects and to perform batch operations against objects sharing a common tag Tags are managed within the Tags subtab on the Tools and Resources tab within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Management of tags is discussed in more detail in Section 7 1 Tags Once tags have been created within Oracle VM Manager it is possible to assign them to various components or objects This can be done by either editing existing objects and adding tags within the dialog that appears or during the creation of a new object For instance to add a tag to an existing Oracle VM Server you should locate the Oracle VM Server on the Servers and VMs tab and select the option to edit the Oracle VM Server In the dialog that appears click on the Tags tab and assign the tags that you wish to use to iden
91. disk belongs to Repository The repository that the physical disk belongs to VMs Virtual machines using the physical disk ID The UUID for the physical disk Page83 ID The unique identifier for the physical disk Access Groups The access groups that the physical disk belongs to 276 Physical Disks Perspective Extra Information Information that is passed to and from the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in for use internally by the plug in The management functions you can perform on the disk are available as icons in the perspective toolbar plug in Table 6 17 Physical Disks Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Physical Disk T Displays the Create Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to create a new physical disk in the selected volume group of the storage array of your choice This option is not supported for storage arrays using a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Edit Physical Disk Displays the Edit Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to change the name size provisioning and share ability of the selected physical disk Delete Physical Disk Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected physical disk Clone Physical Disk Displays the Clone Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to clone a physical disk to another physical disk or to a disk image on a file server
92. expand nodes in the navigation tree to identify individual servers and then expand each server to identify the ports that are available Alongside each port listed for a server is a check box that allows you to enable the port to configure VLAN interfaces that are attached to it You must select at least one port Be careful not to select a port that is already in use or which is part of a bond The user interface does not filter the ports to allow you to only select unused ports Once you have selected the ports for which you wish to create VLAN interfaces you can click Next to continue to the next stage of the wizard or click Cancel to exit the wizard without making any changes The Select VLAN IDs stage is displayed in the wizard In the panel on the right you are able to select a VLAN ID range Using the two fields available you can specify a range of VLAN IDs that are configured on the network ports for which you are creating VLAN interfaces Use the Add Delete and Delete A11 buttons to manage the VLAN IDs for which VLAN interfaces should be created A VLAN interface is created for each VLAN ID specified in the list provided here You must select at least one VLAN ID When you have finished selecting VLAN IDs you can click Next to continue to the next stage of the wizard or click Cancel to exit the wizard without making any changes The Configure IP Address stage is displayed in the wizard On the panel on the right a table is presente
93. finished editing VLAN interfaces to save the changes or click Cancel to exit To Delete A VLAN Interface From The Network a Select the VLAN interfaces that you wish to remove from the network b Click the XX Delete VLAN Interface s icon c The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the VLAN interface from the network 4 When you have finished editing the network click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 5 1 3 Delete Existing Network It is possible to delete a network The steps and options to do so are described below To delete a network 1 Onthe Networking tab click the Networks subtab link and select the network that you wish to delete 2 Click the XX Delete Network icon in the toolbar 3 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the network 5 2 VLAN Interfaces The VLAN Interfaces tab allows you to define and manage VLAN interfaces on your Oracle VM Servers If your network is configured to support VLANs you should define interfaces for your different VLAN IDs on each of your servers so that you are able to define Oracle VM networks that take advantage of VLAN separation 1 VLAN configuration within Oracle VM Manager has changed significantly in Oracle VM 3 3 If you have used previous releases of Oracle VM it is important that you understand these changes and it is recommended that you refer to Understanding Ne
94. folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to clone in the table presented in the management pane Click on the Clone Physical Disk icon in the toolbar A dialog opens to allow you to clone the Physical Disk The dialog has the following options Name A field to set the name of the physical disk clone that you are going to create within Oracle VM Manager Clone Target Type A drop down menu allowing you to select the type of storage to be used for the physical disk clone Physical Disk Copies the data from one physical disk to another Repository Copies the data from the physical disk into a virtual disk image in an existing repository Clone Target A searchable field to allow you to select the target location where the clone is to be stored Clone Type A drop down menu allowing you to select the type of clone to create Sparse Copy Copies only the written data from the physical disk to the target clone Non sparse Copy Performs a block copy of the physical disk to the target clone When you have finished setting the clone parameters for the physical disk click OK to begin the clone job or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 3 5 6 5 Delete File System It is possible to delete the file system on local and shared storage devices and on a physical disk attached
95. following options Table 6 6 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective 245 Access Groups Perspective Acknowledging Events Errors If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab N Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree e Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in t
96. group Event Severity The event level severity associated with the access group SAN Server The SAN server that the access group applies to Description A description entered for the access group when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 6 23 Access Groups Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Access Group dp Displays the Create an Access Group dialog box Use this option to create a new access group This option is only available for non generic storage arrays 294 Access Groups Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Edit Access Group a Displays the Edit Access Group dialog box Use this option to edit access group settings such as name description and the storage initiators that have access to the SAN Server Delete Access Group x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected access group This option is only available for non generic storage arrays This option is only available for non generic storage arrays Display Selected Access Display the Events dialog box which contains the job event Group Events associated with the selected access groups 6 8 4 1 Create Access Group Except for generic storage arrays it is possible to create multiple access groups in order to arrange and restrict physical di
97. if Advanced Clone is checked Why don t I see other server pools to clone to A collapsed window element providing a table of server pools that do not meet the requirements to accept a clone request Expanding any of the entries in this table displays the reason that the server pool does not qualify Tip If you clone a virtual machine or template without using a clone customizer the storage repository is locked for the duration of the cloning job this may be some time in some circumstances To quickly create clones and not lock the storage repository use a clone customizer Click OK The virtual machines are created and deployed to the server pool The templates are created in the storage repository It is important to understand that older templates may use a different device type to attach virtual disks This may affect your ability to attach new virtual disks such as a virtual CDROM device There are some limitations on mixing virtual disks of differing device types on a virtual machine See How are Virtual Disks 83 Virtual Machines Perspective Managed in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about how device types are allocated to virtual disks and what you may need to do to solve any issues surrounding this problem Move a Virtual Machine To move a virtual machine between repositories 1 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navi
98. in order to store Interface your web browser must accept cookies from the Oracle VM Manager host Now you are logged in you can add Oracle VM Servers add storage create storage repositories and The user interface displays context sensitive information relevant to the selection in the navigator and content panes Oracle VM Manager Accessibility Features 1 3 Oracle VM Manager Accessibility Features As part of the effort to make Oracle products services and supporting documentation accessible and usable to the disabled community Oracle VM Manager Web Interface allows you to configure the following accessibility features Support for Screen Reader Support for High Contrast Support for Large Fonts You can enable these features when logging in to the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface or you can set or change the accessibility options once you have logged in To enable accessibility options when logging in 1 On the login page of the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface click the arrow to expand Accessibility Options 2 Select one or more check box from the following accessibility options use a screen reader use high contrast use large fonts To set or change accessibility options while you are logged in 1 In the Global Links at the top of the right hand side of the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface click Settings 2 From the drop down list select from the following accessibility options u
99. in the navigation tree Select Import ISO in the toolbar in the management pane The Import ISO dialog box is displayed Select or edit the following ISO download location The URL for the ISO file The URL schemes supported are HTTP HTTPS and FTP For example http example com isos myiso iso Proxy The IP address or hostname of an optional proxy server to use when importing the ISO file Click OK to import the ISO file When the import job is complete the new ISO is displayed in the table in the management pane 4 6 1 2 Edit ISO To edit an ISO file 1 3 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the ISO file is located Select ISOs in the navigation tree Select the ISO in the table the management pane Click Edit Selected ISO 7 in the management pane toolbar The Edit ISO dialog box is displayed Edit the ISO Name or Description Click OK 4 6 1 3 Delete ISO To delete an ISO file it must not be in use by any virtual machines To delete ISO files 1 3 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the ISO files are located Select ISOs in the navigation tree Select one or more ISO files in the table in the management pane Click Delete Selected ISO X in the management pane toolbar The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK 4 6 1 4 Clone ISO the ISO file To clone an ISO file it must not be in use by any running virtual machines or other
100. in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of the Volume Group within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane A Volume Group navigation item offers the following perspectives within the management pane Info Perspective Physical Disks Perspective Events Perspective 6 7 1 Info Perspective The Info perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface This perspective always shows the individually configured parameters for an item that is currently selected in the navigation tree Some of these configured parameters may be automatically populated through a 275 Physical Disks Perspective discovery process while others may have been configured manually during the creation of the object that is selected This perspective includes the following information Volume Group Name The configured name for the volume group 6 7 2 Physical Disks Perspective The Physical Disks perspective lists the different physical disks configured in your environment and running on a SAN storage array The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the physical disk Event Severity The event
101. in the navigation tree are also displayed as expandable nodes By expanding any of these nodes it is possible to see a list of each server within the server pool Perspectives For each item in the hierarchy of the navigation tree a different view is displayed in the management pane The content of the management pane changes depending on the object you select in the navigation tree This view can often be changed by selecting a particular perspective from the Section 1 7 4 Perspectives drop down Therefore if you wish to see the virtual machines that are running on a particular server within a server pool on the Servers and VMs tab you would expand the Server Pools node expand the server pool entry that you are interested in and select the server that you wish to view Finally in the management pane select the Virtual Machines perspective Note R The icons for objects in the Navigation Tree may vary depending on the object s event status Usually the same icon is used but an event anomaly is highlighted using an overlay applied to the original icon See Section 1 8 Object Icon Colors for more information 1 7 4 Perspectives If the tab that you are viewing includes a navigation pane it is more than likely that there are numerous perspectives associated with the item selected in the navigation tree These perspectives are different views of information associated with each object stored within Oracle VM Manager The perspec
102. in the toolbar 3 A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the Volume Group The dialog has the following options ID A non editable field containing the volume group s UUID as it is stored within Oracle VM Manager Name A field to change the name of the volume group within Oracle VM Manager Description A text field allowing a description of the volume group 4 When you have finished editing the volume group click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 9 Unmanaged iSCSI Storage Array Item An Unmanaged iSCSI Storage Array navigation item is listed underneath the Section 6 5 SAN Servers Folder when it has been expanded The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 6 2 Summary Clicking on a Unmanaged iSCSI Storage Array navigation item in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of any unmanaged iSCSI storage arrays within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane The Unmanaged iSCSI Storage Array navigation item offers the following perspectives within the management pane Info Perspective Events Perspective Physical Disks Perspectiv
103. including repository and disk locations OR Clone Customizer Create Target Repository MyNFSRepositor 8 Note The network clone information in the clone customizer will be ignored moving a VM Template only moves the VM Template s configuration file and its storage Cancel Next Select the Create a clone of this VM or Template option Click Next 3 The Clone or Move Virtual Machine or Template dialog box is displayed 113 Virtual Machines Perspective Clone or Move Virtual Machine MyVM Clone to a Virtual Machine Template Clone Count 5 Name Index of Clone Name MyVMClones Target Server Pool MyServerPool Description Advanced Clone Clone Customizer gt Create Target Repository MyRepository Why don t see other server pools to clone to Name Description All server pools passed the pre clone test Cancel OK Select or enter the following Clone to a Select the clone type either Virtual Machine or Template to specify the objects to create from the clone Clone Count The number of clones to create Name Index The start index number to use for the clone name suffix The default is 0 This is used in conjunction with the Clone Name field to create the name for each clone Clone Name An optional name for the virtual machines or templates The maximum name length is 256 characters and may contain any character The name need no
104. is displayed Click the arrow next to the Oracle VM Server you want for an explanation as to why it is not available as a migration target Click OK The virtual machine is migrated To migrate multiple virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 80 Virtual Machines Perspective 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machines to migrate in the management pane and drag and drop them to the Oracle VM Server server pool or the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder in the navigation tree to which you want to migrate the virtual machines See Section 1 10 Drag and Drop for information on using the drag and drop feature 4 The virtual machines are migrated 3 4 3 12 Clone or Move a Virtual Machine Cloning a virtual machine means making a copy of it so that you can create multiple virtual machines or templates from the original Moving a virtual machine means moving the virtual machine configuration file to another storage repository Note E The virtual machine cloning procedure below uses the same dialog box to clone a virtual machine and a template Clone a Virtual Machine or Template A clone can also be performed using two other file copy methods sparse copy and non sparse copy These two cloning methods can be used when cloning from and to different repositories and when the
105. is not fixed and is dependent on your own environment For example refreshing a large storage array takes longer than a smaller one 1 2 Logging into Oracle VM Manager To open the Login page of the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface enter the following address in a Web browser https hostname port ovm console to the port number on which the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface is listening which is 7002 by default by default HTTP access is now disabled by default and Oracle VM Manager uses Secure Sockets Layer SSL to encrypt all HTTP traffic Therefore you should Note In previous versions of Oracle VM Manager unencrypted HTTP traffic was permitted always use https in the protocol section of your URI Important connection the firewall is configured to allow TCP traffic on the port that Oracle VM AN You must ensure that if you are accessing Oracle VM Manager through a firewalled Manager is using to listen for connections To connect to Oracle VM Manager on a host named example com use https example com 7002 ovm console Enter your Oracle VM Manager administration username in the Username field This is the administration username you create during the Oracle VM Manager install Enter the password for the Oracle VM Manager administration username in the Password field Important session data Therefore to successfully login and use the Oracle VM Manager Web AN The Oracle VM Manager Web Interface makes use of cookies
106. is unchecked Take Ownership of Server Select to take ownership of the Oracle VM Server Note E Configuration of NTP for each Oracle VM Server takes place when a server changes ownership If you release ownership of a server its NTP configuration is updated to point locally to itself When Oracle VM Manager takes ownership of a server the server s NTP configuration is automatically updated to point to the Oracle VM Manager instance This may only be evident after the server has been refreshed Tip You cannot edit the ownership of an Oracle VM Server if it is included in a server pool or if a repository is presented to it Inbound Migration Locked Select whether to allow additional virtual machines to run on the Oracle VM Server Selecting this option prevents new or migrated virtual machines to run on the Oracle VM Server See How Can Protect Virtual Machines for more information on inbound migration lock Oracle VM Agent password The password to connect to the Oracle VM Agent The value for this field is required if you select to take ownership of the Oracle VM Server 65 Servers Perspective Utility Server Select to designate the Oracle VM Server to perform utility functions such as importing cloning and storage refresh VM Server The virtual machine role is required to run virtual machines 4 In the IPMI tab select the Enable Server IPMI check box to enable the Intelligent Platform Management Interface
107. machine 30 56 141 J job abort 341 jobs details 338 339 recurring 341 status filters 338 summary 338 tab 337 jumbo frames 125 127 127 K kill Oracle VM Server 68 153 virtual machine 79 110 L links 5 local file system edit 320 324 management controller 64 149 master server change 45 menus 12 migrate virtual machine 11 80 111 move Oracle VM Server 11 virtual machine 11 MTU 125 127 127 multi select 12 multipath configuring 227 251 N name filter 12 navigation pane overview 7 navigation tree 7 network 214 216 add 211 bond 125 127 127 configure 210 create 211 delete 216 edit 214 port 124 networking networks 210 tab 209 vlan 216 vlan create 218 vlan delete 219 vlan edit 219 vnic 219 NFS 223 234 238 239 239 240 244 244 244 non uniform exports 247 248 248 nfs non uniform exports 246 non sparse copy 81 113 164 197 350 O object status icon 11 Oracle VM Agent change password 46 Oracle VM Manager preferences 334 Ul options 11 334 Oracle VM Server access group 135 batch edit 66 151 change Oracle VM Agent password 46 delete 66 151 discover 25 edit configuration 64 149 file system 131 321 325 killing 68 153 manage disks 69 129 154 move 11 rediscover 69 154 restart 68 153 shutting down 68 153 start 64 67 149 152 stop 67 152 storage initiator 135 update 69 97 154 332 upg
108. machine click Next Otherwise click Finish to create and deploy the virtual machine to the server pool 8 The Tags step is optional and displays in the wizard if you clicked Next in the previous step at this point This step is entirely optional Cancelling the operation within this Note R The virtual machine has already been created and deployed to the server pool dialog does not prevent the virtual machine from being created i Create Virtual Machine Available Tags Selected Tags MyTag o Tags Optional 4 If you have previously created tags they appear in the Available Tags column Select the tags you want to apply to the virtual machine and move them to the Selected Tags column See Section 1 14 Tags for more information on creating and managing tags Click Finish If you created a PVM there are some steps you should take after the operating system installation is completed 1 Stop the virtual machine See Section 3 5 2 4 Stop Virtual Machines for information on stopping a virtual machine 2 Edit the virtual machine and remove PXE from the Boot Order column in the Boot Options step of the Edit Virtual Machine wizard See Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine for information on editing a virtual machine 3 Start the virtual machine and complete the installation if necessary See Section 3 5 2 3 Start Virtual Machines for information on starting a virtual machine To edit the virtual machine configuratio
109. mode see Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server 3 6 1 11 Send VM Messages You can select one or more virtual machines Oracle VM Servers or server pools to select which running virtual machines are populated in the dialog box used to send messages to virtual machines To send a virtual machine a message you must have first installed the Oracle VM Guest Additions in the virtual machine For information on installing the Oracle VM Guest Additions and a more detailed description of the virtual machine messaging mechanism and its uses see the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide To send messages to virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Determine the grouping of virtual machines that you wish to send a message to i If you wish to send a message to virtual machines distributed across one or more server pools click on the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane Select Server Pools from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more server pools in the management pane ii If you wish to send a message to virtual machines distributed across one or more servers in a particular server pool expand the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane and select the server pool where the servers reside Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more servers in the management pane 155 Servers Perspective iii If you wish to send a message to one or more virtual machines on a particular server expand t
110. navigation pane 2 Select the Server Pools perspective from the drop down selector 3 Click Refresh All amp in the perspective toolbar The configuration information about all Oracle VM Server instances is updated in Oracle VM Manager 3 3 1 2 Create Server Pool To create a server pool 1 Click Create Server Pool in the toolbar to start the Create Server Pool wizard 2 The Create Server Pool step is displayed in the wizard 40 Server Pools Perspective P Create a Server Pool Server Pool Name MyServerPool Create Server Pool Virtual IP Address for the Pool 10 172 77 196 Add Servers VM Console Keymap en us English United States VM Start Policy Best Server s s Secure VM Migrate Clustered Server Pool Timeout for Cluster 120 amp Seconds Storage for Server Pool Network File System Physical Disk Storage Location Q Description Cance Enter the server pool information Server Pool Name The name of the server pool The maximum length of a server pool name is 256 characters and may contain any character Virtual IP Address for the Pool An IP address used to identify the master Oracle VM Server which controls the other Oracle VM Server in the server pool In the event that the master Oracle VM Server fails or is placed into maintenance mode another Oracle VM Server is selected to perform the master role and this IP address is then ass
111. non editable field containing the physical disk s UUID as it is stored within Oracle VM Manager Name A field to change the name of the physical disk within Oracle VM Manager New Size GiB A field to change the size in GiB of the physical disk The size of the physical disk can only be increased in size Description A text field allowing a description of the physical disk Shareable A check box that determines whether or not the disk can be shared Thin Provision A non editable field describing whether or not thin provisioning is supported by the disk When you have finished editing the physical disk click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 7 2 3 Delete Physical Disk It is possible to delete an existing physical disk if it is no longer in use by any servers within any server pools and the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in that you are using supports this operation The steps and options to do so are described below 278 Physical Disks Perspective To delete the registered physical disk 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to delete in the table presented in the management pane To delete a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Serv
112. normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane gt A Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab N Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane gt Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events e The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree e Select Events from the Persp
113. of differing device types on a virtual machine See How are Virtual Disks 166 Virtual Machines Perspective Managed in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about how device types are allocated to virtual disks and what you may need to do to solve any issues surrounding this problem Move a Virtual Machine To move a virtual machine between repositories 1 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine in the management pane and click Clone or Move amp The Clone or Move dialog box is displayed Select Move this VM Select a clone customizer from the Clone Customizer drop down list If no clone customizers are displayed or you want to create a new one click Create See Create a Clone Customizer for information on creating a clone customizer Select a repository from the Target Repository drop down list This is the location of the new virtual machine configuration file Click Finish to move the virtual machine 3 7 1 6 Manage Clone Customizers Cloning a virtual machine or template means making a copy of it so that you can create multiple virtual machines or templates from the original You can create a clone customizer to set up the clone parameters such as networking and the virtual disk and ISO resources A clone customizer is also used
114. of these protocols HTTP HTTPS or FTP Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which to store the assembly file Select Assemblies in the navigation tree Select Import VM Assembly amp in the toolbar in the management pane The Import VM Assembly dialog box is displayed Select or edit the following VM Assembly download location The URL for the assembly file The URL schemes supported are HTTP HTTPS and FTP For example http example com assemblies myassembly ova Proxy The IP address or hostname of an optional proxy server to use when importing the assembly Click OK to import the assembly file When the import job is complete the new assembly is displayed in the table in the management pane 4 5 1 2 Create VM Template To create a virtual machine template from an assembly 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the assembly file is located Select Assemblies in the navigation tree Select Create VM Template in the toolbar in the management pane The Create VM Template dialog box is displayed Select or edit the following Assembly Virtual Machines The virtual machine in the assembly from which to create a template VM Template Name A name for the template Description An optional text description of the template Click OK to create the template The template is created in the same repository as the original assembly is located When you have created a template f
115. on to run on one physical machine Includes Oracle VM Agent to enable communication with Oracle VM Manager The Oracle VM Server for x86 incorporates an open source Xen hypervisor component which has been customized and optimized to integrate into the larger Oracle developed virtualization server The Oracle VM Server for x86 is also responsible for access and security management and generally acts as the server administrative entity because the hypervisor s role is limited On Oracle VM Server for SPARC systems the SPARC hypervisor is built into the SPARC firmware and is generally referred to as the Logical Domains Manager LDOM As with the Xen hypervisor each virtual machine is securely executed on a single computer and runs its own guest Oracle Solaris operating system paravirtualized machine PVM H A virtual machine with a kernel that is recompiled to be made aware of the virtual environment Runs at near native speed with memory disk and network access optimized for maximum performance Paravirtualized guests use generic idealized device drivers which are part of the guest s OS The I O operations using these generic device drivers are mapped to the real device drivers in domO The generic abstracted drivers in the guest seldom change and provide excellent guest stability The dom0 domain alternatively can use the native hardware vendor drivers and the guests can safely migrate to another dom0 with slightly different driver
116. or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane A repository navigation item offers the following perspectives within the management pane Info Perspective Events Perspective 4 4 1 Info Perspective The Info perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface This perspective always shows the individually configured parameters for an item that is currently selected in the navigation tree Some of these configured parameters may be automatically populated through a discovery process while others may have been configured manually during the creation of the object that is selected This perspective includes the following information Repository Name The configured name for the repository Ownership The owner of the repository Path The path to the file system that is used for the repository file system Physical Disk The name that has been configured for the physical disk Share Path The path to a subdirectory on the repository file system File System Size GiB The total size of the file system 184 Events Perspective File System Used GiB The amount of file system that is in use Used The amount of file system that is in use as a percentage ID The ID for the repository Presented to Servers A list of the servers to which the repository has been presented 4 4 2 Events Perspective The Events perspective is common
117. possible to sort the data in the table in ascending or descending format according to the different columns available This is indicated on columns supporting sort functionality through the display of up and down arrow icons which appear on mouse roll over Clicking on the up arrow icon for a column sorts in ascending order while 10 Object Icon Colors clicking on the down arrow icon sorts in descending order Columns in a tabular view can be resized or rearranged through drag and drop style behavior A View menu that appears alongside the drop down Perspectives menu at the top of the management pane provides alternative mechanisms to change sort order the order of the fields presented in each column and to control which columns are displayed within a view Where additional information about an object or element is available an additional expansion arrow is provided as a link alongside the item usually on the left hand side of a row when the data is presented in tabular format Clicking on the expansion arrow expands the view for the selected element to display further information Where this information is categorized according to related sub elements the expanded view may display tabs for the content related to each sub element Clicking through each of these tabs exposes the information related to each sub element 1 8 Object Icon Colors The icon for an object may be one of three colors gray yellow or red These colors represe
118. powered off 3 4 2 6 Restart Server When you restart an Oracle VM Server an operating system restart command is sent and the Oracle VM Server is restarted Before you can restart an Oracle VM Server you must stop any running virtual machines or place the Oracle VM Server into maintenance mode to automatically migrate the running virtual machines When the Oracle VM Server is restarted and rejoins the server pool the master Oracle VM Server initiates any pending HA operations in the server pool When Oracle VM Manager is notified that the Oracle VM Server is online and available any pending state changes are reconciled before any policy actions are resumed There is more information on the implications of restarting servers covered in Rebooting and Changing Power State of Oracle VM Servers in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide To restart Oracle VM Servers 1 Stop or migrate any running virtual machines To stop the virtual machines see Section 3 5 2 4 Stop Virtual Machines To automatically migrate the virtual machines to other Oracle VM Servers in the server pool place the Oracle VM Servers into maintenance mode see Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab 3 Select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Server resides in the navigation tree 4 Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane and click Restart 2 in the perspective toolbar The
119. repository in which the virtual disk is to be created Virtual Disk Name The name of the virtual disk to be created and made available to the virtual machine See How are Virtual Disks Managed in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about using virtual disks Size GiB The disk size of the virtual disk in GiB Description A description of the virtual disk Shareable Whether the virtual disk should be shareable read write with other virtual machines Allocation Type Whether to use a Sparse Allocation or Non sparse Allocation Sparse Allocation creates a sparse disk so the size of the disk is initially small and increases as it is used Sparse allocation is faster than using Non Sparse Allocation when creating a virtual machine Non Sparse Allocation creates the entire disk when the virtual machine is created and So is slower than creating a sparse disk Click OK To search for an existing virtual disk to add to the virtual machine click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select a Virtual Machine Disk dialog box is displayed Select the virtual disk to use and Click OK Note N If your virtual machine needs more than one disk you can create the disk s afterwards in the repository and add them to the virtual machine See Section 4 9 1 1 Create Virtual Disk and Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine for more information on creating a virtual disk and editing a virtual machine There ar
120. select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors 317 Volume Groups Perspective navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 3 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events e The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories ta
121. server pool Select the Storage tab Click Discover File Server in the toolbar to start the Discover a File Server wizard The File Server Parameters step is displayed in the wizard where you enter the information necessary for Oracle VM Manager to discover the external storage mount points amp Discover a File Server Fis Server Parmmatir Storage Plug in Oracle Generic Network File Syster v Admin Host Name MyNFSServer Admin Username I Add Admin Servers Access Host IP Address 10 172 76 125 Admin Password Uniform Exports Enter between 0 and 4096 characters Description NFS file system for storage repositories and server pool file systems Cancel Next Enter the storage information Storage Plug in The Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in corresponding to the type of file server generic NFS or vendor specific As Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in are located on the Oracle VM Servers this field is only populated if you have already performed Server Discovery You cannot add storage without taking this step first Name The name you wish to use to identify the file server Access Host The host name or IP address of the server offering the file system Uniform Exports If all Oracle VM Servers in all server pools have access to the same exports on the file server leave this as the default checked If the file server is configured to offer different exports to different server pools t
122. started on this server Use Pool Policy The virtual machine is started using the start policy defined for the entire server pool See Section 3 1 2 Create Server Pool for more information on setting the start policy for a server pool Max Memory MB The maximum memory size the virtual machine can be allocated If you have enabled Huge Pages the value here must be a multiple of 2 MB Memory MB The memory size the virtual machine is allocated When creating a virtual machine this is the memory allocation used when starting the virtual machine You can change this when editing a running PVM and no virtual machine restart is required For HVM guests increasing or decreasing the memory requires the virtual machine to be stopped If you have enabled Huge Pages the value here must be a multiple of 2 MB Max Processors The maximum number of processors the virtual machine can be allocated The number of processors is expressed in number of physical CPU cores and is limited to 128 This cannot be changed when editing a running virtual machine To edit this value you must first stop the virtual machine Processors The number of processors the virtual machine is allocated The number of processors is expressed in number of physical CPU cores and is limited to 128 You can change this when editing a running virtual machine up to the value of Max Processors Priority The CPU priority of the virtual machine The higher the priority th
123. stated in this Guide For example entering MyServer in a field is not the same as entering myserver The UI treats these strings as case sensitive and are considered different 13 14 Chapter 2 Health Tab Table of Contents 2 1 Status Overview 2 1 1 Toolbar 2 1 2 Detailed Information Dialog ener nnne nns 16 2 2 Error Conditions 2 2 1 Toolbar ERECTO ITE 17 PES ror 17 2 9 2 Server Pools Fold r uui eicere ida Delve te pud pe eden Eid aae 17 2 9 3 Server Pool ltem catt rk bbc 18 2 9 4 Server OM cocido eee ba U A ce ERRAT ds 18 2 3 5 Unassigned Servers enhn 19 2 3 6 Unassigned Servers 19 2 3 7 Unassigned Virtual Machines Folder sss 19 Use the Health tab to monitor the overall health and status of your Oracle VM environment and to view historical statistics such as memory and CPU usage Figure 2 1 Health tab shows the Health tab Figure 2 1 Health tab A Status Overview Error Conditions Bj Statistics Display Parameters Number of Columns 3 v Refresh interval 30 Seconds w d Order By Total Servers Down Utilization Thresholds Server Processor 70 3 Server Memory
124. storage array Use this tab to create edit and delete storage array volume groups Also use this tab to grant access to physical disks in the storage array to Oracle VM Servers using the volume groups Select a storage array in the navigation tree and then select Volume Groups in the Perspective drop down list to display this tab Info Displays a high level view of the selected object The Info pane contents change to reflect information about the object selected in the navigation tree You can use this pane to view information about repositories in your environment Select Info in the Perspective drop down list to display the Info pane Events Events are displayed for each object in the navigation tree and displays events related to that object Select Events in the Perspective drop down list to display the Events pane 6 1 Toolbar The navigation pane includes its own toolbar that provides quick access to the most commonly used configuration tools for the Storage tab Clicking on any of the icons provided in the toolbar opens a dialog or wizard that can guide you through the configuration process for that item The following tools are available in this toolbar amp Discover File Server 8 Discover SAN Server 6 1 1 Discover File Server 223 Discover File Server To discover a file server 1 Make sure that your storage server exposes a writable file system to the storage network of your
125. storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 6 3 Physical Disks Perspective The Physical Disks perspective lists the different physical disks configured in your environment and running on a SAN storage array The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the physical disk 260 Physical Disks Perspective Event Severity The event level severity for the physical disk Size GiB The size in GiB of the physical disk Volume Group The volume group that the physical disk belongs to Server The servers that have access to the physical disk Status The status of the physical disk whether or not the disk is online Shareable Whether the physical disk is shareable or not Description A description entered for the physical disk when it was created or edited Alongside each physical disk entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This exposes further information Name The user specified alias for the physical disk The name can be changed without changing the name of the physical disk on the storage array User Friendly Name The name of the physical disk on the storage array The name was specified when t
126. storage used for the storage repository uses a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in These cloning methods are slower than thin cloning but more versatile To create a clone of a virtual machine or template 1 Select the virtual machine or template to clone and display the Clone or Move dialog box You display this dialog box from different locations depending on whether you are cloning a virtual machine or a template Virtual Machine Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to clone in the management pane and click Clone or Move Virtual Machine Template Click the Repositories tab In the navigation tree select the repository in which the template resides then VM Templates Select the template in the management pane and click Clone or Move Template amp 2 The Clone or Move dialog box is displayed 81 Virtual Machines Perspective Clone or Move Virtual Machine MyVM Do you want to clone or move your virtual machine Create clone of this VM Click Next to continue 2 Move this VM including repository and disk locations Clone Customizer Create Target Repository MyNFSRepository Note The network clone information in the clone customizer will be ignored moving a VM Template only moves the VM Template s configurati
127. system 1 If you need to modify a file system stored on a local disk select the file system item contained the Local File Systems or Shared File Systems folder in the navigation pane Select the file system that you wish to edit in the management pane table 2 Click on the 2 Edit File System icon in the toolbar 3 A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the file system You can edit the following parameters Name The name of the file system in Oracle VM Manager Description Optional information you would like to add about this file system 4 When you have finished editing the file system click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 10 2 Refresh File System When changes are made to the file systems or disks on local or shared storage it is useful to refresh the configuration of your file systems to make Oracle VM Manager aware of the changes To refresh the file system 1 Click on either the Local File Systems or Shared File Systems folder in the navigation tree depending on which type of file system you wish to refresh Select the file system that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane 320 Delete File System 2 Click on the Refresh File System option in the toolbar 3 The selected file systems are refreshed and their configurations are updated within Oracle VM Manager 6 10 3 Delete File System It is possible to delete th
128. table 2 Click on the X Delete File System icon in the toolbar 3 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the file system 6 4 3 3 Refresh File System When changes are made to the file systems or exports on a file server it is useful to refresh the configuration of your file systems to make Oracle VM Manager aware of the changes To refresh the file system 1 Select a file server item contained the File Servers folder in the navigation pane change perspective to the File Systems perspective Select the file system or file systems that you wish to refresh in the management pane table 2 Click on the Refresh File System option in the toolbar 3 The selected file systems are refreshed and their configurations are updated within Oracle VM Manager 6 4 3 4 Display Events 244 File Systems Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specifi
129. that consists of the following options Table 3 2 Server Pools Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Refresh All Rediscovers all Oracle VM Server instances file servers and SAN servers Use this to refresh information about all Oracle VM Server instances Use this option after rebuilding your database to ensure that all information stored within the database is up to date 39 Server Pools Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Server Pool Import Virtual Machine po K Displays the Create a Server Pool wizard Use this option to create a server pool for Oracle VM Servers Displays the Import Virtual Machine dialog box Use this option to import a virtual machine into Oracle VM Manager and optionally deploy it to an Oracle VM Server or server pools Edit Selected Server Pool Displays the Edit Server Pool wizard Use this option to edit a server pool Delete Server Pool Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected server pool Change Servers Agent Password p Displays the Change Servers Agent Password dialog box Use this option to change the Oracle VM Agent password used by all of the Oracle VM Servers in the selected server pool Note that the Oracle VM Agent password is only used during the process of taking ownership of an Oracle VM Server therea
130. the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 30 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to
131. the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the file system Storage Device The storage device mapping where the file system is located Event Severity The event level severity for each file system Size GiB A grouping that consists of the following columns 319 Edit File System Used The size of the file system in GiB that is currently in use Total The total size in GiB of the file system Location The location of the file system if reported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in used Description A description entered for the file system when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 6 32 File Systems Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Edit File System Displays the Edit File System dialog box Refresh File System H Refreshes the file systems to update the storage information known to Oracle VM Manager Delete File System x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected file system Display Selected File System Display the Events dialog box which contains the job event Events associated with the selected file systems 6 10 1 Edit File System It is possible to edit the configuration for an existing file system The steps and options to do so are described below To edit a local or shared file
132. the storage repositories and the resources in each repository Use this tab to view create edit present unpresent refresh and delete storage repositories You can also use this tab to create and manage the contents of storage repositories assemblies ISO files template files virtual disks and virtual machine configuration files To view the contents of each storage repository select it in the navigation tree and then select Repositories in the Perspective drop down list See Understanding Repositories in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on managing storage repositories Info Displays a high level view of the selected object The Info pane contents change to reflect information about the object selected in the navigation tree You can use this pane to view information about repositories in your environment Select Info in the Perspective drop down list to display the Info pane Events Events are displayed for each object in the navigation tree and displays events related to that object Select Events in the Perspective drop down list to display the Events pane 4 1 Toolbar The navigation pane includes its own toolbar that provides quick access to the most commonly used configuration tools for the Repositories tab Clicking on any of the icons provided in the toolbar opens a dialog or wizard that can guide you through the configuration process for that item The toolbar icons included in the Rep
133. this case the PXE option refers to a network style boot If the PXE option appears in the right hand side column you must enter the location of the mounted ISO file from which to perform the operating system installation in the Network Boot Path field that is shown when editing or creating a PVM for example http example com Enterprise R6 Ul Server x86 64 dvd iso For information on creating a mounted ISO file see ISO Provisioning for PVM Guest Installations in the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide You cannot use the Network Boot Path field to boot a virtual machine using PXE This field can only be used to specify the path to a mounted ISO file to use when installing a PVM guest 63 Servers Perspective If you have defined tags and want to add any to this virtual machine click Next Otherwise click Finish to create and deploy the virtual machine to the server pool 8 The Tags step is optional and displays in the wizard if you clicked Next in the previous step at this point This step is entirely optional Cancelling the operation within this Note R The virtual machine has already been created and deployed to the server pool dialog does not prevent the virtual machine from being created if Create Virtual Machine Available Tags Selected Tags MyTag b Tags Optional 4 Einish If you have previously created tags they appear in the Available Tags column Select the tags you want to apply to the v
134. to enable clustering of the Oracle VM Servers in the server pool to enable HA See How do Server Pool Clusters Work and How does High Availability HA Work in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on server pool clustering and on HA support and policies 27 Create Server Pool Important AN If the Oracle VM Servers in your server pool are SPARC based you should be aware that clustering can only function if the distributed lock manager package is installed on all of the Oracle VM Servers that you intend to add to the server pool as described in Installing DLM for SPARC Server Pool Clusters in the Oracle VM Installation and Upgrade Guide Furthermore clustering is not supported for servers that have multiple control domains shadow domains Clustering for SPARC is only supported using NFS storage for the cluster file system Failure to meet these requirements results in an error when attempting to create the clustered server pool notifying you that the server lacks the ability to perform clustering Timeout for cluster If clustering is enabled for the server pool this option allows you to set the timeout parameter The maximum cluster timeout setting is 300 seconds The minimum cluster timeout is 12 seconds The default cluster timeout is 120 seconds The Disk heartbeat and network heartbeat are automatically derived from the cluster timeout value The cluster timeout can only be changed when there are no servers in t
135. to manage tags which can be used to identify and group objects within Oracle VM Manager and to configure server update repositories for updates of the Oracle VM Servers being managed by Oracle VM Manager This tab also contains preferences that control certain user interface behaviors or to cancel a job in progress A Getting Started tab is also available if the Getting Started panel is displayed This tab is described in more detail in Section 1 7 1 Getting Started Tab The order of the tabs is largely determined by frequency of use once your environment is completely configured It is not indicative of the order in which you should attempt to configure the different elements within your environment For an insight into the typical order in which configuration tasks should be performed for a fresh installation please refer to the information provided in the Getting Started tab or to the Oracle VM Manager Getting Started Guide 1 7 1 Getting Started Tab When you first log in to the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface the Getting Started tab is displayed on the right side of the management pane The Getting Started tab contains a tutorial that describes how to get started with Oracle VM Manager and walks you through discovering Oracle VM Servers registering storage setting up networking setting up a storage repository and importing resources into it creating a server pool and creating virtual machines To show or hide the tutorial click the
136. view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 24 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations 300 Volume Groups Perspective To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the
137. virtual machine host load balancing and local persistence for Oracle VM Server There is only one master Oracle VM Server in a server pool A physical server can perform as the master Oracle VM Server Utility Server and Virtual Machine Server simultaneously migrate The act of moving a virtual machine from one Oracle VM Server to another or to the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder Migration can be performed on either a running or a stopped virtual machine move The act of moving an object from one location to another This may be moving a stopped virtual machine from one Oracle VM Server to another moving a virtual machine template from one storage repository to another or moving an ISO file or virtual disk to another storage location 345 multipath The technique of creating more than one physical path between the server CPU and its storage devices It results in better fault tolerance and performance enhancement Oracle VM supports multipath I O out of the box Oracle VM Servers are installed with multipathing enabled because it is a requirement for SAN disks to be discovered by Oracle VM Manager N non sparse copy A clone of the type non sparse copy is a disk image file of a physical disk taking up the space equivalent to the full specified disk size including empty blocks O OCFS2 OCFS2 is a general purpose shared disk cluster file system for Linux capable of providing both high performance and high availability O
138. virtual machine means making a copy of it so that you can create multiple virtual machines or templates from the original Moving a virtual machine means moving the virtual machine configuration file to another storage repository Note E The virtual machine cloning procedure below uses the same dialog box to clone a virtual machine and a template Clone a Virtual Machine or Template These two cloning methods can be used when cloning from and to different repositories and when the storage used for the storage repository uses a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in These cloning methods are slower than thin cloning but more versatile To create a clone of a virtual machine or template 1 Select the virtual machine or template to clone and display the Clone or Move dialog box You display this dialog box from different locations depending on whether you are cloning a virtual machine or a template Virtual Machine Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to clone in the management pane and click Clone or Move Virtual Machine Template Click the Repositories tab In the navigation tree select the repository in which the template resides then VM Templates Select the template in the management pane and click Clone or Move Template amp 2 The Clone or Move d
139. which the template resides then VM Templates Select the template in the management pane and click Manage Clone Customizers Be Manage Clone Customizers for VM MyOL5VM 4 AR Name Description No Clone Customizer Close 2 Select Create Clone Customizer 3 The Create a Clone Customizer wizard is displayed 201 VM Templates Perspective Create a Clone Customizer Name and Description Clone Customizer Name MyCloneCustomizer Description L Storage Mappings Cancel Next In the Name and Description step of the wizard enter a Name and Description for the clone customizer and click Next 4 The Storage Mappings step of the wizard is displayed Create a Clone Customizer Disk Clone Target Type Clone Target Clone Type ame and Description v MyVMBootDisk Repository MyNFSRepository Q Non Sparse Cop Storage Mappings v MySharedDisk Repository MyNFSRepository Q Non Sparse Cop v Enterprise R5 U5 Server Repository MyNFSRepository Q Non Sparse 1 Network Mappings V FreeBSD 10 Physical Did FreeBSD 8 Q Sparse Copy Previous Cancel Next Select the following storage mappings Disk The disks to include in the clone Clone Target Type The type of storage location where the disk is to be created either a Repository or a Physical Disk Clone Target The location o
140. which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane Bu w Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events e The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 3 7 2 Events Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the 172 Events Perspective management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case th
141. x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option Repository to delete the selected server update repository 3 4 6 1 Create Server Update Repository To create a server update repository 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select a server pool in the navigation pane 2 From the Perspective field in the management pane select Server Update Repositories from the drop down list 3 Click Create New Server Update Repository in the toolbar to display the Create Server Update Repository dialog box Enter or select the fields as described in Section 7 2 1 Create New Server Update Repository to create the server update repository Click OK The server update repository is created 3 4 6 2 Edit Server Update Repository To edit a server update repository 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select a server pool in the navigation pane 2 From the Perspective field in the management pane select Server Update Repositories from the drop down list 3 Select a repository from the table in the management pane 4 Click Edit Server Update Repository 7 in the toolbar to display the Edit Server Update Repository dialog box Enter or select the fields as described in Section 7 2 1 Create New Server Update Repository to edit the server update repository Click OK The server update repository is updated 3 4 6 3 Delete Server Update Repository To delete a server update repository 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Selec
142. you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 3 6 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Cl
143. 0 00 20 00 Yes 218175 000 218175 Yes 3 639 11 000 3 639 11 4 Yes 3 639 11 000 3639 3 permissions related issue Oracle VM Manager does not report the failure as this would stop any further mounting If a server is unable to access a file system the reason is reported in the var 10g ovs agent 10og log file on Warning e If a server is unable to mount the file system for some reason such as a the server 6 3 1 2 Edit File Server It is possible to edit the configuration for an existing file server The steps and options to do so are described below To edit the registered file server configuration 1 If you need to modify a file server select the File Servers folder in the navigation pane select the file servers in the management pane table Click on the 7 Edit File Server icon in the toolbar A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the file server The dialog has three separate tabs Configuration A tab containing a form allowing you to edit the following information Name The name of the file server in Oracle VM Manager Access Host The host name or IP address of the server offering the file system Uniform Exports If all Oracle VM Servers in all server pools have access to the same exports on the file server leave this as the default checked If the file server is configured to offer different 238 File Servers Perspective exports to different server pools this box should be u
144. 259 260 265 266 272 273 281 282 282 283 285 287 292 293 299 300 303 304 310 311 316 317 321 322 325 326 error 8 9 89 90 99 100 121 122 132 134 137 138 157 158 170 172 172 173 185 186 241 242 244 246 248 249 259 260 265 266 272 273 281 282 282 283 285 287 292 293 299 300 303 304 310 311 316 317 321 322 325 326 virtual machine 81 113 164 197 virtual machine template 81 113 164 197 clone customizers 81 113 164 197 cluster activate 26 40 timeout 26 40 45 configuration file virtual machine 87 119 170 204 events 337 context menus 12 export contrast 3 repository 136 copy non sparse 81 113 164 197 F sparse 81 113 164 197 field create case sensitivity 13 349 file server delete 239 discover 223 234 discover file system 239 edit 238 refresh 240 vendor specific 223 234 file system access groups 246 247 248 248 delete 131 244 321 324 edit 244 refresh 223 234 244 320 324 refresh server 223 234 select 223 234 filter name 12 tags 13 font size 3 G global links 5 H help menu 5 l icon colors 11 import virtual machine 44 161 initiator 268 268 270 295 295 297 312 312 314 IP Addressing 124 IPMI 64 64 64 67 67 149 149 149 152 152 IPS repositories 332 repository 69 154 iSCSI initiator 268 270 295 297 312 314 ISO file add to virtual
145. 29 using 5 tags add 330 adding and removing 329 330 create 330 edit 331 filter 13 find components 331 management 13 330 removing 331 rename 331 search 13 331 template clone 81 113 164 197 text case sensitivity 13 toolbars overview 10 tools and resource tab 329 U UI preferences 329 UI options Oracle VM Manager 11 334 update Oracle VM Server 69 97 154 332 upgrade Oracle VM Server 69 97 154 332 using tabs 5 V vendor specific storage 223 234 view debug transcript 341 virtual machine clone 81 113 164 197 clone customizers 81 113 164 197 configuration file 87 119 170 204 configuring 74 105 162 352 create 30 56 141 deleting 75 106 163 163 editing 74 105 162 import 44 161 killing 79 110 migrate 11 80 111 move 11 84 84 115 115 167 167 restarting 78 110 resuming 79 111 shutting down 75 79 107 110 starting 75 106 stopping 75 107 suspending 79 111 virtual machine template clone 81 113 164 197 clone customizers 81 113 164 197 vlan networking 216 vlan interfaces configure 216 create 218 delete 219 edit 219 vm import 44 161 migrate 11 VM migrate 80 111 vnic mac range 219 volume group edit 275 302 319 volume groups SAN 274 301 318 W Wake on LAN 64 67 67 149 152 152 Y YUM 97 repositories 332 repository 69 154 353 354
146. 3 Server Enable Whether to enable the repository CA Certificate Authority Use NONI E if there is no verification required Package Signature Key The verification signature for the repository for example the location of the GPG key http example com OVM3 RPM GPG KEY The GPG key must be available via one of HTTP FTP FILE or HTTPS protocols The GPG key for Oracle signed updates from ULN is pre installed on Oracle VM Server at etc pki rpm gpg RPM GPG KEY oracle If you want to use this GPG key enter file etc pki rpm gpg RPM GPG KEY oracle 333 Edit Server Update Repository The value for this field is required if you select a Package Signature Type other than NONE Description An optional description for the repository Click OK The repository is added and ready to use to update Oracle VM Servers for the server update group Note that if repository creation fails for a particular server then an event is generated on the affected server Oracle VM Manager does not attempt to validate the repository before it is added to each server If the repository is invalid or in the case of a SPARC repository the repository name does not match a valid publisher at the URL specified an error event is generated for the servers affected The repository is checked regularly for updates by the Server Upgrade Checker Task recurring job though there may be a delay between the repository being created a
147. 4 4 9 1 Virtual Disks Perspective 204 Use the Repositories tab to create and configure storage repositories and their content assemblies files Figure 4 1 Repositories tab shows the Repositories tab Figure 4 1 Repositories tab Health Servers and VMs Repositories Networking Storage Tools and Resources Jobs Show My Repositories Perspective Repositories d X gt W Show All Repositories u ree File System Size GiB Doi Free Used Ta MyRepository aeb61434 0a96 4845 9690 218175 00 7 8 Repositories 7 MyRepository Lg Assemblies 150 Virtual Disks Job Summary Glo totalJops 0 Pending ghOInProgress 0 Aborted 0 Complete Description Status Message Timestamp Duration Abort Details No data to display The Repositories tab contains the Perspectives set out in Table 4 1 Repositories Tab Perspective The Perspectives available in any particular view vary depending on the item selected in the navigation tree This table provides a quick reference for all of the available perspectives in the Repositories tab Each perspective provides a different view of your configuration and also includes its own toolbar 175 Toolbar Table 4 1 Repositories Tab Perspective Management Pane Description Perspective Repositories Perspective Displays information about
148. 7 MyServer8 MyServer9 9 Previous Cancel Next Note qj If you defined a group of admin servers in the previous step for backward compatibility reasons these servers are added to the refresh server list and can be used to perform file server refreshes as well This is not apparent in the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface If you are using non uniform file system exports as selected in the first dialog of this wizard click Finish to complete the wizard A message is displayed to inform you that you should now create access groups for the file server See Section 6 4 4 Access Groups Perspective for information on creating an access group When at least one access group is configured you should then refresh the file systems on the file server to make them available for use in Oracle VM Manager Section 6 3 1 5 Refresh File Server for information on refreshing a file server If you are using uniform file system exports click Next to proceed to the Select File Systems step of the wizard If any file systems contain existing virtual machine resources select the corresponding check boxes to have Oracle VM Manager add the existing resources to the environment At the top of the dialog box there is an option to provide a Name Filter You can use this filter to specify search criteria to limit the objects displayed See Section 1 13 Name Filters for more information 226 Discover SAN Server Discover a File Server Use
149. A 338 Gal Status Elles uiuere teri e M I IAFEU EE IA IRAE 338 8 1 2 Export to Excel TEENE EATE cota eren Ens ERR e eu D n ERR ERR 338 8 1 3 06 339 8 1 4 Debug Transcript nth de RE v 341 8 1 5 ADOM JODS 341 em 341 8 2 1 Edit Recurring rete 342 operations made in Oracle VM Manager Jobs are discussed in detail in Understanding Jobs Events and Errors in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide The Jobs tab provides comprehensive information on all completed and in progress jobs in the virtualization environment The Jobs tab is used to get a global view on jobs to evaluate information on jobs completed or aborted or to cancel a job in progress The default view on the Jobs tab is the Summary view Figure 8 1 Jobs tab shows the Jobs tab Figure 8 1 Jobs tab a ee ee em ee Ej Summary Recurring Status Filters View B A Display Count 20 gt status Fitters IERI AI GH 7 ea 1 Timestamp Status Progress Description Created By Duration End Time 4 Mach e 20148 econds OvmAd 22ms admin SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 2 Eo hh Se e gs d Discover Storage Clone Vm OVM OLSU7 Import Virtual CDROM to R ModelDataExportTa
150. An optional description of the physical disk Shareable Whether or not the physical disk is shareable Thin Provision Whether or not thin provisioning is to be supported by the physical disk 4 When you have finished editing the parameters to define the new physical disk click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 7 2 2 Edit Physical Disk It is possible to edit the configuration for a physical disk either available on a SAN server or as local or shared storage The steps and options to do so are described below To edit Physical Disk configuration 1 On the Storage tab expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane To edit the physical disk configuration for a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane Click on the 2 Edit Physical Disk icon in the toolbar A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the Physical Disk The dialog has the following options ID A
151. CFS2 is developed by Oracle and is integrated within the mainstream Linux kernel OCFS2 is used within Oracle VM to facilitate clustered server pools storage of virtual machine images and for the purpose of allowing guests to share the same file system A clustered server pool always uses an OCFS2 file system to store the cluster configuration and to take advantage of OCFS2 s heartbeat facility There are two types of heartbeats used in OCFS2 to ensure high availability The disk heartbeat all Oracle VM Servers in the cluster write a time stamp to the server pool file system device The network heartbeat all Oracle VM Servers communicate through the network to signal to each other that every cluster member is alive These heartbeat functions exist directly within the kernel and are fundamental to the clustering functionality that Oracle VM offers for server pools The server pool file system should be stored on a separate NFS server or on a small LUN if possible as OCFS2 s heartbeat facility can be disturbed by intensive I O operations taking place on the same physical storage A storage repository configured on a LUN based repository must be linked to a clustered server pool due to the nature of the OCFS2 file system As a result LUN based repositories cannot be shared between multiple server pools although it is possible to move an OCFS2 repository from one server pool to another For more information on OCFS2 please refer to https o
152. Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Delete in the management pane toolbar The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Select any virtual disks associated with the virtual machines that you want to delete Click OK to delete the virtual machines and the selected virtual disks 3 7 1 4 Delete Virtual Machines When you delete a virtual machine all the files and data associated with this virtual machine are removed from Oracle VM Manager Before deleting a virtual machine make sure you do not need it any longer You can only delete a virtual machine when the virtual machine status is Stopped or Error To delete virtual machines 1 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree 163 Virtual Machines Perspective 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Delete X in the management pane toolbar 4 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Select any virtual disks associated with the virtual machines that you want to delete Click OK to delete the virtual machines and the selected virtual disks 3 7 1 5 Clone or Move a Virtual Machine Cloning a
153. Clicking on an Oracle VM Server displays the following statistical data Virtual Machine Name The name of the virtual machine The following columns are available presenting information for each virtual machine Processors Configured The number of processors set in the virtual machine Current The number of processors in use by the virtual machine Utilization 96 The percentage of the total processors in use by the virtual machine Memory GiB Configured The amount of memory in GiB set for the virtual machine Used The memory in GiB in use by the virtual machine 2 3 7 Unassigned Virtual Machines Folder By clicking on the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder in the navigation tree you can view the following statistical information 19 Unassigned Virtual Machines Folder Virtual Machine Name The name of the virtual machine The following columns are available presenting information for each virtual machine Processors Configured The number of processors set in the virtual machine Current The number of processors in use by the virtual machine Utilization 96 The percentage of the total processors in use by the virtual machine Memory GiB Configured The amount of memory in GiB set for the virtual machine Used The memory in GiB in use by the virtual machine 20 Chapter 3 Servers and VMs Tab Table of Contents Bl TOODA c 25 3 1 1 Discover Ser
154. Edit Repository for more information 309 Physical Disks Perspective 6 9 3 6 Display Servers Using a Physical Disk It is possible to display the Oracle VM Servers that are using a physical disk available on a SAN server The steps and options to do so are described below To display a list of Oracle VM Servers using a Physical Disk on a SAN server 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to view in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the amp Display Servers using Physical Disk icon in the toolbar 3 A dialog opens to display the Oracle VM Servers that are configured to use the Physical Disk The dialog provides the following information in tabular format Name The name of the Oracle VM Server Description The configured description for the Oracle VM Server Status The running status of the Oracle VM Server Utilization 96 The percentage of the disk that is utilized by the Oracle VM Server Maintenance Mode Whether or not the Oracle VM Server is in maintenance mode Owned Whether or not the current instance of Oracle VM Manager has ownership of the Oracle VM Server 4 When you have finished viewing the list of servers with access to the physical disk click Close to exit out of the dialog 6 9 3 7 Disp
155. Events Perspective for information on acknowledging events 2 2 Error Conditions The Error Conditions subtab displays an up to date view of all error conditions and warnings The table view in the Error Conditions subtab includes the following fields Severity The severity level assigned to the error event Timestamp The date and time the error event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time the error event was modified 16 Toolbar Name The name of the object associated with the error event Category The category of the object associated with the error event Type The type of error event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the error event Acknowledged Whether the error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether the error event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event 2 2 1 Toolbar The Error Conditions subtab of the Health tab includes the toolbar items View Controls the columns to display and the sort order of columns Refresh Interval Sets the interval between which the statistics are refreshed Select 30 seconds 1 2 5 or 10 minutes The default setting is 5 minutes Refresh Now The ii icon refreshes the statistical information Include Acknowl
156. Group 2 in the perspective toolbar 3 The Edit Anti Affinity Group dialog box is displayed Edit the anti affinity group as required To edit the virtual machines in the anti affinity group click the Virtual Machines tab For more information on the tabs in this wizard see Section 3 4 4 1 Create Anti Affinity Group Click OK The anti affinity group is edited and displayed in the Anti Affinity Group table in the management pane 3 4 4 3 Delete Anti Affinity Group To delete an anti affinity group 1 In the Servers and VMs tab select the server pool to which the anti affinity group belongs in the navigation pane 93 Policies Perspective 2 From the Perspective field in the management pane select Anti Affinity Group from the drop down list Select the anti affinity group in the Anti Affinity Group table and click Delete Anti Affinity Group X in the perspective toolbar 3 A confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the anti affinity group The anti affinity group is deleted 3 4 5 Policies Perspective The Policies perspective provides information about the policies that are currently configured for a server pool These policies define how virtual machines are managed across the server pool depending on power or resource consumption Policies also apply to network availability and are applied here as well The following information is available in this perspective Policy Control Policy Type If
157. IPMI IPMI allows you to remotely power on or power off an Oracle VM Server If IPMI is either not available or not enabled on the Oracle VM Server Oracle VM Manager may still be able to remotely power on an Oracle VM Server using a Wake on LAN message without having to physically press the power button and it may be able to send a system power off message to shut it down Select the IPMI Password Required check box if your IPMI setup requires a password to change the configuration To configure IPMI enter the following information in the fields Access Username The user name for the IPMI Password The password for the IPMI IP Address The IP address of the IPMI 5 To edit the tags associated with the server click the Tags tab Using the controls provided you can add or remove tags that can be used to identify the server and to group it with other objects within Oracle VM Manager See Section 1 14 Tags for more information on creating and managing tags Click OK The Oracle VM Server is updated Batch Editing Oracle VM Servers You can edit the information for more than one Oracle VM Server at a time by using the multi select functionality provided within the Oracle VM Manager interface to select multiple items before clicking on the Edit Server 7 icon in the toolbar When editing a group of Oracle VM Servers in batch mode the options available to you are limited to actions that can be applied to all selected items The followi
158. M Manager Web Interface For example subtabs are used on the Tools and Resources tab to distinguish between the configuration options available for different elements within Oracle VM Manager Tags Server Update Groups and Preferences Each of these elements is self contained and bears no specific relationship to the other 1 7 3 Navigation Pane Many of the views rendered for the different tabs available in the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface include a navigation pane situated on the left hand side of the screen The navigation pane is mostly used to organize objects that have a grouped relationships within Oracle VM Manager These relationships are exposed in the form of a navigation tree The navigation tree shows the relationship between managed objects These objects are both physical and virtual and include Oracle VM Servers server pools virtual machines and so on created using virtual machines hosted on those Oracle VM Servers The navigation tree presents each object type as a node If an object type contains child elements it is possible to expand the node to view the elements that it contains In the navigation tree presented on the Servers and VMs tab there is a parent object called Server Pools If you have already defined a server pool within your environment this node can be expanded to show the server pools that you have already defined Since each server pool must contain one or more servers the individual server pool entries
159. M Storage Connect plug in data that may be required This is not available to generic storage the information you entered in the plug in private data field Once the storage array is registered this field can no longer be modified If you need to update Note E When registering a vendor specific storage array be sure to double check the plug in private data you must unregister and re register the storage array Admin Host The host name or IP address of the administration host This is not available to generic storage Admin Username The admin host username This is not available to generic storage Admin Password The password for the admin user This is not available to generic storage Click Next The Access Information step is displayed in the wizard This is not applicable to Fibre Channel storage arrays 8 Discover SAN Server 2 X Access Host Access Port Access Username _ No data to display Discover SAN Server o Access Information if required Set Storage Name if required Use CHAP Applies to all Access Hosts Previous Cancel Next An access host is the IP address of the network interface that has access to the SAN server and creates a network path to the storage In this dialog enter one or more access hosts to create network have at least one access host to the storage On some ISCSI servers only one access host is supported so your screen may differ from the exampl
160. N volumes iSCSI targets and LUNs to the storage network of your server pool 2 Select the Storage tab 3 Click Discover SAN Server amp to start the Discover SAN Server wizard 4 The Discover SAN Server step is displayed in the wizard where you enter the information necessary for Oracle VM Manager to discover the external storage elements Bi Discover SAN Server Name Discover SAN Server Description _ Access Information if required Storage Type Storage Plug in Plug in Private Data Admin Host Admin Username Admin Password My ISCSIServer A SAN Server for use by my server pools iSCSI Storage Server Oracle Generic SCSI Plugir v Enter the SAN storage information Cancel Next Name The name you wish to use to identify the SAN server Description Optional information you would like to add about this SAN server Storage Type The array is either a fibre channel or an iSCSI storage server Storage Plug in The storage plug in corresponding to the type of storage array which is either generic iSCSI or a vendor specific iSCSI or fibre channel plug in As Oracle VM Storage Connect 228 Discover SAN Server plug in are located on the Oracle VM Servers this field is only populated if you have already performed Server Discovery You cannot add storage without taking this step first Plugin Private Data Any vendor specific Oracle V
161. Navigation Pane Contains the navigation tree See Section 1 7 3 Navigation Pane Navigation Tree Shows hierarchy of physical and virtual components Click on a component to open its default pane and related management panes See Section 1 7 3 Navigation Pane for more information on the navigation tree Management Pane Contains the management panes for the selected tab The management panes change depending on the selected subtab or Perspective in the drop down list in the management pane toolbar The management panes that can be displayed are described in each tab See Section 1 7 4 Perspectives for more information Job Summary Pane In Progress Failed Aborted and Complete Click an icon to open a dialog box showing the tasks The dialog box lets you export a list of the jobs to a spreadsheet file view details of a job or abort a job See Chapter 8 Jobs Tab for more information on jobs The Job Summary pane also includes a status icon that indicates the readiness of Oracle VM Manager The icon is green when Oracle VM Manager is running normally and it is safe to perform any operations Using the Global Links User Interface Item Description The icon is yellow when Oracle VM Manager is either in the process of starting up or shutting down During these periods it is not recommended that any actions are performed within Oracle VM Manager The sections that follow
162. Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All p Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane gt A Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines fr
163. O file in a storage repository and can be used to create HVM and PVHVM virtual machines When creating a virtual machine from an ISO file you must use a single file Installations that span multiple ISO files are not supported ISO files cannot be used to create PVM virtual machines You cannot add an empty CDROM on a SPARC based server Add or create any virtual disks to use as the virtual machine s hard disk select any physical disks to add and select any ISO files to use to create the virtual machine Add the disks in the order they should appear in the virtual machine The disk with the boot partition or installation media should be the first disk listed An HVM guest can have up to four disks including empty CD DVD drives A PVM guest can have up to 104 disks A PVHVM guest can have up to 107 disks An LDOMS PVM guest can have up to 1024 disks Only one slot can contain an empty CD DVD Tip When editing a running virtual machine you can change the CD DVD using this dialog box and the CD DVD is mounted in the operating system To create or add a virtual disk a To create a virtual disk select Virtual Disk from the Disk Type drop down list and click Create a Virtual Disk b The Create Virtual Disk dialog box is displayed Enter or select the following to create a virtual disk Repository The repository in which the virtual disk is to be created 35 Create Virtual Machine Virtual Disk Name The name of the virtu
164. OK to close the dialog 3 4 3 15 Send VM Messages You can select one or more virtual machines Oracle VM Servers or server pools to select which running virtual machines are populated in the dialog box used to send messages to virtual machines 87 Virtual Machines Perspective To send a virtual machine a message you must have first installed the Oracle VM Guest Additions in the virtual machine For information on installing the Oracle VM Guest Additions and a more detailed description of the virtual machine messaging mechanism and its uses see the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide To send messages to virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Determine the grouping of virtual machines that you wish to send a message to If you wish to send a message to virtual machines distributed across one or more server pools click on the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane Select Server Pools from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more server pools in the management pane If you wish to send a message to virtual machines distributed across one or more servers in a particular server pool expand the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane and select the server pool where the servers reside Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more servers in the management pane If you wish to send a message to one or more virtual machines on a particular server expand the Server Pools fo
165. OK to delete the server processor compatibility group 53 Server Pool Item The server processor compatibility group is deleted 3 4 Server Pool Item Each server pool configured within the environment is displayed as a server pool navigation item within the Server Pools navigation folder These server pool navigation items are labelled according to the server pool name that is configured within Oracle VM Manager If a name is not available or not configured properly within Oracle VM Manager the server pool UUID is allocated as the server pool name The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 3 2 Summary Clicking on a server pool navigation item in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of the server pool within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane A server pool navigation item offers the following perspectives within the management pane Info Perspective Servers Perspective Virtual Machines Perspective Anti Affinity Groups Perspective Policies Perspective Server Update Repositories Perspective Events Perspective 3 4 1 Info Perspective The Info perspective is common to many el
166. OL have been configured the job to start the Oracle VM Server cannot be completed and may need to be aborted The Oracle VM Server must then be powered on manually See Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server for information on configuring IPMI See Section 8 1 5 Abort Jobs for information on aborting a hanging job To start Oracle VM Servers 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Server resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane and click Start Server gt in the perspective toolbar The Oracle VM Servers are started 3 6 1 5 Stop Server When you stop an Oracle VM Server it is stopped using the Intelligent Plattorm Management Interface IPMI or a system power off command Before you can stop an Oracle VM Server you must stop any running virtual machines or place the Oracle VM Server into maintenance mode to automatically migrate the running virtual machines it cannot be started again remotely See Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server for IPMI configuration Alternatively make sure that you activate the Wake on LAN WOL Warning e Make sure that the IPMI is properly configured on the Oracle VM Server otherwise feature in the Oracle VM Server BIOS and that you have tested that it is properly 152 Servers Perspective working If an Oracle VM Server cannot start through IPMI or WOL it must
167. OM 3 5 2 Virtual Machines Perspective The Virtual Machines perspective lists the different virtual machines that belong to either a server pool a server or the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder depending on the item selected in the navigation pane The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the virtual machine Status The running status of the virtual machine 103 Virtual Machines Perspective consume Tag s Any tags that have been applied to the virtual machine Event Severity What event severity level is currently indicated for the virtual machine Server The actual Oracle VM Server that the virtual machine is currently residing on Max Memory MB The maximum available memory in megabytes that the virtual machine is able to Memory MB The amount of memory in megabytes that the virtual machine is currently consuming Max Processors The number of processors that the virtual machine is allowed to make use of Processors The number of processors that the virtual machine is currently using Keymap The character keymap that has been configured for the virtual machine Operating System The operating system that the virtual machine is running Clicking on the arrow to the left of a virtual machine in the table displays a set of subtabs that show more detailed information about the virtual machine These tabs are Configuration Netw
168. On the Servers and VMs tab there is a navigation pane At the top of the navigation pane is the navigation toolbar discussed in Section 3 1 Toolbar Within the navigation pane is a navigation tree that allows you to navigate through the different object types that comprise your environment Different objects may be nested at different levels within the navigation tree depending on their relationships to each other Clicking on different objects or folders within the navigation tree enables access to the different perspectives available for that object in the management pane The navigation tree that is available within the Servers and VMs tab conforms to the following structure Server Pools Folder Server Pool Item Server Item Unassigned Servers Folder Server Item 38 Server Pools Folder Unassigned Virtual Machines Folder Each navigation element has a number of associated perspectives offering different views of the objects contained by the selected navigation element or the configuration information specific to it For many of these perspectives an associated toolbar is provided so that it is possible to perform different configuration or management tasks on elements selected in the management pane 3 3 Server Pools Folder The Server Pools navigation folder contains each server pool that has been configured within the environment The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more
169. Oracle VM Manager User s Guide for Release 3 3 ORACLE E50250 05 July 2015 Oracle Legal Notices Copyright 2011 2015 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U S Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U S Government then the following notice is applicable U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Oracle programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation delivered to U S Government end users are commercial computer software pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modificat
170. Oracle VM Servers in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide To restart Oracle VM Servers 1 Stop or migrate any running virtual machines To stop the virtual machines see Section 3 5 2 4 Stop Virtual Machines To automatically migrate the virtual machines to other Oracle VM Servers in the server pool place the Oracle VM Servers into maintenance mode see Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab 3 Select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Server resides in the navigation tree 4 Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane and click Restart 2 in the perspective toolbar The Oracle VM Servers are restarted 3 6 1 7 Kill Server To kill an Oracle VM Server is equivalent to performing a power off of an Oracle VM Server similar to unplugging the power cable from the physical machine This is not the recommended method of shutting down an Oracle VM Server but may be used if the shut down command fails to shut down the Oracle VM Server To kill Oracle VM Servers 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 153 Servers Perspective 2 Select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Server resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane and click Kill in the perspective toolbar Click OK in the Confirmation dialog The Oracle VM Servers are powe
171. Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in that you are using supports this operation The steps and options to do so are described below To delete the registered SAN server 1 If you need to delete a SAN server select the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select the SAN Servers option in the Perspective drop down list select one or more SAN servers in the table 2 Click on the XX Delete SAN server icon in the toolbar 3 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the SAN server 6 5 1 4 Refresh SAN Server When changes are made to the disks or file systems on a SAN server it is useful to refresh the configuration of your SAN servers to make Oracle VM Manager aware of the changes This option is not available for uumanaged SAN servers To refresh the registered SAN server 1 Select the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select the SAN Servers option in the Perspective drop down list select one or more SAN servers in the table 2 Click on the Refresh SAN server option in the toolbar 3 The selected SAN servers are refreshed and their configurations are updated within Oracle VM Manager 6 6 SAN Server Item Each SAN Server navigation item is listed underneath the Section 6 5 SAN Servers Folder when it has been expanded The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 6 2 Summary Clicking on a SAN Server navigation item in the navig
172. Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 8 5 Vo
173. Release 6 Update 1 Cloned from a Description template Cancel Finish Select the Clone from an existing VM Template option Enter or select the following Clone Count The number of virtual machines to create from the template Name Index The start index number to use for the clone name suffix The default is 0 This is used in conjunction with the VM Name field to create the name for each clone Repository The repository in which to create the virtual machine configuration files VM Template The template to use to create the virtual machines VM Name An optional name for the virtual machines The maximum name length is 256 characters and may contain any character The name need not be unique If no value is given the default is the name of the virtual machine template being cloned Each clone is suffixed with a dot and the clone index number starting with the value for the Name Index field For example if the VM Name field 30 Create Virtual Machine is set to MyVM and the Name Index field is set to 1 the resulting clones would be named MyvM 1 MyVM 2 and so on Server Pool The server pool in which to deploy the virtual machines Description An optional description of the virtual machines Click Finish The virtual machines are created and deployed to the server pool To create a virtual machine using all other media 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Click Create Virtual Machine in the toolba
174. SCSI storage array although you are only able to edit the default access group that is created when you discover the SAN Server since it is not possible to create additional access groups for generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug ins To edit the access group for an iSCSI storage array 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Access Groups option in the Perspective drop down list Select the access group that you wish to edit a default access group is always present and click Edit Access Group 7 The Edit Access Group dialog box is displayed In the Access Group tab you can edit the Name on Array and Access Group Name for storage arrays that use a non generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in When you have a generic plug in these items are greyed out You can also provide or edit a description for the access group a Edit Access Group Default access group My ISCS Server Access Group Storage Initiators ID 0004 fb0000290000cd0c55ce3abede14 Name on Array D i Access Group Name Default Description Cancel OK Select the Storage Initiators tab It contains the available storage initiators for this type of storage on the Oracle VM Servers in your environment 297 Access Groups Perspective 5 Use the arrow buttons to move the required initiators to the Selected Storage Initiators box 2 Edit Access Group Default access grou
175. Storage Plug In The name of the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in used to access the storage array Storage Plug In Version The version number of the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in used to access the storage array Plug in Private Data Additional parameters passed to the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in ct o o N W NT 2 m 5 N 5 Q D o o m lt gt o lt CD o Q Q o 2 2 Q c 2 Free Size GiB The available free space in GiB reported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Used Size GiB The amount of used space in GiB reported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Additional fields may be listed to indicate the support status for various storage related functions as reported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in in use 6 9 2 Events Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective to
176. The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event 325 Show Events Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 35 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All p Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events res
177. The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 15 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspect
178. UN In the case of an NFS file server admin servers are only used to validate the file server For backward compatibility reasons admin servers are also capable of being Use the arrow buttons to move the required Oracle VM Servers from the Available Admin Server s box to the Selected Admin Server s box amp Discover a File Server elect the Server s that can be used for administrati this File Server when using a Network File System in a r Pool File Server Parameters Add Admin Servers Available Admin Server s Selected Admin Server s MyServer1 MyServer2 MyServer3 MyServer4 MyServer5 MyServer6 MyServer7 MyServer8 MyServer9 Select Refresh Servers Previous Click Next The Select Refresh Servers step is displayed in the wizard Refresh server are designated Oracle VM Servers that have visibility of one or more file systems on an NFS file server These servers are used for file system refreshing across server pools Each file system must be assigned at least one refresh server to allow for file system refreshing During the refresh of a file server the refresh servers are used to refresh all file systems used across all pools For this reason it is critical that your refresh server list contains at least one server from each server pool Important A In some environments it is plausible to expect that the file server is configured to provide different file system exports to differen
179. VM Server that is in the Unassigned Servers folder This field does not report utilization statistics unless an Oracle VM Server is included in a server pool Note E Discovered Oracle VM Servers do not use a Virtual IP address until they are properly configured by being included in a server pool When an Oracle VM Server has been discovered it can be added to a server pool 3 1 2 Create Server Pool 26 Create Server Pool To create a server pool 1 2 Click Create Server Pool in the toolbar to start the Create Server Pool wizard The Create Server Pool step is displayed in the wizard B Create a Server Pool Add Servers Server Pool Name MyServerPool Create Server Pool Virtual IP Address for the Pool 10 172 77 196 VM Console Keymap en us English United States VM Start Policy Best Server Secure VM Migrate Clustered Server Pool Timeout for Cluster 120 3 Seconds Storage for Server Pool Network File System Physical Disk Storage Location Q Description Cancel Nex Enter the server pool information Server Pool Name The name of the server pool The maximum length of a server pool name is 256 characters and may contain any character Virtual IP Address for the Pool An IP address used to identify the master Oracle VM Server which controls the other Oracle VM Server in the server pool In the event that the master Oracle VM Server fails or is plac
180. Whether or not the server supports adaptive load balancing for a network bonds Mtu Configuration Whether or not MTU settings for network interfaces can be configured on the server Local Storage Element Whether or not a local disk be used for storage on a server VM Memory Alignment The size of the data alignment block that is used for offsetting memory requirements for each virtual machine to ensure better performance Vnc Console Whether or not the server supports VNC Serial Console Whether or not the server supports Serial Console Migration Setup An internal facility to perform setup requirements for virtual machine migration typically used for SPARC deployments HVM Max Vnics The maximum number of VNICs that can be assigned to a hardware virtualized virtual machine Server Package Update Whether or not the server supports package updates PowerOn WOL Whether or not the server supports Wake On LAN Repo On SharedDisk Whether or not the server supports a repository on a shared disk such as iSCSI or Fibre Channel Repo On LocalDisk Whether or not the server supports a repository on a local disk ClusterFs On PhysicalDisk Whether or not the server is capable of creating an OCFS2 file system on a physical disk such as an iSCSI LUN or Fibre Channel LUN VmEmptyCdrom Whether or not the server supports an empty virtual CDROM on a virtual machine SPARC servers do not support an empty virtual CDR
181. XX Delete Port s To Add A Port To The Network a Click the Add New Ports icon at the top of the table b The Add Ports to Network dialog is displayed Select the server where the network port or bond that you wish to add is located and expand the node alongside it Select the port or ports that you wish to add Note E Only ports that are not bonded are displayed Once a port is part of a bond it can no longer be used outside of that bond c Click OK to add the ports that you have selected or click Cancel to exit without any changes To Edit A Port Within The Network a Select the port or ports that you wish to edit within the network b Click the 7 Edit Port s icon c The Edit Port s dialog is displayed d For each port listed you are able to edit the MTU setting and the IP Address assignment settings e Click OK when you have finished editing ports to save the changes or click Cancel to exit To Delete A Port From The Network a Select the port or ports that you wish to remove from the network b Click the Delete Port s icon c The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the port from the network VLAN Interfaces A tab allowing you to manage which VLAN interfaces are attached to the network This tab contains a tabular view of VLAN interfaces that are already attached to the network At the top of the table is a toolbar containing options to Add VLAN Interfaces 7 Edit VLAN Int
182. a network file server or a physical disk If you selected Network File Server as location click Search to select a location in the Select Network File System dialog box Select a Network File Server from the list The available file systems appear Note that only a refreshed file system can be used Select the file system you wish to install the storage repository on Click OK You can use this filter to specify search criteria to limit the objects displayed Note N When searching for a file system there is an option to provide a Name Filter See Section 1 13 Name Filters for more information Q Create a Repository Repository Name MyNFSRepository Repository Information Repository Location Network File Server Physical Disk Present to Servers Network File System fs on 10 172 76 125 mntWol1 poolts01 Q Share Path Description Storage repository for Oracle Linux based VMs Cancel Nex 5 Optionally provide this additional information 6 Share Path Path to a subdirectory on the selected file system Description Information you would like to add about this storage repository If you selected Physical Disk as the Repository Location click Search to select a location in the Select Physical Disk dialog box Select a Storage Array and if applicable a Volume Group from the respective lists The available disks appear Select the physical disk you wish to install the
183. a server pool is a convenience and simply presents the repository to all servers that belong to a particular server pool at the time that you perform the action 4 Click OK to present the storage repository to the selected Oracle VM Servers 4 3 1 5 Refresh Repository To refresh a storage repository 1 Select one or more repositories in the table in the management pane and click Refresh Selected Repository in the toolbar above Note that a repository refresh does not automatically refresh the contents of an assembly To do this refer to Section 4 5 1 5 Refresh Assembly 4 4 Repository Item Each storage repository configured within the environment is displayed as a repository navigation item within the Repositories navigation folder These repository navigation items are labelled according to the repository name that is configured within Oracle VM Manager If a name is not available or not configured properly within Oracle VM Manager the repository UUID is allocated as the repository name The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 4 2 Summary Clicking on a repository navigation item in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of the repository within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration
184. achine or template See Clone a Virtual Machine or Template for information on using the clone customizer to create a virtual machine or template Edit a Clone Customizer To edit a clone customizer 1 Select the object to which the clone customizer belongs either a virtual machine or a virtual machine template Click Manage Clone Customizers amp The Manage Clone Customizers for VM or Template dialog box is displayed Select the clone customizer to edit and click Edit Clone Customizer 7 The Edit Clone Customizer dialog box is displayed Edit the clone customizer Click OK The changes to the clone customizer are saved Delete a Clone Customizer To delete a clone customizer 1 Select the object to which the clone customizer belongs either a virtual machine or a virtual machine template Click Manage Clone Customizers amp The Manage Clone Customizers for VM or Template dialog box is displayed Select the clone customizer to delete and click Delete Clone Customizer X A dialog box is displayed to confirm you want to delete the clone customizer Confirm you want to delete the clone customizer and click OK The clone customizer is deleted 3 7 1 7 View Virtual Machine Configuration File You can view the content of a virtual machine configuration file The content is not editable but you can view and copy the text according to your needs To view a virtual machine configuration file 1 2 5
185. acle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 311 Access Groups Perspective 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Ackno
186. akes use of jsTerm that uses HTML5 WebSockets Canvas to render a web based terminal emulator accessible from any browser that properly supports HTML5 You can find out more about jsTerm at http jsterm com To use the Serial Console the appropriate packages must be installed on the Oracle VM Manager host so that a connection can be made with the virtual machine and so that the jsTerm terminal emulator can be rendered in a browser See the Oracle VM Installation and Upgrade Guide for information on installing the required packages on the Oracle VM Manager host computer To connect to a virtual machine s serial console 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine in the management pane and click Launch Serial Console zi in the management pane toolbar 4 A new browser window or tab is opened Tip If the console does not start check that your web browser allows pop ups to be displayed If you are using Microsoft Internet Explorer add the base URL of Oracle VM Manager for example http example com to the list of trusted sites in the security settings You may also need to downgrade the security level from medium to medium low for the Trusted sites zone If the virtual machine s console is in use by another user a message is displayed asking if you want to take over t
187. al disk to be created and made available to the virtual machine See How are Virtual Disks Managed in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about using virtual disks Size GiB The disk size of the virtual disk in GiB Description A description of the virtual disk Shareable Whether the virtual disk should be shareable read write with other virtual machines Allocation Type Whether to use a Sparse Allocation or Non sparse Allocation Sparse Allocation creates a sparse disk so the size of the disk is initially small and increases as it is used Sparse allocation is faster than using Non Sparse Allocation when creating a virtual machine Non Sparse Allocation creates the entire disk when the virtual machine is created and so is slower than creating a sparse disk Click OK To search for an existing virtual disk to add to the virtual machine click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select a Virtual Machine Disk dialog box is displayed Select the virtual disk to use and Click OK Note qj If your virtual machine needs more than one disk you can create the disk s afterwards in the repository and add them to the virtual machine See Section 4 9 1 1 Create Virtual Disk and Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine for more information on creating a virtual disk and editing a virtual machine There are some limitations on mixing virtual disks of differing device types on a virtual machine See How are Virt
188. al disks 4 9 1 Virtual Disks Perspective The Virtual Disks perspective lists the virtual disks in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the virtual disk Used GiB The amount of disk used Max GiB The maximum allocated disk size that may be used Shareable Whether the disk is shareable with other virtual machines File The location path in the storage repository Description The description of the virtual disk Clicking on the arrow to the left of a virtual disk in the table lists the objects that use the virtual disk This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 4 7 Virtual Disks Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Virtual Disk Displays the Create Virtual Disk dialog box Use this option to create a new virtual disk Import Virtual Disk e Displays the Import Virtual Disk dialog box Use this option to import a virtual disk Edit Virtual Disk a Displays the Edit Virtual Disk dialog box Use this option to edit an virtual disk Delete Selected Virtual Disk x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected virtual disk 204 Virtual Disks Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Clone Virtual Disk fa Displays the Clone Virtual Disk dialog box Use this optio
189. al disks and what you may need to do to solve any issues surrounding this problem Move a Virtual Machine To move a virtual machine between repositories 1 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine in the management pane and click Clone or Move The Clone or Move dialog box is displayed Select Move this VM Select a clone customizer from the Clone Customizer drop down list If no clone customizers are displayed or you want to create a new one click Create See Create a Clone Customizer for information on creating a clone customizer Select a repository from the Target Repository drop down list This is the location of the new virtual machine configuration file Click Finish to move the virtual machine 115 Virtual Machines Perspective 3 5 2 13 Manage Clone Customizers Cloning a virtual machine or template means making a copy of it so that you can create multiple virtual machines or templates from the original You can create a clone customizer to set up the clone parameters such as networking and the virtual disk and ISO resources A clone customizer is also used when moving a virtual machine or template Create a Clone Customizer To create a clone customizer 1 Select the virtual machine or template and display the Manage Clone Cus
190. al machine click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select a Virtual Machine Disk dialog box is displayed Select the virtual disk to use and Click OK Note E If your virtual machine needs more than one disk you can create the disk s afterwards in the repository and add them to the virtual machine See Section 4 9 1 1 Create Virtual Disk and Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine for more information on creating a virtual disk and editing a virtual machine To add a physical disk a To add a physical disk to the virtual machine select Physical Disk from the Disk Type drop down list Click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select a Physical Disk dialog box is displayed Select a physical disk from the list of available disks If you want to leave the slot empty select Leave Slot Empty Click OK To add an ISO file a To add an ISO file to the virtual machine select CD DVD from the Disk Type drop down list Click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select an ISO dialog box is displayed Select a Iso file from the list of available files If you want to leave the slot empty select Leave Slot Empty Click OK Note E When adding an ISO file to an existing virtual machine the ISO file is available to the operating system but may not be mounted To access the ISO file you may need to mount it for example mkdir cdrom mount o loop dev xvdb cdrom Boot Order This tab allows you to ed
191. alog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 1 4 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknow
192. ame of the virtual machine The following columns are available presenting information for each virtual machine Processors Configured The number of processors set in the virtual machine Current The number of processors in use by the virtual machine Utilization 96 The percentage of the total processors in use by the virtual machine 18 Unassigned Servers Folder Memory GiB Configured The amount of memory in GiB set for the virtual machine Used The memory in GiB in use by the virtual machine 2 3 5 Unassigned Servers Folder By clicking on the Unassigned Servers folder in the navigation tree you can view the following statistical information Server Name The name of the Oracle VM Server The following columns are available presenting information for each Oracle VM Server Processors Utilization 96 The percentage of total processors in use on the Oracle VM Server Total The number of processors available on the Oracle VM Server Memory GiB Utilization 96 The percentage of total memory in use on the Oracle VM Server Usable by VMs The memory in GiB available for use on the Oracle VM Server Used The memory in GiB in use by the operating system its processes and virtual machine management 2 3 6 Unassigned Servers Item By expanding the Unassigned Servers folder in the navigation tree you can select Oracle VM Servers that are not part of a server pool
193. ample to enter a virtual disk image and a virtual machine configuration file that together make up a complete virtual machine you could enter http myexample com System sda img http myexample com vm cfg 44 Server Pools Perspective Proxy The IP address or hostname of an optional proxy server to use when importing the virtual machine Click OK to import the virtual machine The virtual machine is deployed to the server pool in the stopped state Alternatively the virtual machine is imported to the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder See Section 3 5 2 3 Start Virtual Machines for information on starting a virtual machine and Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine for information on editing a virtual machine 3 3 1 4 Edit Server Pool You can edit the configuration information of a server pool including the server pool name description the virtual machines are migrated securely You cannot change the virtual IP address or the file system used for the server pool To edit a server pool 1 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane Ensure that you are in the Server Pools perspective Click Edit Selected Server Pool Z in the toolbar The Edit Server Pool dialog box is displayed Edit the server pool information Server Pool Name The name of the server pool The maximum length of a server pool name is 256 characters and may contain any character Descri
194. an object within Oracle VM Manager Description The description of the CPU object as stored in Oracle VM Manager This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 3 13 Edit CPUs Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Edit Selected CPU a Displays the Edit CPU dialog box Use this option to edit the selected CPU 3 5 3 1 Edit CPUs To edit CPUs 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Inthe navigation pane select the Oracle VM Server on which you want to edit the CPUs If the Oracle VM Server is already part of a server pool it is listed under Server Pools Otherwise find and select the Oracle VM Server in the Unassigned Servers folder 3 Select CPUs from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 123 Ethernet Ports Perspective 5 6 Select the CPU to edit in the table in the management pane and click Edit Selected CPU Z in the toolbar The Edit CPU dialog box is displayed You can edit the name and the description of the CPU Click OK to save and apply your changes 3 5 4 Ethernet Ports Perspective The Ethernet Ports perspective lists the different Ethernet ports or physical NICs configured on a server The following columns are displayed in the management pane Port The port device name detected on the server Status The interface status whether the port is up or down Interface Name The name of the
195. anager VLAN ID The VLAN ID that is assigned to the VLAN interface Server Pool The server pool where this VLAN interface is located if any 217 Create VLAN Interfaces Server The server where the VLAN interface is located Port The network port on which the VLAN interface is assigned MTU The MTU value for the VLAN interface Network The network that the VLAN interface is attached to if any Addressing A grouping of fields to display IP address assignment Type Describes the network address assignment type either Static Dynamic or blank if None IP Address The IP address allocated to the VLAN interface if any Netmask The netmask applied to the VLAN interface if any Description The description of the VLAN interface as defined in Oracle VM Manager 5 2 3 Create VLAN Interfaces If your environment is configured to use VLANs you need to configure VLAN interfaces within Oracle VM Manager before you are able to use them within a network configuration To Create A VLAN Interface 1 2 3 4 On the Networking tab click the VLAN Interfaces subtab link Click the Create VLAN Interface icon in the toolbar The Create VLAN Interface s dialog is displayed A navigation tree similar to the one shown in the Navigation Pane is displayed in the pane on the right of the dialog Use the navigation tree to identify server ports or bonds that are configured for your VLANs You are able to
196. ancel Einish The new access group now appears in the Access Groups table If you change the Perspective of the management pane to Physical Disks the list of presented physical disks appear in the table After configuring the access group it is advisable to refresh the SAN server to make sure that the current storage layout and access rules are in effect The selected physical disks in your non generic storage array are now available to the Oracle VM Servers in this access group 6 6 4 2 Edit Access Group It is possible to edit an existing Access Group for a SAN Server This option is also possible for a generic iSCSI storage array although you are only able to edit the default access group that is created when you discover the SAN Server since it is not possible to create additional access groups for generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug ins To edit the access group for an iSCSI storage array 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Access Groups option in the Perspective drop down list Select the access group that you wish to edit a default access group is always present and click Edit Access Group 7 The Edit Access Group dialog box is displayed In the Access Group tab you can edit the Name on Array and Access Group Name for storage arrays that use a non generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in When you have a generic plug in these items are g
197. and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set 248 Access Groups Perspective for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 8 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description
198. and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 5 SAN Servers Folder The SAN Servers navigation folder contains each SAN server that has been configured within the environment The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 6 2 Summary Clicking on the SAN
199. annel storage network Note qj If you configured CHAP authentication for your SAN server and CHAP is not properly configured on your SAN storage device or the authentication credentials that you provide for your Access Groups are incorrect none of the LUNs or physical disks available on your SAN server are discovered and no error message is returned You may need to check the logs on your SAN server to evaluate the required action that should be taken 6 2 Summary On the Storage tab there is a navigation pane At the top of the navigation pane is the navigation toolbar discussed in Section 6 1 Toolbar Within the navigation pane is a navigation tree that allows you to navigate through the different object types that comprise your environment 232 File Servers Folder Different objects may be nested at different levels within the navigation tree depending on their relationships to each other Clicking on different objects or folders within the navigation tree enables access to the different perspectives available for that object in the management pane The navigation tree that is available within the Storage tab conforms to the following structure File Servers Folder File Server Item SAN Servers Folder SAN Server Item Volume Group Item Unmanaged Fibre Channel Storage Array Item Unmanaged iSCSI Storage Array Item Local File Systems Item Shared File Systems Item Each navigation element has a nu
200. ar Oracle VM Server within the destination pool you need to start the virtual machine in the destination server pool for it to be deployed to an Oracle VM Server When migrating a running virtual machine this option is not enabled If the Oracle VM Server you want is not listed click the arrow next to Why don t I see other servers to migrate to A list of all Oracle VM Servers registered with Oracle VM Manager is displayed Click the arrow next to the Oracle VM Server you want for an explanation as to why it is not available as a migration target Click OK The virtual machine is migrated To migrate multiple virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machines to migrate in the management pane and drag and drop them to the Oracle VM Server server pool or the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder in the navigation tree to which you want to migrate the virtual machines See Section 1 10 Drag and Drop for information on using the drag and drop feature 4 The virtual machines are migrated 3 5 2 12 Clone or Move a Virtual Machine Cloning a virtual machine means making a copy of it so that you can create multiple virtual machines or templates from the original Moving a virtual machine means moving the virtual machine configuration file to another storage repository
201. arrow to the right of the management pane Figure 1 2 Getting Started tab shows the Getting Started tab Subtabs Figure 1 2 Getting Started tab Health Servers and VMs Repositories Networking Storage Tools and Resources Jobs i Getting Started D mnt Q View Perspective Server Pools Jlar E Name Tag s Keymap Virtual IP Oracle VM i Unassigned Servers No Server Pools found Getting Started Bs Unassigned virtual Machines g Table of Contents Discover Oracle VM Servers Discovering Oracle VM Servers f Discover Storage Discovering a file server Discovering a SAN server Create a Virtual Machine Network Creating a virtual machine network Create VNICs Creating VNICs Create a Server Pool Creating a server pool Create a Storage Repository Q Job Summary 0 Totaijobs 80 Pending 0 in Progress 0 Failed 0 Aborted 40 Complete Description Status Message Details The information displayed in this tab is based on the content provided in the Oracle VM Manager Getting Started Guide 1 7 2 Subtabs On some tabs links are shown at the top of the tab These links are referred to as subtabs Each subtab displays its own management pane Subtabs are usually used when no navigation pane is shown and Serve a similar purpose to perspectives Unlike perspectives however they do not display content about related object types but are specific to a single configuration or management view within the Oracle V
202. ars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane The Unassigned Virtual Machines folder offers the following perspectives within the management pane Virtual Machines Perspective Events Perspective 3 7 1 Virtual Machines Perspective The Virtual Machines perspective lists the different virtual machines that belong to either a server pool a server or the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder depending on the item selected in the navigation pane The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the virtual machine Status The running status of the virtual machine Tag s Any tags that have been applied to the virtual machine 159 Virtual Machines Perspective Event Severity What event severity level is currently indicated for the virtual machine Server The actual Oracle VM Server that the virtual machine is currently residing on Max Memory MB The maximum available memory in megabytes that the virtual machine is able to consume Memory MB The amount of memory in megabytes that the virtual machine is currently consuming Max Processors The number of processors that the virtual machine is allowed to make use of Processors The number of processors that the virtual machine is currently using Keymap The character keymap that has been confi
203. ased storage 3 3 1 6 Change Oracle VM Agent Passwords on Oracle VM Servers Oracle VM Manager allows you to change the password for the Oracle VM Agent running on each Oracle VM Server However you must change the Oracle VM Agent password for all Oracle VM Servers in a server pool This is why the password change can only be executed at the server pool level and is applied to all Oracle VM Servers in the server pool at the same time To change the Oracle VM Agent password for all Oracle VM Servers in a server pool 1 2 Select the Server Pools folder in the navigation tree Select Server Pools from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more server pools in the table in the management pane Click Change Servers Agent Password in the toolbar The Change Agent Password for All Servers within the Server Pool dialog box is displayed Enter the current password first Then enter a new password and confirm it in the respective fields 46 Server Pools Perspective 5 Click OK to complete the operation Oracle VM Manager logs into each Oracle VM Server in the server pool and changes the Oracle VM Agent password 3 3 1 7 Define or Edit Server Pool Policies It is possible to define server pool policies to improve power and resource usage across the servers within your server pool The two policies you can set are for Servers during periods of relative low resource utilization The policy is also able to be set for ne
204. assigned If you selected a particular server to create the virtual machine on then it is started on this server Use Pool Policy The virtual machine is started using the start policy defined for the entire server pool See Section 3 1 2 Create Server Pool for more information on setting the start policy for a server pool Max Memory MB The maximum memory size the virtual machine can be allocated If you have enabled Huge Pages the value here must be a multiple of 2 MB Memory MB The memory size the virtual machine is allocated When creating a virtual machine this is the memory allocation used when starting the virtual machine You can change this when editing a running PVM and no virtual machine restart is required For HVM guests increasing or decreasing the memory requires the virtual machine to be stopped If you have enabled Huge Pages the value here must be a multiple of 2 MB Max Processors The maximum number of processors the virtual machine can be allocated The number of processors is expressed in number of physical CPU cores and is limited to 128 This 144 Servers Perspective cannot be changed when editing a running virtual machine To edit this value you must first stop the virtual machine Processors The number of processors the virtual machine is allocated The number of processors is expressed in number of physical CPU cores and is limited to 128 You can change this when editing a running v
205. assigned at least one refresh server to allow for file system refreshing During the refresh of a file server the refresh servers are used to refresh all file systems used across all pools For this reason it is critical that your refresh server list contains at least one server from each server pool 4 When you have finished editing the file server click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 3 1 3 Delete File Server It is possible to delete an existing file server if it is no longer in use by any servers within any server pools and the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in that you are using supports this operation The steps and options to do so are described below To delete the registered file server 1 2 3 If you need to delete a file server select the File Servers folder in the navigation pane and select one or more file servers in the management pane table Click on the Delete File Server icon in the toolbar The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the file server 6 3 1 4 Discover File Systems It is possible to trigger file system discovery on a file server The steps and options to do so are described below 239 File Server Item To discover the available file systems on a file server 1 If you need to discover the file systems that are available on a file server select the File Servers folder in the navigation pane an
206. associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified 121 Virtual Machines Perspective Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 3 12 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations
207. at your web browser allows pop ups to from medium to medium low for the Trusted sites zone If the virtual machine s console is in use by another user a message is displayed asking if you want to take over the connection If you take over the connection the other user s session is disconnected and the VNC session is started on your client computer If the VNC client has trouble taking over the connection you may need to close it and launch the VNC console again The virtual machine console is displayed Log in and interact with the virtual machine as you would through any other VNC session Connected encrypted to OVM OL5U7 X86 64 PVM 10GB tgz 2 Alt 2 Starting RPC idmapd Starting system message bus Starting setroubleshootd Starting o2cb Starting Bluetooth services Mounting other filesystems Starting PC SC smart card daemon pcscd Starting HAL daemon Starting hidd Starting autofs Loading autofs4 Starting automount Starting hpiod Starting hpssd Starting sshd Starting cups Starting xinetd Starting ntpd Starting sendmail Starting sm client Starting console mouse services Starting crond Starting xfs Starting anacron Starting atd Starting yum updatesd Starting fivahi daemon Starting oracleum template Regenerating SSH host keys Stopping sshd Generating SSH1 RSA host key Generating SSH2 RSA host key Generating SSHZ DSA host key Starting sshd Re
208. ation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the access group 6 6 4 4 Display Events The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane 272 Access Groups Perspective navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp
209. ation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of the SAN server within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform 257 Info Perspective various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane A SAN Server navigation item offers the following perspectives within the management pane Info Perspective Events Perspective Physical Disks Perspective Access Groups Perspective Volume Groups Perspective 6 6 1 Info Perspective The Info perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface This perspective always shows the individually configured parameters for an item that is currently selected in the navigation tree Some of these configured parameters may be automatically populated through a discovery process while others may have been configured manually during the creation of the object that is selected This perspective includes the following information SAN Server Name The configured name for the SAN server Admin Host The configured admin host to access this SAN server Admin Username The configured admin username to access this SAN server Storage Name The name of storage array as returned by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Storage Type The storage type for the storage arra
210. ayed Select Move this Template Select a clone customizer from the Clone Customizer drop down list If no clone customizers are displayed or you want to create a new one click Create See Create a Clone Customizer for information on creating a clone customizer Select a repository from the Repository drop down list The repository is where the template s virtual machine configuration file is moved to Click Finish to move the template 200 VM Templates Perspective 4 8 1 5 Manage Clone Customizers Cloning a virtual machine or template means making a copy of it so that you can create multiple virtual machines or templates from the original You can create a clone customizer to set up the clone parameters such as networking and the virtual disk and ISO resources A clone customizer is also used when moving a virtual machine or template Create a Clone Customizer To create a clone customizer 1 Select the virtual machine or template and display the Manage Clone Customizers for Virtual Machine or Template dialog box by Virtual Machine Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to clone in the management pane and click Manage Clone Customizers amp Virtual Machine Template Click the Repositories tab In the navigation tree select the repository in
211. ayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 100 Server Item 3 5 Server Item Each server configured within the environment is displayed as a server navigation item belonging to either a particular server pool navigation item or to the Unassigned Servers folder These server navigation items are labelled according to the server name that is configured within Oracle VM Manager The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 3 2 Summary Clicking on a server navigation item in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own v
212. b 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane gt A Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 9 5 Volume Groups Perspective The Volume Groups perspective lists the different Volume Groups configured for each SAN Server in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the volume group 318 Local File Systems Item Size GiB A grouping that consists of the following columns Used The size of the volume in GiB that is currently in use Total The total size in GiB of the volume Description A description entered for the volume group when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 6 31 Volume Groups Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Edit Volume Group Icon 7 Description Displays the Edit Volume Group dialog box Use this op
213. b Interface This perspective always shows the individually configured parameters for an item that is currently selected in the navigation tree Some of these configured parameters may be automatically populated through a discovery process while others may have been configured manually during the creation of the object that is selected This perspective usually includes the following information depending on what information is returned by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Storage Name The name of storage array as returned by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Description The configured description for the storage array SAN Server s Storage Description The description returned for the storage array as returned by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Status The status of the storage array as returned by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Validated Whether or not the storage array has been validated by Oracle VM Manager No special storage operations supported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in may occur until the storage server is validated by Oracle VM Manager Storage Plug In The name of the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in used to access the storage array Storage Plug In Version The version number of the SOracle VM Storage Connect plug in used to access the storage array Plug in Private Data Additional parameters passed to the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Led 2 N
214. ble even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog 99 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displ
215. btab includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 8 2 Summary Subtab Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Export to Excel xij Use this option to save a list of the jobs to a spreadsheet file Details A Displays the View Job Properties dialog box Use this option to view details about the job Debug Transcript Displays a Message dialog box Use this option to view a complete log for all of the actions and events surrounding the run status of the job Abort Job A Displays the Abort Job dialog box Use this option to abort a job 8 1 1 Status Filters The Status Filters toolbar provides a set of icons that can be used to filter jobs according to their status By default all of the filters are enabled and all of the icons appear to be depressed By clicking on the filter icons you can enable or disable the filter to expand or limit the jobs listed in the management pane The following filter icons appear in the toolbar Total Jobs 2 Globally enable or disable all of the other filter options in the toolbar Pending i Enable or disable the filter for jobs with Pending status n Progress 3 Enable or disable the filter for jobs with In Progress status Failed Enable or disable the filter for jobs with Failed status Aborted Enable or disable the filter for jobs with Aborted status Complete amp Enable or disable the filter for jobs with Completed status
216. c to one or more elements selected in the management pane If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the
217. cess Groups Perspective Health Servers and VMs Repositories Networking Storage Tools and Resources Jobs EBZ XM Q9 View Perspective Physical Disks 3 Gy BY 1 Filter Go gt File Servers Name Event Severity Size GiB Server Status Shareable Description V SAN Servers gt FreeBSD 1 Normal 1024 0 MyServer1 MySen Online 7 fg MyiSCSIServer gt FreeBSD 2 Normal 50 0 MyServer1 MySen Online Generic iSCSI Volume Group gt FreeBSD 3 Normal 20 0 MyServer1 MySen Online gt b Unmanaged FibreChannel Storage Arr gt FreeBSD 4 Normal 50 0 MyServer1 MySen Online gt lp Unmanaged iSCSI Storage Array gt FreeBSD 5 Normal 20 0 MyServer1 MySen Online MB Loos Fie ayn gt FreeBSD 6 Normal 40 0 MyServer MySen Online L FreeBSD 7 Normal 40 0 1 MySen Online 4 gt FreeBSD 8 Normal 20 0 MyServer1 MySen Online gt FreeBSD 9 Normal 50 0 MyServer1 MySen Online E Shared File Systems Q Job Summary 0 48 Jobs 80 Pending 1inProgress 0 Failed 34 1Abored E 46 Complete Description Status Message Details Add Storage Initiator iqn 1988 12 com oracle b6fdb3a91 Completed Details Add Storage Initiator iqn 1988 12 com oracie 9b116281 Completed Details Add Storage Initiator 1988 12 5611 999 Completed Details 7 After configuring the access group it is advisable to refresh the storage array to make sure that th
218. cess in order to store virtual machines ISO files templates and so on To modify the configuration of servers with access to the storage repository see Section 4 3 1 4 Present or Unpresent Repository 4 3 1 2 Edit Repository To edit a storage repository 1 2 Select the repository in the tree view in the navigation pane and click Edit Selected Repository in the toolbar above In the Edit Repository dialog box you can make the following changes Repository Name Edit the name of the selected repository Server Pool This option is available if your repository location is a Physical Disk It allows you to OCFS2 repositories from one server pool to another Usually after changing server pool association you should change the Oracle VM Servers or server pool where the repository is presented See Section 4 3 1 4 Present or Unpresent Repository for more information on presenting a repository to Oracle VM Servers Description Optionally enter a more elaborate description of the selected repository Release Ownership This check box is displayed if the repository is currently under ownership of the current Oracle VM Manager instance Select this check box to allow the repository to be used by another Oracle VM Manager 182 Repositories Perspective 3 Take Ownership This check box is displayed if the repository is not under the ownership of the current Oracle VM Manager instance Select this check box to tak
219. cess the server on the management network channel lt 007 2 lt D o 3 D 3 5 m E 00 2 mr 2 o D 5 lt D Processors The number of processors that the server contains Speed GHz The speed that the processors for the server are configured to run at Product The physical host brand and type reported by the server bios Owned Whether or not the server is owned by the current Oracle VM Manager instance Update Required Whether or not a server update is available for the server from its server update repository This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 3 21 Servers Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option icon Description Create Virtual Machine A Displays the Create Virtual Machine wizard Use this option to create a virtual machine in the selected server pool Edit a Displays the Edit Server dialog box Use this option to edit the name and description for an Oracle VM Server This is also used to put the Oracle VM Server into maintenance mode take ownership of it and to configure remote management of the Oracle VM Server using IPMI Intelligent Platform Management Interface Note that placing an Oracle VM Server in maintenance mode is indicated in the navigation pane with this icon Delete x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this
220. cess to the physical disk click Close to exit out of the dialog 6 6 3 7 Display Events The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane 265 Physical Disks Perspective navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Time
221. chine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 3 6 Unassigned Servers Folder The Unassigned Servers navigation folder in the navigation tree contains all of the servers that do not belong to a configured server pool within Oracle VM Manager The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 3 2 Summary Clicking on the Unassigned Servers folder in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of all of the unassigned servers wi
222. ck OK to save the message and return to the Send Messages to Virtual Machines dialog box 5 To edit a message select the message and click Edit 7 in the dialog box toolbar To delete a message select it and click Delete 3 in the dialog box toolbar 6 Select the Virtual Machines tab to select which running virtual machines are to receive the messages 120 Virtual Machines Perspective Send Messages to Virtual Machines Messages Virtual Machines Selected Name Description Server Pool Server MyVM MyServerPool MyServer4 4 MyVM MyServerPool MyServer1 Cancel OK Click OK to send the messages to the virtual machines 3 5 2 16 View Virtual Machine Events The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events
223. cknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 3 17 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective 133 Storage Initiators Perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures sho
224. cle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 4 3 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events 185 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge All d Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Ora
225. cle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowle
226. clude a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set 321 Show Events for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Ac
227. ct Functionality 12 1 13 Name Filters Linee nd eee be free c ee Tuo Dd eue D oe De arie D 12 1 14 Tags ect Eden 13 1 15 Case SensitiVIty i ier e ee 13 ZAC AL AD sooo Uoc et no ote eigo tete rimo d Lash vtto sh Leads pean us dede 15 2 1 Status OVOIVIOW eb edi e Mine hs bed iau ited a ber dee NEC dean e bera 15 PXRCUIMI 16 2 1 2 Detailed Information Dialog essem nee 16 2 2 siege me m 16 2 271 sia Aten iru A ER De Leva Deve utet Se pv gr t oU ud vv ur bio ug e puedes 17 273 SlAtISUCS GT 17 223M LOOIDEM a ah ae eee uae eed eb 17 2 3 2 Server Pools Folder a aa eae eeeeeeee seas 17 2 3 9 Server Pool Item eiria cete ze oet Se idl ave e dae dba oneal aes 18 2 8 4 Sr 18 2 3 5 Unassigned Servers Folder nene 19 2 3 6 Unassigned Servers ltem 19 2 3 7 Unassigned Virtual Machines Folder 19 3 Serv rs and VMS Tab 3 ede Bde B ba PAPE e AERE R ARMED s a ERR 21 cupide ae a ein a ee a eo a 25 3 14 DISCOVer Servers i cte i ex EO DU De 25 3 122 Greate Server
228. cular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane Click on the Refresh Physical Disk option in the toolbar The selected physical disks are refreshed and their configurations are updated within Oracle VM Manager Note R If you encounter an error when refreshing a physical disk with a repository located on it similar to the following OVMAPI_7281E Cannot perform operation on file system You may need to ensure that the repository is under the ownership of the Oracle VM Manager instance that you are using See Section 4 3 1 2 Edit Repository for more information 6 7 2 6 Display Servers Using a Physical Disk It is possible to display the Oracle VM Servers that are using a physical disk available on a SAN server The steps and options to do so are described below To display a list of Oracle VM Servers using a Physical Disk on a SAN server 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to view in the table presented in the management pane Click on the amp Display Servers using Physical Di
229. d Admin Servers Manage Access Group if required Access groups may be managed in the Storage area by selecting the Access Group perspective for a SAN server Previous Cancel Finish This final phase of the wizard offers you the access group configuration functionality Within an access group you add the storage initiators to Oracle VM Servers to complete the storage configuration Important AN You must add a storage initiator to an access group for each Oracle VM Server that you want to access the SAN server If you do not add any storage initiators Oracle VM cannot log in to the storage array and no LUNS can be accessed A default access group may be created during the discovery process If no access group exists you can create one from this dialog by clicking Create Access Group f you want to modify an existing access group for use with this SAN server select it from the list and click Edit Access Group 7 If necessary you can delete an access group by clicking Delete Access Group X This example uses a generic ISCSI SAN server so a default access group is created Select the default access group in the table and click Edit Access Group Z then select the Storage Initiators tab in the Edit Access Group dialog box e Edit Access Group Default access group MyISCSIServer Storage initiators Available Storage Initiators Selected Storage Initiators myserver1 virtlab info iqn 1988 12
230. d Server Discovery You cannot add storage without taking this step first Plugin Private Data Any vendor specific Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in data that may be required This is not available to generic storage the information you entered in the plug in private data field Once the storage array is registered this field can no longer be modified If you need to update Note R When registering a vendor specific storage array be sure to double check the plug in private data you must unregister and re register the storage array Admin Host The host name or IP address of the administration host This is not available to generic storage Admin Username The admin host username This is not available to generic storage Admin Password The password for the admin user This is not available to generic storage Click Next The Access Information step is displayed in the wizard This is not applicable to Fibre Channel storage arrays 252 SAN Servers Perspective B Discover SAN Server View d 2 X Access Host Access Port Access Username No data to display Discover SAN Server b Access Information if required IJ Set Storage Name if required Use CHAP Applies to all Access Hosts E Previous Cancel Next An access host is the IP address of the network interface that has access to the SAN server and creates a network path to the storage In this dialog enter one or more access hosts to create n
231. d VNIC Specify MAC Address Previous Cancel Next This step of the wizard allows you to add VNICs to the virtual machine If you want to specify the MAC address for a VNIC select Specify MAC Address and enter the MAC address Otherwise leave the default Dynamically Assign MAC to dynamically assign a MAC Address Select a network with the virtual machine role from the Network drop down list If no networks are available you must first create a network with the virtual machine role as a dedicated network for virtual machine traffic is required See Section 5 1 1 Create New Network for information on creating a network Click Add VNIC The VNIC order specified here is important as it determines the order in which they are presented to the virtual machine You can control the ordering of the VNICs using the up and down arrows on the right of the table If you are editing the networking of an existing stopped virtual machine you can change the network to which the VNIC belongs using the Network drop down list in the table It is important that the VNIC belongs to a network already associated with the Oracle VM Servers on which it can run or you cannot start the virtual machine See Section 5 1 1 Create New Network and Section 5 1 2 Edit Existing Network for more information on associating Oracle VM Servers with networks If you are editing an existing running virtual machine you are able to add VNICs to the virtual machine but
232. d Virtual Machines Launch Console Launches the virtual machine VNC console in an x86 based server pool which enables access to the virtual machine Use this option to connect to a virtual machine s console and access the virtual machine directly Not available for virtual machines in the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder or virtual machines in a server pool but not assigned to an Oracle VM Server Launch Serial Console ah Launches the virtual machine serial console which enables access to the virtual machine Use this option to connect to a virtual machine s serial console and access the virtual machine directly 160 Virtual Machines Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description This service is commonly used for virtual machines running in a SPARC based server pool but is also available for virtual machines running on x86 based server pools Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Restart eu Restarts a running virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Kill Shuts down a running virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Suspend Suspends pauses a running virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Resume Migrate Virtual Machine ll Resumes unpauses a suspended virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Migrates a virtual machine to another
233. d for the network within Oracle VM Manager 5 1 1 Create New Network To create a new Network 1 On the Networking tab click the Networks subtab 2 Click the Create New Network icon A dialog is displayed with the following two options Create a Network with Ports Bond Ports VLAN Interfaces Use this option to create a normal network that makes use of physical ports bond ports or VLAN Interfaces defined on your servers Section 5 2 VLAN Interfaces you are unable to add any VLAN interfaces to the network In other words you must define your VLAN interfaces on the VLAN Interfaces subtab before attempting to add any VLAN interfaces to a Note R If you have not already defined any VLAN interfaces as described in network Create a Local Network on a single server Use this field to create a virtual network running on a single Oracle VM Server usually to facilitate communication between virtual machines running on that server 3 Click Next to continue configuring your network or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes Depending on the selection that you made in this dialog either skip to Create a Network with Ports Bond Ports VLAN Interfaces or Create a Local Network on a single server for further instruction Create a Network with Ports Bond Ports VLAN Interfaces 1 Assuming that you have followed the instructions in To create a new Network the Create Network dialog is now displayed 2 The wizard pro
234. d listing each of the VLAN interfaces that have been created For each VLAN interface listed you are able to edit the MTU setting the IP Address assignment settings and the description The Addressing field provides a drop down selector that allows you to choose either None Static or Dynamic to specify how IP Addressing should be configured on this interface If you select Static here the IP Address and Mask fields become available to edit otherwise they remain uneditable 218 Edit VLAN Interfaces A Filter By VLAN ID drop down selector is provided at the top of the table to allow you to quickly limit the VLAN interfaces displayed in the table to make changes in a more orderly fashion Click Finish when you have finished editing VLAN interfaces to save the changes or click Cancel to exit 5 2 4 Edit VLAN Interfaces To Edit A VLAN Interface 1 c Boo T On the Networking tab click the VLAN Interfaces subtab link Use the navigation pane to locate filter the list of VLAN interfaces displayed in the management pane Select the VLAN interface that you wish to edit from the interfaces listed in the management pane Click the 7 Edit VLAN Interface icon in the toolbar The Edit VLAN Interface s dialog is displayed For each VLAN interface listed you are able to edit the MTU setting the IP Address assignment settings and the description The Addressing field provides a drop down selector that allows you to choose either None
235. d select one or more file servers in the management pane table 2 Click on the amp Discover File Systems icon in the toolbar 3 File System discovery for the selected file server is triggered and carried out automatically 6 3 1 5 Refresh File Server When changes are made to the disks file systems or exports on a file server it is useful to refresh the configuration of your file servers to make Oracle VM Manager aware of the changes To refresh the registered file server 1 Select the File Servers folder in the navigation pane select one or more file servers in the management pane table 2 Click on the Refresh File Server option in the toolbar 3 The selected file servers are refreshed and their configurations are updated within Oracle VM Manager 6 4 File Server Item Each File Server navigation item is listed underneath the Section 6 3 File Servers Folder when it has been expanded The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 6 2 Summary Clicking on a File Server navigation item in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of the file server within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane A File Se
236. d the virtual machine To suspend virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Suspend The virtual machine state is saved and the virtual machines suspended To resume the virtual machine see Section 3 5 2 10 Resume Virtual Machine 3 5 2 10 Resume Virtual Machine Resuming a suspended virtual machine is analogous to waking up a computer that has been in sleep mode When you resume a suspended virtual machine the operating system and applications continue from the same point you suspended the virtual machine To resume a virtual machine 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to start in the management pane and click Resume Ib The virtual machine state is retrieved and the virtual machine started according to the VM Start Policy defined for the server pool 3 5 2 11 Migrate Virtual Machines The steps below assume the virtual machine is deployed to an Oracle VM Server If the virtual machine is located in the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder select it in that folder to perform the migration To migrate a virtual machine
237. dd or remove tags that can be used to identify the server and to group it with other objects within Oracle VM Manager See Section 1 14 Tags for more information on creating and managing tags Click OK The Oracle VM Server is updated Batch Editing Oracle VM Servers You can edit the information for more than one Oracle VM Server at a time by using the multi select functionality provided within the Oracle VM Manager interface to select multiple items before clicking on the Edit Server Z icon in the toolbar When editing a group of Oracle VM Servers in batch mode the options available to you are limited to actions that can be applied to all selected items The following options are available Server in Maintenance Mode Checking this check box sets all selected items into Maintenance Mode Take Ownership of Server Checking this check box allows Oracle VM Manager to take ownership of all of the selected items Oracle VM Agent password The password to connect to the Oracle VM Agent The value for this field is required if you select to take ownership of the selected items Utility Server Checking this check box changes the role of all selected items to Utility Servers VM Server Checking this check box changes the role of all selected items to Virtual Machine Servers dialog displays the values for the first server in the selection Clicking OK updates all of the selected servers to have the same status Note E If the values set f
238. den 2 To update an Oracle VM Server the virtual machines on the Oracle VM Server must first be stopped or migrated to another Oracle VM Server You can manually stop or migrate the virtual machines or if you prefer have the upgrade server job perform the virtual machine migrate automatically To update Oracle VM Servers 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab and select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Servers reside in the navigation tree 2 Select Servers in the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 3 Select the Oracle VM Servers in the management pane table and click Update Server amp from the perspective toolbar A confirmation dialog is displayed Click OK Each Oracle VM Server is placed into maintenance mode and the update performed Any virtual machines on the Oracle VM Servers are automatically migrated to another Oracle VM Server when it is put into maintenance mode If the Oracle VM Server is a master Oracle VM Server the master role is transferred to another Oracle VM Server in the server pool When the update is complete the Oracle VM Server is restarted and remains in maintenance mode 4 To have the Oracle VM Servers rejoin the server pool as a fully functioning member edit each the Oracle VM Server and take it out of maintenance mode For information on manually migrating virtual machines see Section 3 5 2 11 Migrate Virtual Machines For information on taking an Oracle VM Server out of maintenance
239. describe each set of controls and their relationship to one another in more detail 1 6 Using the Global Links The global links are available on every page The global links are as shown in Table 1 2 Global Link Item Descriptions Table 1 2 Global Link Item Descriptions Global Link Description Logged in as username Displays the username of the user currently logged in Logout Logs out of the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface and displays the Oracle VM Manager log in screen Settings The drop down list contains configurable accessibility options See Section 1 3 Oracle VM Manager Accessibility Features for more information on the Settings menu Help The drop down list contains the Oracle VM Help Getting Started Oracle com and About menu items See Section 1 6 1 Help Menu for more information on the Help menu 1 6 1 Help Menu Use the Help menu to display the Oracle VM Manager online help the Getting Started chapter of the online help the product release number and to go to Oracle s home page The Help menu options are as shown in Table 1 3 Help Menu Options Table 1 3 Help Menu Options Help Menu Option Icon Description Oracle VM Manager Help Opens new web browser window which contains the Oracle VM Manager online help system Getting Started e Opens a new web browser window which contains the Getting Started chapter of the online help system Read this s
240. detail in Section 3 2 Summary Clicking on the Server Pools navigation folder in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of all of the server pools within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane The Server Pools navigation folder offers the following perspectives within the management pane Server Pools Perspective Server Processor Compatibility Perspective 3 3 1 Server Pools Perspective The Server Pools perspective lists the different server pools configured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the server pool Tag s Any tags that have been applied to the server pool Keymap The configured keymap for the server pool Virtual IP The virtual IP address that is configured for the server pool Master Server The current Master Server configured for the server pool Pool File System The path location to the server pool file system Secure VM Migrate Whether or not the server pool is configured to support secure virtual machine migration Description A description entered for the server pool when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar
241. device 0 etho Yes No com oracle linux network onboot 0 yes Yes No com oracle linux network bootproto 0 dhcp Yes Yes com oracle linux root password sama Cancel OK 4 To create a message click Create Message in the perspective toolbar to display the Create VM Message dialog box sF Create VM Message Key com oracle linux network device 0 v Log Message Hide Message Message etho Cancel OK Enter the message key value pair in the Key and Message fields Check the Log Message field to retain a log of the message Check the Hide Message field to hide the message of the key value pair 50 Server Processor Compatibility Perspective in the user interface Click OK to save the message and return to the Send Messages to Virtual Machines dialog box 5 To edit a message select the message and click Edit Z in the dialog box toolbar To delete a message select it and click Delete 3 in the dialog box toolbar 6 Select the Virtual Machines tab to select which running virtual machines are to receive the messages E Send Messages to Virtual Machines Virtual Machines Selected Name Description vV MyVM 4 MyVM Server Pool Server MyServerPool MyServer4 MyServerPool MyServer1 Cancel OK Click OK to send the messages to the virtual machines 3 3 2 Server Processor Compatibility Perspective The Server Processor Compatibility perspective lists the different server processor compatibility groups c
242. dge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 186 Assemblies Item 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All amp to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 4 5 Assemblies Item The management pane includes the default Assemblies perspective and toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to assemblies 4 5 1 Assemblies Perspective The Assemblies perspective lists the assemblies configured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the assembly Origin The origin of the assembly which is the URL from which this assembly was imported Description The description of the assembly Clicking on the arrow to the left of an assembly in the table displays the resources that use the assembly This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 4 4 Assemblies Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Import VM Assembly e Displays the Import VM Assembly dialog box Use this option to import an assembly file Create VM Template Displays the Create VM Template dialog box Use this option to create a virtua
243. di eet eden e gota bid dad o Vue ba 1 1 1 Web Browser Requirements eene NE ANANE NNE e nnne nhe enhn 1 1 2 Logging into Oracle VM Manager 2 1 3 Oracle VM Manager Accessibility Features ssseseeee menn 3 1 4 HTME Access IKGyS eben Deed Li Ped n Dal e eme bdo ee Dd reed 3 1 5 User Interface Overview snnt etse s senes nns 3 1 6 Using the Global Links tie Daun a dd n e Tao d da ve a ua Ea 5 1 651 Help Menu netto e order n RP e E eee te teas 5 1 7 Using the Tabs e diced Li reae ehe Lid eere ne Ld repu aree ee 5 1 7 1 Getting St rted uiii eee p be eap de Ree e 6 42 2 SUDTaDS RR 7 1 7 3 Navigation eren RES gi Perder rende 7 1 7 4 Perspectives ned res o t Ld coe eee Lue Ct a Lido cde P eas 8 1 7 5 olo itio ee a tcd 10 1 7 6 Management eene tentent nnne 10 1 8 Object ICON Colors tiea a eaa eer ere Ee dte Peu En ier eo Fete erede ad 11 1 9 Changing Default UI Behaviour esssssssssseeeenenennnne nemen enhn nnns 11 1 10 Brag and Drop sete eee e eed ei ed dec iid 11 1 11 Right Click Action nean ern nn enses nnn 12 1 12 Multi Sele
244. do so are described below To delete the registered physical disk 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to delete in the table presented in the management pane 130 Physical Disks Perspective To delete a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to delete in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the X Delete Physical Disk icon in the toolbar 3 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the physical disk 3 5 6 4 Clone Physical Disk It is possible to clone a physical disk The steps and options to do so are described below To clone a Physical Disk 1 On the Storage tab expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to clone in the table presented in the management pane To clone a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers
245. down list to display the Events pane 3 1 Toolbar The navigation pane includes its own toolbar that provides quick access to the most commonly used configuration tools for the Servers and VMs tab Clicking on any of the icons provided in the toolbar opens a dialog or wizard that can guide you through the configuration process for that item The following tools are available in this toolbar amp Discover Servers 2 Create Server Pool e amp Create Virtual Machine 3 1 1 Discover Servers When an Oracle VM Server is installed and starts up it listens for Oracle VM Manager server pool discovery events Before you can add an Oracle VM Server to a server pool it must first be discovered The Discover Servers amp icon is available on the Servers and VMs tab and is used to open the Discover Servers wizard that guides you through the server discovery process To discover Oracle VM Servers 1 Click Discover Servers amp in the toolbar The Discover Servers dialog box is displayed 25 Create Server Pool Discover Servers Oracle VM Agent Password sse 10 172 76 73 10 172 76 76 10 172 76 79 10 172 76 80 10 172 76 84 85 IP Addresses DNS Hostnames 10 172 76 87 10 172 76 90 91 Enter DNS hostnames IP addresses or IP address ranges on separate lines Ranges must be in the format 192 168 10 2 10 Cancel OK 2 Enter information about the Oracle VM Server s to be discovered Oracle VM Ag
246. dows guest operating systems with an acceptable performance level XEN PVM Paravirtualized Enables you to select a location for the mounted ISO file from which to create the virtual machine Before you create the virtual machine using the paravirtualized method mount the ISO file on an NFS share or HTTP or FTP server You supply the location of the mounted ISO file in the Network Boot Path field in the Boot Options step of the wizard For information on creating a mounted ISO file see ISO Provisioning for PVM Guest Installations in the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide LDOMS PVM This domain type should be selected if the server pool and hypervisors use Oracle VM Server for SPARC as the hypervisor instead of Oracle VM Server for x86 Unknown This option is informational in the event that Oracle VM Manager is unable to determine the domain type for an existing virtual machine It is not possible to actually set a virtual machine s domain type to this value Attempting to do so generates a rule violation when you try to save the virtual machine settings and an error message is returned Start Policy The policy that should be used to start the virtual machine Select one of Best Server The virtual machine is started on the best available Oracle VM Server as determined pool policies see What are Server Pool Policies in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide Current Server The virtual machine is started on the Oracle VM Server to which it is
247. e Access Groups Perspective Volume Groups Perspective 302 Info Perspective 6 9 1 Info Perspective The Info perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface This perspective always shows the individually configured parameters for an item that is currently selected in the navigation tree Some of these configured parameters may be automatically populated through a discovery process while others may have been configured manually during the creation of the object that is selected This perspective usually includes the following information depending on what information is returned by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Admin Host The configured admin host to access this storage array Admin Username The configured admin username to access this storage array Storage Name The name of storage array as returned by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Description The configured description for the storage array SAN Server s Storage Description The description returned for the storage array as returned by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Status The status of the storage array as returned by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Validated Whether or not the storage array has been validated by Oracle VM Manager No special storage operations supported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in may occur until the storage server is validated by Oracle VM Manager
248. e System in the previous field Physical Disk The file system to use as the pool file system Click Search amp in the Storage Location field to search for a physical disk This field is displayed if you select Physical Disk in the previous field Description A description of the server pool This field is optional 28 Create Server Pool 3 4 Click Next The Add Servers step is displayed in the wizard P Create a Server Pool Hypervisor Filter Oracle VM x86 Create Server Pool Available Server s Selected Server s b Add Servers myserver4 virtlab info myserver5 virtlab info myserver6 virtlab info Tags Optional Note Please ensure that all servers have access to the NFS file system used by this clustered server pool Previous Cancel Next Finish The Hypervisor Filter field allows you to specify the hypervisor type to use for the server pool Selecting the Oracle VM x86 hypervisor limits the available servers to show only x86 systems while selecting the Oracle VM SPARC hypervisor limits the available servers to show only SPARC systems within your environment If your environment does not contain systems of more than one hypervisor the filter is greyed out and is automatically set to the hypervisor available within your environment It is not possible to create a server pool consisting of servers that use different hypervisors Select the Oracle VM Servers to add to t
249. e current storage layout and access rules are in effect The Oracle VM Servers in this access group now have the necessary permissions to use the physical disks of the storage array they can be deployed either as disks for virtual machines VMs or for storage repositories To create storage repositories on your physical disks see Chapter 4 Repositories Tab 6 8 4 3 Delete Access Group Except for generic storage arrays it is possible to delete additional access groups that you may have defined apart from the default access group To delete one or more access groups 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Access Groups option in the Perspective drop down list Select the access group or groups that you wish to delete from the items listed in the management pane 2 Click on the XX Delete Access Group icon in the toolbar 3 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the access group 6 8 4 4 Present Unpresent Physical Disks 6 8 4 5 Display Events The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the manag
250. e see Section 3 5 2 10 Resume Virtual Machine 3 4 3 10 Resume Virtual Machine Resuming a suspended virtual machine is analogous to waking up a computer that has been in sleep mode When you resume a suspended virtual machine the operating system and applications continue from the same point you suspended the virtual machine 79 Virtual Machines Perspective To resume a virtual machine 1 2 3 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to start in the management pane and click Resume The virtual machine state is retrieved and the virtual machine started according to the VM Start Policy defined for the server pool 3 4 3 11 Migrate Virtual Machines The steps below assume the virtual machine is deployed to an Oracle VM Server If the virtual machine is located in the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder select it in that folder to perform the migration To migrate a virtual machine 1 2 3 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to migrate in the management pane and click Migrate The Migrate Virtual Machine dialog box is displayed Select the virtual machine destination
251. e Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has
252. e a physical disk on a SAN Server 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list 2 Click on the Create Physical Disk option in the toolbar 3 The Create Physical Disk dialog is displayed Enter or select the following Volume Group A volume group that you want the physical disk to belong to Name A name for the physical disk Extra Information Optional information that is passed to and from the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in for use internally by the plug in Description An optional description of the physical disk Shareable Whether or not the physical disk is shareable Thin Provision Whether or not thin provisioning is to be supported by the physical disk 4 When you have finished editing the parameters to define the new physical disk click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 6 3 2 Edit Physical Disk 262 Physical Disks Perspective It is possible to edit the configuration for a physical disk either available on a SAN server or as local or shared storage The steps and options to do so are described below To edit Physical Disk configuration 1 On the Storage tab expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks opti
253. e drop down list in the management pane Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 11 Shared File Systems Item All amp Clicking on the Shared File Systems navigation item in the navigation tree allows you to view a list of all of the shared file systems available within Oracle VM Manager within the management pane There are no perspectives available for this item The following information is displayed within the table in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the file system Storage Device The storage device mapping where the file system is located Event Severity The event level severity for each file system Size GiB A grouping that consists of the following columns Used The size of the file system in GiB that is currently in use Total The total size in GiB of the file system 323 Edit File System Location The location of the file system if reported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in used Description A description entered for the file system when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 6 34 File Systems Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Edit File System a Displays the Edit File System dialog box Refresh File System H Refreshe
254. e error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Selec
255. e field to create the name for each clone Repository The repository in which to create the virtual machine configuration files VM Template The template to use to create the virtual machines VM Name An optional name for the virtual machines The maximum name length is 256 characters and may contain any character The name need not be unique If no value is given the default is the name of the virtual machine template being cloned Each clone is suffixed with a dot and the clone index number starting with the value for the Name Index field For example if the VM Name field is set to MyVM and the Name Index field is set to 1 the resulting clones would be named MyVM 1 MyVM 2 and so on Server Pool The server pool in which to deploy the virtual machines Description An optional description of the virtual machines Click Finish The virtual machines are created and deployed to the server pool To create a virtual machine using all other media 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Click Create Virtual Machine in the toolbar 3 The Create Virtual Machine wizard is displayed if Create Virtual Machine How do you want to create your Virtual Machine 9 Create a new VM Click to continue _ Clone from an existing VM Template OR Clone Count 1 Index 0 Repository MyNFS Repository VM Template OVM OL5U7 X86 64 10GB tgz VM Name Server Pool MyServerPool vi Description Ca
256. e file system on local and shared storage devices and on a physical disk attached to an Oracle VM Server To delete a file system on local or shared storage 1 Select the Storage tab 2 Click on either the Local File Systems or Shared File Systems folder in the navigation tree 3 Select the file system to delete in the table in the management pane 4 Click the X Delete File System icon in the toolbar If the icon is greyed out it means that the file system is used by a repository and it cannot be deleted You must first delete the repository See Section 4 3 1 3 Delete Repository 5 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the file system To delete a file system on a physical disk attached to an Oracle VM Server 1 Select the Servers and VMs tab Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Physical Disks in the Perspective drop down list 4 Select the physical disk in the table in the management pane 5 Click on the Delete File System icon in the toolbar If the icon is greyed out there is no file system on the disk so it cannot be deleted 6 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the file system 6 10 4 Show Events The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that in
257. e for a SAN server Previous Cancel Einish This final phase of the wizard offers you the access group configuration functionality Within an access group you add the storage initiators to Oracle VM Servers to complete the storage configuration that you want to access the SAN server If you do not add any storage initiators Oracle VM cannot log in to the storage array and no LUNS can be accessed Important A You must add a storage initiator to an access group for each Oracle VM Server A default access group may be created during the discovery process If no access group exists you can create one from this dialog by clicking Create Access Group f you want to modify an existing access group for use with this SAN server select it from the list and click Edit Access Group 7 If necessary you can delete an access group by clicking Delete Access Group X 231 Summary This example uses a generic ISCSI SAN server so a default access group is created Select the default access group in the table and click Edit Access Group Z then select the Storage Initiators tab in the Edit Access Group dialog box 4f Edit Access Group Default access group MyISCSIServer Storage Initiators Available Storage Initiators Selected Storage Initiators myserver1 virtlab info iqn 1988 12 com oracle bc53ef533238 myserver2 virtlab info iqn 1988 12 com oracle 9e3e1b55b8d myserver4 virtlab info iqn 1988 12 com oracle 5c10ed345691 m
258. e in this step If so enter the access host IP address access port and optionally the CHAP authentication details on the screen that you see and the remaining parts of this step are not required to perform If you want to use CHAP authentication to connect to the SAN server check the Use CHAP check box Click Create New Access Host to add access hosts for the SAN server The Create Access Host dialog box is displayed 229 Discover SAN Server dp Create Access Host Access Host 10 172 76 130 Access Port 3260 Access Username Access Password Enable CHAP for all Access Hosts to enable the Username and Password Cancel OK Enter the IP address and access port of the host that has access to the SAN server The default access port for iSCSI is 3260 If you checked CHAP authentication in the previous dialog enter the username and password to access the storage Click OK Bj Discover SAN Server 2 X Access Host Access Port Access Username 10 172 76 130 3260 Discover SAN Server Access Information if required 1 Set Storage Name if required Use CHAP Applies to all Access Hosts Previous Cancel Next Repeat this step for each access host for example you may have access hosts such as When you have entered all access hosts click Next For most SAN servers the wizard moves straight to the Add Admin Servers step However if you have vendor specific storage hardware w
259. e kan uS 330 71 2 SEO Sag esis tot tutte ette MN cad m Ue Aa e Me UE 331 Tio Taierea e 331 7 1 4 Find Components with matching ssssseee ee 331 Oracle VM 1 2 Server Update Groups irte ra s PR eet ee te ae duds 332 7 2 1 Create New Server Update Repository 333 7 2 2 Edit Server Update Repository ehem 334 7 2 3 Delete Server Update Repository 334 VOCE Uo 334 870065 Tabu eec Speen east cand se on eii LL at cnet 337 Sale S immaly sitet ete etae ea eec etta ehh 338 to Ra ES Status xe oto e tu ftatu su Eee 338 8 1 2 Export to ExCel iens tre e gt a e ed ec e Pa e ela ets 338 pc LET 339 8 1 4 Debug Transcript Ene bet ceu Erebi a Redde 341 SEIS ool olo LM EI E E 341 ME 341 8 2 1 Edta ROCUMING Job iit tete tete 342 1058 t EE E 343 Index 35e e a E ous fe aen e er eur toma De dM LA 349 vi Preface Table of Contents Bee TNT IT T TT vii 2 Related Documents A cede Fee aa ER e s n cr n t vii 3 Command SY MAX
260. e more physical CPU cycles are given to the virtual machine This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool Processor Cap Increase or decrease the percentage to which the virtual CPUs can receive scheduled time This parameter defines the maximum percentage to which the virtual CPUs can receive scheduled time Use this parameter to keep low priority virtual machines from consuming too many CPU cycles on a Virtual Machine Server This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool 33 Create Virtual Machine The Priority and Processor Cap 6 parameters are passed to the Xen hypervisor for use by the credit scheduler which automatically load balances guest VCPUs across all available physical CPUs using an algorithm that combines these two parameters Therefore these parameters are a key factor for the performance of the virtual machine on x86 hardware On SPARC each virtual machine uses dedicated physical CPU threads and CPUs are not shared between virtual machines being exclusively assigned to a single virtual machine Click Next The Set up Networks step is displayed in the wizard iif Create Virtual Machine Slot MAC Address Network Action Create Virtual Machine 0 MyVMNetwork x o Set up Networks L Arrange Disks Add a Virtual NIC to this Virtual Machine Dynamically Assign MAC Network MyVMNetwork v Ad
261. e on a file server Refresh Physical Disk Refreshes the physical disks on a storage array Use this option to rescan the physical disks after making changes to the configuration of a storage array This updates the storage information known to Oracle VM Manager Display Servers using Physical Disk Displays the Servers using Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to view which servers are using a selected physical disk Display Selected Physical Disk Events Display the Events dialog box which contains the job event associated with the selected physical disks 6 8 3 1 Create Physical Disk not supported on Generic On SAN Servers that are not using a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in it is frequently possible to create a new physical disk To create a physical disk on a SAN Server 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list 2 Click on the Create Physical Disk option in the toolbar 3 The Create Physical Disk dialog is displayed Enter or select the following Volume Group A volume group that you want the physical disk to belong to Name A name for the physical disk Extra Information Optional information that is passed to and from the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in for use internally by the plug in Description An optional desc
262. e ownership of the repository The repository should first be released from the ownership of any other Oracle VM Manager instance By clicking on the Present Repository tab you can easily change the servers or server pools on which the repository is presented See Section 4 3 1 4 Present or Unpresent Repository for more information on this Note R The Present Repository tab is only available if the repository is owned by the current Oracle VM Manager instance Click OK to save the changes to the storage repository 4 3 1 3 Delete Repository It is possible to delete a storage repository entirely removing the entire directory structure from the file system where it is hosted To delete an owned storage repository 1 2 3 Make sure that all content has been removed from the storage repository you wish to delete Select one or more repositories in the table in the management pane and click Delete Selected Repository X in the toolbar above Confirm that you wish to delete the storage repository click OK to continue It is also possible to remove a storage repository from the current Oracle VM Manager instance without actually removing any of its contents This can be useful if you intend to make use of the repository within an alternate Oracle VM Manager instance To delete a storage repository without removing the contents 1 4 5 Select the repository in the table in the management pane and click Present Unpres
263. e server when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options 233 File Servers Perspective Table 6 3 File Servers Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Discover File Server Fal Displays the Discover File Server wizard Use this option to discover a new file server Edit File Server Displays the Edit File Server dialog box to delete the selected file server Delete File Server x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option a Discover File Systems Triggers Oracle VM Manager to perform a file system discovery on the selected file server Use this option to discover newly added file systems that may have been exported on the file server Refresh File Server 3 Refreshes the list of storage elements made available by the selected file server Use this option to rescan a file server after making changes to its configuration This updates the storage information known to Oracle VM Manager Since refreshing storage may be time consuming a confirmation dialog box is displayed before the operation is launched 6 3 1 1 Discover File Server To discover a file server 1 Make sure that your storage server exposes a writable file system to the storage network of your server pool 2 Select the Storage tab 3 Click Discover File Server 3i in the toolbar to start the Discover a File S
264. e some limitations on mixing virtual disks of differing device types on a virtual machine See How are Virtual Disks Managed in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about how device types are allocated to virtual disks and what you may need to do to solve any issues surrounding this problem To add a physical disk a To add a physical disk to the virtual machine select Physical Disk from the Disk Type drop down list Click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select a Physical Disk dialog box is displayed Select a physical disk from the list of available disks If you want to leave the slot empty select Leave Slot Empty Click OK 147 Servers Perspective To add an ISO file a To add an ISO file to the virtual machine select CD DVD from the Disk Type drop down list Click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select an ISO dialog box is displayed Select a Iso file from the list of available files If you want to leave the slot empty select Leave Slot Empty Click OK Note E When adding an ISO file to an existing virtual machine the ISO file is available to the operating system but may not be mounted To access the ISO file you may need to mount it for example mkdir cdrom mount o loop dev xvdb cdrom When you have set up the virtual machine s disks click Next The Boot Options step is displayed in the wizard Create Virtual Machine Select your boot options P DE CdR
265. e within the command line interface which provides greater flexibility but requires a deeper understanding of object relationships The Oracle VM Manager Web Interface helps to guide users toward configuring an Oracle VM environment consistently and with minimal chance of error 1 1 Web Browser Requirements The Oracle VM Manager user interface is supported in the following Web browsers Microsoft Internet Explorer 10 and above Mozilla Firefox 8 and above Apple Safari 6 and above running on Mac OS X Google Chrome 15 and above Logging into Oracle VM Manager The Oracle VM Manager user interface is best used on client systems with a minimum screen resolution of at least 1024 x 768 pixels The Oracle VM Manager user interface is best used in an environment where no proxy server is configured between the client web browser and the Oracle VM Manager host Operations performed through the Oracle VM Manager user interface are synchronous and frequently depend on the completion of a previous operation It is imperative that any environment that makes use of a proxy server between client web browsers and the Oracle VM Manager host is configured in such a way that proxy timeouts take into account the length of time that it takes to perform some operations Neglecting to configure a proxy server for this may cause unexpected behaviour within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The length of time that an operation may take to complete
266. eate within Oracle VM Manager Clone Target Type A drop down menu allowing you to select the type of storage to be used for the physical disk clone Physical Disk Copies the data from one physical disk to another Repository Copies the data from the physical disk into a virtual disk image in an existing repository Clone Target A searchable field to allow you to select the target location where the clone is to be stored Clone Type A drop down menu allowing you to select the type of clone to create Sparse Copy Copies only the written data from the physical disk to the target clone Non sparse Copy Performs a block copy of the physical disk to the target clone When you have finished setting the clone parameters for the physical disk click OK to begin the clone job or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 8 3 5 Refresh Physical Disk When changes are made to the physical disks on a SAN server or Oracle VM Server it is useful to refresh the configuration of your physical disks to make Oracle VM Manager aware of the changes To refresh physical disks 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk or disks that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane To refresh physical disks used by a particular server
267. ected Oracle VM Server that can be used for network bridges Use this tab to edit the type of addressing none DHCP or static IP address used for the Ethernet port Select an Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree and then select Ethernet Ports in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane For more information on network bridges see Network Bridges in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide Bond Ports Lists the bonded Ethernet ports on the selected Oracle VM Server Use this tab to create edit and delete bonds on Ethernet ports Note E While Oracle VM Manager uses the Linux terminology be equivalent to data link aggregation Select an Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree and then select Bond Ports in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane For more information on network bonding see How is Network Bonding Used in Oracle VM in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide Physical Disks Use the Name Filter input field to specify search criteria to filter the displayed results See Section 1 13 Name Filters for more information Select an Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree and then select Physical Disks in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane For more information on local storage see Local Storage in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide Storage Initiators Lists the storage initiators available on the Oracle VM Server in your environment Use this tab to view access groups for selected s
268. ection 5 1 1 Create New Network for information on creating a network Click Add VNIC The VNIC order specified here is important as it determines the order in which they are presented to the virtual machine You can control the ordering of the VNICs using the up and down arrows on the right of the table If you are editing the networking of an existing stopped virtual machine you can change the network to which the VNIC belongs using the Network drop down list in the table It is important that the VNIC 60 Servers Perspective belongs to a network already associated with the Oracle VM Servers on which it can run or you cannot start the virtual machine See Section 5 1 1 Create New Network and Section 5 1 2 Edit Existing Network for more information on associating Oracle VM Servers with networks If you are editing an existing running virtual machine you are able to add VNICs to the virtual machine but you are not able to remove VNICs that are already in use You also cannot reorder VNICs on a running virtual machine If you choose to add a VNIC to a running machine you must ensure that the VNIC belongs to a virtual machine network already associated with the Oracle VM Servers on which it can run by selecting the appropriate network from the Network drop down list A virtual machine can have up to eight 8 VNICs for HVM guests and up to 31 for PVM guests A PVM guest requires network connectivity to perform the operating sys
269. ection to quickly get started using Oracle VM Manager Oracle com 2 Opens a new web browser window which contains the Oracle home page About Displays the About Oracle VM dialog box which contains the release number 1 7 Using the Tabs Getting Started Tab pane change depending on the selected object in the navigation tree and the Perspective selected in the drop down list in the management pane toolbar The tabs in the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface are Chapter 2 Health Tab to monitor the overall health and status of your virtualization environment and to view historical statistics such as memory and CPU usage Chapter 3 Servers and VMs Tab to discover Oracle VM Servers create and manage server pools and virtual machines assign Oracle VM Servers to server pools and create and configure virtual machines in server pools Chapter 4 Repositories Tab to create and configure storage repositories and their content assemblies 5 e z S x m ct 3 fad 5 mF o A o fad 2 Q r 2 Z c Oo ct o E lt c lt 3 2 ica o Q 5 P mP Chapter 6 Storage Tab to manage discover and edit file servers and SAN servers storage arrays physical disks access groups and volume groups Chapter 7 Tools and Hesources Tab
270. ective RAAE EOE nenne nnne nnne nnns 124 3 5 5 Bond Ports Perspective 125 3 5 6 Physical Disks Perspective pice ee pee rex dre abet ree INR ERI 128 3 5 7 Storage Initiators Perspective 134 3 5 8 Control Domains Perspective nnne 135 3 5 9 Repository Exports Perspective ssssssssseeem menn 136 3 5 10 Events Perspective eene o t eer eoe e viet ree Maat lies 137 3 6 Unassigned Servers Folder nennen eterne nnne nns 139 3 6 1 Servers Perspectiva etr tpe b c areae reti Ra pO 140 3 6 2 Events Perspective iiie a e ecce 157 3 7 Unassigned Virtual Machines Folder sese Hee 159 3 7 1 Virtual Machines Perspective eme Henne 159 3 7 2 Events Perspective i iet ter ena a baec Eo ert edat e e eor ea rat 172 A Repositories ab 175 4100 E T 176 4 1 1 Create New Repository 176 4 2 SUMMAN tertie ead eo die nete beg oda le eee Rede egeo op ee 179 4 3 Re
271. ective drop down list in the management pane gt A Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 174 Chapter 4 Repositories Tab Table of Contents LJ 176 4 1 1 Create New Repository 176 4 2 SUMMA a 179 4 3 Reposrtories Folder 3 EE tcn dn UNA es 179 4 3 1 Repositories Perspective scssi wend eel RR ERR C ees RR odes 179 4 4 REDOSITONY MEER EE IL LLLI EID 184 4 4 1 INTO Perspective 184 4 4 2 Events PerspecllV8 oerte DO I 185 4 5 Assemblies Item ote AANEEN e vu Cd ERU ER redd dened ata bee awk 187 4 5 1 Assemblies Perspective 187 CESMSerAICTUME 189 AB ISOS Perspective otio tree ion ga cane obe 189 CAII 191 4771 VM Files eeu e EA 191 4 8 VM Templates Hen oorr cte E rte cd t edi Ene eden a ca tb nde RE c au dust 191 4 8 1 VM Templates Perspective 191 4 9 Virtual DISKS OI teas sev 20
272. ective to Ethernet Ports Make sure that the selected Oracle VM Server s ports to be used for the bond port are not part of an existing bond network or VLAN group Verify that the ports are available You cannot add a port to a bond if the port has an IP address In the management pane set the Perspective to Bond Ports In the toolbar above click Create Bond Port to display the Create Bond Port dialog box The Create Bond Port dialog box is displayed Create Bond Port Create Bond Port Server myserver4 virtlab info Available Ports Selected Ports Interface Name bond1 eth2 on Addressing Static M IP Address 10 146 1 102 Mask 255 255 255 0 MTU 1500 Description Bond for Ethernet storage traffic Bonding Link Aggregation X Cancel OK Enter or select the following Server The name of the Oracle VM Server You cannot edit this field Interface Name An optional name for the bond in the format bonan for example bond1 or bond2 If you do not enter a name the default of bondi is used where wis the next available bond number This cannot be changed after the bond is created Addressing The IP addressing type to use for the bond either Dynamic DHCP or Static You can assign an IP address to this bond now or wait to assign an IP address later when using the bond to create VLAN Interfaces or networks IP Address The IP address to use for the bond This is available if using Static
273. ed Enables you to select a location for the mounted ISO file from which to create the virtual machine Before you create the virtual machine using the paravirtualized method mount the ISO file on an NFS share or HTTP or FTP server You supply the location of the mounted ISO file in the Network Boot Path field in the Boot Options step of the wizard For information on creating a mounted ISO file see ISO Provisioning for PVM Guest Installations in the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide LDOMS PVM This domain type should be selected if the server pool and hypervisors use Oracle VM Server for SPARC as the hypervisor instead of Oracle VM Server for x86 Unknown This option is informational in the event that Oracle VM Manager is unable to determine the domain type for an existing virtual machine It is not possible to actually set a virtual machine s domain type to this value Attempting to do so generates a rule violation when you try to save the virtual machine settings and an error message is returned Start Policy The policy that should be used to start the virtual machine Select one of Best Server The virtual machine is started on the best available Oracle VM Server as determined pool policies see What are Server Pool Policies in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide Current Server The virtual machine is started on the Oracle VM Server to which it is assigned If you selected a particular server to create the virtual machine on then it is
274. ed Sparse allocation is faster than using Non Sparse Allocation when creating a virtual machine Non Sparse Allocation creates the entire disk when the virtual machine is created and So is slower than creating a sparse disk Click OK To search for an existing virtual disk to add to the virtual machine click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select a Virtual Machine Disk dialog box is displayed Select the virtual disk to use and Click OK Note qj If your virtual machine needs more than one disk you can create the disk s afterwards in the repository and add them to the virtual machine See Section 4 9 1 1 Create Virtual Disk and Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine for more information on creating a virtual disk and editing a virtual machine There are some limitations on mixing virtual disks of differing device types on a virtual machine See How are Virtual Disks Managed in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about how device types are allocated to virtual disks and what you may need to do to solve any issues surrounding this problem To add a physical disk a To add a physical disk to the virtual machine select Physical Disk from the Disk Type drop down list Click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select a Physical Disk dialog box is displayed Select a physical disk from the list of available disks If you want to leave the slot empty select Leave Slot Empty Click OK 62 Servers P
275. ed in conjunction with the Clone Name field to create the name for each clone Clone Name An optional name for the virtual machines or templates The maximum name length is 256 characters and may contain any character The name need not be unique If no value is given the default is the name of the virtual machine or template being cloned Each clone is suffixed with a dot and the clone index number starting with the value for the Name Index field For example if the Clone Name field is set to Myv and the Name Index field is set to 1 the resulting clones would be named MyVM 1 MyVM 2 and so on Target Server Pool The server pool on which the clone is to be deployed Note 3j The list of server pools that are available in the drop down is limited to valid server pools that are capable of handling the cloning process correctly This helps you to prevent cloning to a server pool that may fail to process the request If this list is empty you should refer to the table presented under the Why don t I see other server pools to clone to element in this dialog Description A description for the virtual machines or templates Advanced Clone Whether to use a clone customizer to set preferences for the clone operation Clone Customizer The clone customizer to use to create the clones This is used to set virtual disk mappings to enable you to copy disks to other storage locations It also allows you to create network mappings so you can
276. ed into maintenance mode another Oracle VM Server is selected to perform the master role and this IP address is then assigned to the new host The virtual IP address must be an unused IP address within the same subnetwork that is used for the management network VM Console Keymap The key mapping to be used when connecting to a virtual machine s console VM Start Policy For each server pool you can define the default start up policy for all of your virtual machines Options include the ability to start the virtual machine on the current server the server to which the virtual machine has been assigned and the ability to start the virtual machine on the best available server determined using the same algorithms as DRS It is possible to override the default policy within the configuration of each virtual machine See Section 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine for information on setting the start policy for an individual virtual machine Note that as of Release 3 3 the VM Start Policy also applies to the VM Resume operation Secure VM Migrate Select whether to enable encrypted migration of virtual machines When Secure VM Migrate is checked virtual machines are migrated using SSL to protect the data during the migration process Secure migration of a virtual machine may effect the time taken to perform the migration as the encryption and decryption of data requires more system resources and time Clustered Server Pool Select whether
277. ed server pool but is also available for virtual machines running on x86 based server pools Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Restart a Restarts a running virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Kill Shuts down a running virtual machine 73 Virtual Machines Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Suspend G Suspends pauses a running virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Resume I gt Resumes unpauses a suspended virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Migrate Virtual Machine amp Migrates a virtual machine to another Oracle VM Server Clone or Move Virtual Eg Displays the Clone or Move Virtual Machine dialog box Use Machine this option to clone a virtual machine to create another virtual machine Manage Clone Customizers e Displays the Manage Clone Customizer dialog box The clone customizer lets you set up clone parameters such as networking disks and ISO resources Use this option to create edit or delete a clone customizer Display VM Config File Displays the VM Config File Content dialog box Displays Content read only view of the configuration file for the selected virtual machine Use this option to view the content of the virtual machine configuration file Send VM Messages 8H Send one or m
278. ed virtual machines to run on the Oracle VM Server See How Can Protect Virtual Machines for more information on inbound migration lock Oracle VM Agent password The password to connect to the Oracle VM Agent The value for this field is required if you select to take ownership of the Oracle VM Server 150 Servers Perspective 4 Utility Server Select to designate the Oracle VM Server to perform utility functions such as importing cloning and storage refresh VM Server The virtual machine role is required to run virtual machines In the IPMI tab select the Enable Server IPMI check box to enable the Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI IPMI allows you to remotely power on or power off an Oracle VM Server If IPMI is either not available or not enabled on the Oracle VM Server Oracle VM Manager may still be able to remotely power on an Oracle VM Server using a Wake on LAN message without having to physically press the power button and it may be able to send a system power off message to shut it down Select the IPMI Password Required check box if your IPMI setup requires a password to change the configuration To configure IPMI enter the following information in the fields Access Username The user name for the IPMI Password The password for the IPMI IP Address The IP address of the IPMI To edit the tags associated with the server click the Tags tab Using the controls provided you can a
279. edged Provides an option to view acknowledged error events To see a history of acknowledged events select Yes in the drop down list The default setting is No 2 3 Statistics Oracle VM Manager periodically collects vital statistics such as memory and CPU usage Select the Statistics subtab of the Health tab to view historical statistics for your Oracle VM Servers and virtual machines Views of different statistical information are provided by clicking on elements in the navigation pane 2 3 1 Toolbar For each view in the Statistics subtab of the Health tab the standard toolbar items include View Controls the columns to display and the sort order of columns Refresh Interval Sets the interval between which the statistics are refreshed Select 30 seconds 1 2 5 or 10 minutes The default setting is 5 minutes Refresh Now The ii icon refreshes the statistical information Line Graph The amp icon opens a dialog containing a line graph view of the statistics as they are refreshed This is available in all views except the Server Pools Folder view 2 3 2 Server Pools Folder By clicking on the Server Pools folder in the navigation tree in the navigation pane you can view the following statistical information Server Pool Name The name of the server pool The following columns are available presenting information for each server pool 17 Server Pool Item Processors Server Total Total number of proc
280. ee 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 8 3 Physical Disks Perspective The Physical Disks perspective lists the different physical disks configured in your environment and running on a SAN storage array The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the physical disk 287 Physical Disks Perspective Event Severity The event level severity for the phys
281. eer ette tregua eee de tenen kn ee eee eene eevee pi enn vn d eins 240 64 2 Events PerSpecllVe eie C ERA REOR eie re RO EE P 241 6 4 3 File Systems Perspective 243 6 4 4 Access Groups Perspective 246 6 5 SAN Servers Folder 2 ecd ei edd dra aden dad es ei Le d edt Pa de a ey nuu 250 6 5 1 SAN Servers Perspective ensis nen nnns 250 6 6 SAN Server Item aL Dr eA ERE Resp A p ne geste ee Tee aa FLUR ud 257 6 6 1 Into Perspective onte eet eet MER E MER et Eden eta 258 6 6 2 Events Perspective ana Ae KENN enne ede nnne nnn 259 6 6 3 Physical Disks Perspectives sirare eaaa ea EEEE a ETEK nnne nennen 260 6 6 4 Access Groups Perspective 267 6 6 5 Volume Groups Perspective 274 6 7 275 6 7 4 Into Perspective eo ceret Pe are HERE e ERR eR Fede Ed 275 6 7 2 Physical Disks Perspective eA ANE AEAEE T nnne 276 6 7 3 Events P rspectlive ae n e d t E dte neue c t eds 282 6 8 Unmanaged Fibre Channel Storage Array ltem
282. elect the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to clone in the table presented in the management pane To clone a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to clone in the table presented in the management pane Click on the Clone Physical Disk icon in the toolbar A dialog opens to allow you to clone the Physical Disk The dialog has the following options Name A field to set the name of the physical disk clone that you are going to create within Oracle VM Manager Clone Target Type A drop down menu allowing you to select the type of storage to be used for the physical disk clone Physical Disk Copies the data from one physical disk to another Repository Copies the data from the physical disk into a virtual disk image in an existing repository Clone Target A searchable field to allow you to select the target location where the clone is to be stored Clone Type A drop down menu allowing you to select the type of clone to create Sparse Copy Copies only the written data from the physical disk to the target clone Non sparse Copy Performs a block copy of the physical disk to the target clone When you have finished
283. elect the virtual machine in the management pane and click Launch Console in the perspective toolbar A new browser window or tab is opened Tip Q If the console does not start check that your web browser allows pop ups to be displayed If you are using Microsoft Internet Explorer add the base URL of Oracle VM Manager for example http example com to the list of trusted sites in the security settings You may also need to downgrade the security level from medium to medium low for the Trusted sites zone If the virtual machine s console is in use by another user a message is displayed asking if you want to take over the connection If you take over the connection the other user s session is disconnected and the VNC session is started on your client computer If the VNC client has trouble taking over the connection you may need to close it and launch the VNC console again The virtual machine console is displayed Log in and interact with the virtual machine as you would through any other VNC session 108 Virtual Machines Perspective Connected encrypted to OVM OL5U7 X86 64 PVM 10GB tgz 2 At 2 Starting RPC idmapd Starting system message bus Starting setroubleshootd Starting o2cb Starting Bluetooth services Mounting other filesystems Starting PC SC smart card daemon pcscd Starting HAL daemon Starting hidd Starting autofs Loading autofs4 Starting automount Starting hpi
284. ement pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane 299 Access Groups Perspective navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the
285. ements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface This perspective always shows the individually configured parameters for an item that is currently selected in the navigation tree Some of these configured parameters may be automatically populated through a discovery process while others may have been configured manually during the creation of the object that is selected This perspective includes the following information Server Pool Name The configured name for the server pool Server Count The number of Oracle VM Servers that belong to the server pool Clustered Whether or not the server pool is configured as a cluster Timeout for Cluster The number of seconds before a server in the cluster times out Master Server The server that is currently configured as the Master Server for the server pool Virtual IP The configured virtual IP address for the server pool ID The UUID for this server pool Description The description provided for this server pool when it was created or edited Pool File System The path to the file system that is used for the server pool file system Pool File System Type The type of file system where the server pool file system is stored 54 Servers Perspective Pool File System Storage Device The device used for the pool file system NFS NAS File System The NFS mount path for the pool file system if NFS is used VM Console Keymap The configured keymap for the virtual machine conso
286. en resizing a disk there is always a risk of data corruption Also the file system on the virtual disk may not be aware of the resize operation so you may have to perform operating specific procedures to make the guest virtual machine aware of the change in disk size Usually after resizing a virtual disk you may need to shutdown and then restart the guest virtual machine that is making use of the disk before it is able to register the new disk size 4 9 1 4 Delete Virtual Disk To delete virtual disks 1 3 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the virtual disks are located Select Virtual Disks in the navigation tree Select one or more virtual disks in the table in the management pane Click Delete Selected Virtual Disk X in the management pane toolbar The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK 4 9 1 5 Clone Virtual Disk To clone a virtual disk 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the virtual disk is located Select Virtual Disks in the navigation tree Select the virtual disk in the table in the management pane Click Clone Virtual Disk amp in the management pane toolbar The Clone Virtual Disk dialog box is displayed Select or edit the following 206 Virtual Disks Perspective Clone Target Type The destination storage type for the cloned virtual disk either Repository Physical Disk Storage Array Clone Target The destinat
287. ent in the toolbar above In the Present Repository dialog box unpresent the storage repository from all Oracle VM Servers Click OK Select the repository in the tree view in the navigation pane and click Edit Selected Repository Z in the toolbar above Select the Release Ownership check box and click OK Select the now unowned repository in the table and click Delete Confirm that you wish to delete this storage repository click OK to continue 4 3 1 4 Present or Unpresent Repository To present a storage repository to Oracle VM Servers 1 2 Select the Repositories tab and select the repository of your choice in the navigation pane Click Present Unpresent 4 in the toolbar above to change the list of servers the repository is presented to In the Present this Repository to Server s dialog box use the check box to select whether to present individual Oracle VM Servers or all Oracle VM Servers in one or more server pools Then use the arrow buttons to move the required Oracle VM Servers or server pools between the panes 183 Repository Item If you present a repository to a server pool this has the same effect as selecting all of the Oracle VM Servers within the server pool and presenting the repository to them individually If you add or remove servers from a server pool after you have presented the repository to a server pool the configuration is not updated automatically The option to present the repository to
288. ent products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services unless otherwise set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services except as set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle Documentation Accessibility For information about Oracle s commitment to accessibility visit the Oracle Accessibility Program website at http www oracle com pls topic lookup ctx acc amp id docacc Access to Oracle Support Oracle customers that have purchased support have access to electronic support through My Oracle Support For information visit http www oracle com pls topic lookup ctx acc amp id info or visit http www oracle com pls topic lookup ctx acc amp id trs if you are hearing impaired Abstract Document generated on 2015 07 20 revision 4803 Table of Contents er E ES vii T A dlence i Ln e Lid ce Led iic eate tue Toe d dde E C ee Dg vii 2 Related Documents 5 et a ed e eaae ea ege de be e e akut vii 3 Escher viii 4 Gonventiofis s cota o dot Ee cotto E A iain viii 1 Using Oracle VM Manager ette ear verbe
289. ent Password The password to connect to the Oracle VM Agent It is advisable that the password is the same on all Oracle VM Servers to avoid authentication issues for the Oracle VM Manager An incorrect password results in an error message notifying you of an Unauthorized access attempt IP Addresses DNS Hostnames Enter the IP address es IP ranges or DNS hostnames of the Oracle VM Server s to be discovered You can paste a list of multiple IP addresses or multiple DNS hostnames If you enter an IP range it must be in the format 192 168 10 2 10 For example if you enter 192 168 10 2 4 Oracle VM Manager performs discovery for 192 168 10 2 192 168 10 3 and 192 168 10 4 IP addresses IP ranges and DNS host names must be entered on separate lines Note 9 Invalid entries may result a job that fails to complete and may need to be aborted See Section 8 1 5 Abort Jobs for information on aborting a job Click OK The Oracle VM Servers are discovered and added to the Unassigned Servers folder The newly discovered Oracle VM Server contains some basic information about itself and about any immediate connectivity to a shared SAN but it is considered to be in an unconfigured state The Oracle VM Server configuration can be performed and any subsequent storage discovery operations may also be performed The Utilization column in the Servers perspective in the management pane does not report the utilization statistics of an Oracle
290. ent pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 6 4 Access Groups Perspective The Access Groups perspective lists the different Access Groups configured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the access group Event Severity The event level severity associated with the access group SAN Server The SAN server that the access group applies to Description A description entered for the access group when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 6 14 Access Groups Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Access Group dp Displays the Create an Access Group dialog box Use this option to create a new access group This option is only available for non generic storage arrays 267 Access Groups Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Edit Access Group Displays the Ed
291. ently which results in a higher throughput With this mode your network administrator must create LACP Link Aggregation Control Protocol bonding on the network switch es Adaptive Load Balancing The network traffic is equally balanced over the NICs of the bond This mode does not require any special configuration on connected network switch es However this mode does not support using VLAN with bridges If using this mode for your bonded interfaces in any network you cannot use VLANs if this network is configured with the Virtual Machine network channel C clone The action or result of making an exact copy of an object The object may be a virtual machine virtual machine template ISO file or virtual disk Cloning is analogous to copying and maintains the integrity of the original object while creating a new object based on the original A clone customizer may be used to define cloning options to specify details of where the object components may reside when cloned such as in a different storage repository control domain A privileged domain that creates and manages other logical domains and services D distributed power management DPM complements DRS to reduce the Oracle VM Servers in a server pool when there are periods of low resource utilization It can automatically add capacity as needed when resource utilization ramps up 343 distributed resource scheduling DRS provides real time monitoring of Oracle VM Server ut
292. ents specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Perspectives Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or di
293. er Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to delete in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the X Delete Physical Disk icon in the toolbar 3 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the physical disk 6 7 2 4 Clone Physical Disk It is possible to clone a physical disk The steps and options to do so are described below To clone a Physical Disk 1 On the Storage tab expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to clone in the table presented in the management pane To clone a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to clone in the table presented in the management pane Click on the Clone Physical Disk icon in the toolbar A dialog opens to allow you to clone the Physical Disk The dialog has the following options Name A field to set the name of the physical disk clone that you are going to create within Oracle VM Manage
294. er acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 3 7 Unassigned Virtual Machines Folder The Unassigned Virtual Machines navigation folder in the navigation tree contains all of the virtual machines that do not belong to a configured server pool within Oracle VM Manager The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 3 2 Summary Clicking on the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of all of the unassigned virtual machines within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolb
295. erface s or X Delete VLAN Interface s To Add A VLAN Interface To The Network a Click the Add VLAN Interfaces icon in the toolbar b The Add VLAN Interfaces to Network dialog is displayed In the panel on the left you are able to expand nodes showing servers assigned to different server pools or unassigned servers By clicking on the different nodes in this panel you are able to update the tabular view of the different available VLAN interfaces on the right 215 Delete Existing Network Note that if you have not already defined any VLAN interfaces as described in Section 5 2 VLAN Interfaces no VLAN interfaces are displayed in this view and you are unable to add any VLAN interfaces to the network In other words you must define your VLAN interfaces on the VLAN Interfaces subtab before attempting to add any VLAN interfaces to a network c Identify the VLAN interfaces that you wish to add to the network and check the check box alongside them d Click OK to add the selected VLAN interfaces to the network or click Cancel to exit without making any changes To Edit A VLAN Interface Within The Network a Select the VLAN interface that you wish to edit within the network b Click the 7 Edit VLAN Interface s icon in the toolbar c The Edit VLAN Interface s dialog is displayed d For each VLAN interface listed you are able to edit the MTU setting and the IP Address assignment settings e Click OK when you have
296. erspective To add an ISO file a To add an ISO file to the virtual machine select CD DVD from the Disk Type drop down list Click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select an ISO dialog box is displayed Select a Iso file from the list of available files If you want to leave the slot empty select Leave Slot Empty Click OK Note E When adding an ISO file to an existing virtual machine the ISO file is available to the operating system but may not be mounted To access the ISO file you may need to mount it for example mkdir cdrom mount o loop dev xvdb cdrom When you have set up the virtual machine s disks click Next The Boot Options step is displayed in the wizard Create Virtual Machine Select your boot options CdRom Arrange Disks e Boot Options 1 la LJ Tags Optional Previous Cancel Next Finish Select the boot media order for your virtual machine If you are creating a hardware virtualized machine virtual machine HVM you can choose the PXE boot option If so remember to put PXE first in the Select your boot options field and change the boot order again after installation and before rebooting the virtual machine To use PXE you must configure a PXE tftp environment to offer the necessary boot media and instructions to the virtual machine If you are creating a paravirtualized virtual machine PVM you also have the PXE option available In
297. erver wizard gt A The File Server Parameters step is displayed in the wizard where you enter the information necessary for Oracle VM Manager to discover the external storage mount points amp Discover a File Server Fis Sarver Storage Plug in Oracle Generic Network File Syster v Admin Host Name MyNFSServer Admin Username I Add Admin Servers Access Host IP Address 10 172 76 125 Admin Password Uniform Exports Enter between 0 and 4096 characters Description NFS file system for storage repositories and server pool file systems Cancel Next Enter the storage information Storage Plug in The Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in corresponding to the type of file server generic NFS or vendor specific As Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in are located on the Oracle 234 File Servers Perspective VM Servers this field is only populated if you have already performed Server Discovery You cannot add storage without taking this step first Name The name you wish to use to identify the file server Access Host The host name or IP address of the server offering the file system Uniform Exports If all Oracle VM Servers in all server pools have access to the same exports on the file server leave this as the default checked If the file server is configured to offer different exports to different server pools this box should be unchecked and once you have completed the steps in t
298. erverPool2 Completed Add Server 4 to Server Pool MyServerPool2 Completed Add Server MyServer3 to Server Pool MyServerPool2 Completed Message The Storage tab contains the Perspectives set out in Table 6 1 Storage Tab Perspective The Perspectives available in any particular view vary depending on the item selected in the navigation tree This table provides a quick reference for all of the available perspectives in the Storage tab Each perspective provides a different view of your configuration and also includes its own toolbar Table 6 1 Storage Tab Perspective Management Pane Description Perspective File Servers Lists the file servers which contain file based storage Use this tab to register edit delete and discover file based storage Select File Servers in the navigation tree to display this tab See What Types of Storage Can be Used for more information on file based storage File Systems Lists the file systems available on the file server Use this tab to discover edit refresh delete and display events for file systems Use the Name Filter input field to specify search criteria to filter the displayed results See Section 1 13 Name Filters for more information Select a file server in the navigation tree and then select File Systems in the Perspective drop down list to display this tab Logical File Systems Lists the logical file systems available on the file server
299. es High Availability HA Work in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on server pool clustering and on HA support and policies Important be aware that clustering can only function if the distributed lock manager package is installed on all of the Oracle VM Servers that you intend to add AN If the Oracle VM Servers in your server pool are SPARC based you should to the server pool as described in Installing DLM for SPARC Server Pool 41 Server Pools Perspective Clusters in the Oracle VM Installation and Upgrade Guide Furthermore clustering is not supported for servers that have multiple control domains shadow domains Clustering for SPARC is only supported using NFS storage for the cluster file system Failure to meet these requirements results in an error when attempting to create the clustered server pool notifying you that the server lacks the ability to perform clustering Timeout for cluster If clustering is enabled for the server pool this option allows you to set the timeout parameter The maximum cluster timeout setting is 300 seconds The minimum cluster timeout is 12 seconds The default cluster timeout is 120 seconds The Disk heartbeat and network heartbeat are automatically derived from the cluster timeout value The cluster timeout can only be changed when there are no servers in the server pool therefore it is usually good to set this during the creation of your server pool Note E This opt
300. es and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 20 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note
301. es in the management pane and click Restart The virtual machines are restarted virtual machine may not be ready to initiate the request In this case you may need to abort the restart job and try again later Alternately kill the virtual machine and start it again Note R If a virtual machine has not fully started a restart request may not succeed as the 3 5 2 8 Kill Virtual Machines Killing a virtual machine is equivalent to performing a power off of a virtual machine similar to unplugging the power cable from a physical machine This is not the recommended method of shutting down a virtual machine but may be used if the shut down command fails to shut down the virtual machine 110 Virtual Machines Perspective To kill virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Kill The virtual machines are powered off 3 5 2 9 Suspend Virtual Machines Suspending a virtual machine is analogous to putting a computer into sleep mode When a virtual machine is suspended the current state of the operating system and applications is saved and the virtual machine put into a suspended mode When you resume the virtual machine the operating system and applications continue from the same point you suspende
302. escription Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 293 Access Groups Perspective 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events
303. ess the SAN Server Storage Name The storage name used by an Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in that requires it Admin Host The host name or IP address where administrative access to the SAN server is allowed with appropriate credentials Only available for non generic SAN servers Admin User Name A user name with administrator access to the file server Only available for non generic SAN servers 256 SAN Server Item Change Password To modify the admin password you must select the Change Password check box Admin Password The administrator password for the user name you entered Only available for non generic SAN servers Access A tab allowing you to manage the IP addresses port numbers and user credentials to use for each access host that is available for the SAN server This tab is not available for Fibre Channel SAN servers Admin Servers A tab allowing you to manage which servers are delegated as Admin servers Admin servers are Oracle VM Servers that are capable of logging into a storage array or file server to perform administrative functions such as extending a file system or creating a new LUN 4 When you have finished editing the SAN server click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 5 1 3 Delete SAN Server It is possible to delete an existing SAN server if it is no longer in use by any Oracle VM Servers within any server pools and the
304. essors of all Oracle VM Servers in the server pool VM Allocated Total number of processors available for use by virtual machines in the server pool VM Used Total number of processors in use by virtual machines in the server pool Memory GiB Configured Total amount of memory in GiB available for use by virtual machines in the server pool Used Total amount of memory in GiB in use by virtual machines in the server pool 2 3 3 Server Pool Item By expanding the Server Pools node in the navigation pane you can click on individual server pools Clicking on a server pool displays the following statistical data Server Name The name of the Oracle VM Server The following columns are available presenting information for each Oracle VM Server Processors Utilization The percentage of total processors in use on the Oracle VM Server Total The number of processors available on the Oracle VM Server Memory GiB Utilization 9e The percentage of total memory in use on the Oracle VM Server Usable by VMs The memory in GiB available for use on the Oracle VM Server Used The memory in GiB in use by the operating system its processes and virtual machine management 2 3 4 Server Item By expanding a Server Pool item in the navigation tree you can select Oracle VM Servers in the server pool Clicking on an Oracle VM Server displays the following statistical data Virtual Machine Name The n
305. ete Select a server pool in the navigation tree and then select Anti Affinity Group in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane See Section 3 4 4 Anti Affinity Groups Perspective for information on anti affinity groups Policies Displays information about server pool power and resource management the tab s toolbar Select a server pool in the navigation tree and then select Policies in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane See What are Server Pool Policies in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on these server pool policies See Section 3 4 5 Policies Perspective Server Update Repositories Displays information about the update repositories to update the software on Oracle VM Servers These repositories override the global repositories set in the Tools and Resources tab You can perform actions on the update repositories using the tab s toolbar such as create edit and delete Select a server pool in the navigation tree and then select Server Update Repositories in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane See Section 3 4 6 Server Update Repositories Perspective for information 23 Management Pane Perspective Description on using the update repositories to override the global repositories See Section 7 2 Server Update Groups for information on the global repositories Ethernet Ports Lists the Ethernet ports on the sel
306. ete the selected tag Find Components amp Displays the Components Using Tag dialog box Use this option to search for components that share the same selected tag 7 1 1 Add Tag To create a new tag 1 On the Tools and Resources tab click on the Tags subtab link 2 Click on the Create New Tag icon A dialog is displayed with the following fields Tag Name Use this field to name the tag Description Use this field to provide a description for the tag 330 Edit Tag 3 Click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 7 1 2 Edit Tag To edit a tag 1 Onthe Tools and Resources tab click on the Tags subtab link 2 In the management pane select the tag that you wish to edit 3 Click Edit Tag 7 A dialog is displayed with the following fields Tag Name Use this field to rename a tag Description Use this field to provide or update the description for a tag 4 Click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 7 1 3 Delete Tag To delete a tag 1 Onthe Tools and Resources tab click on the Tags subtab link 2 In the management pane select the tag or tags that you wish to delete 3 Click on the Delete Tag icon X A confirmation dialog is displayed before the action can be completed 7 1 4 Find Components with matching Tag To view all components that share a common tag 1 Onthe Tools and Resources tab click on t
307. etwork have at least one access host to the storage On some ISCSI servers only one access host is supported so your screen may differ from the example in this step If so enter the access host IP address access port and optionally the CHAP authentication details on the screen that you see and the remaining parts of this step are not required to perform If you want to use CHAP authentication to connect to the SAN server check the Use CHAP check box Click Create New Access Host to add access hosts for the SAN server The Create Access Host dialog box is displayed Create Access Host Access Host 10 172 76 130 Access Port 3260 Access Username Access Password Enable CHAP for all Access Hosts to enable the Username and Password Cancel OK Enter the IP address and access port of the host that has access to the SAN server The default access port for iSCSI is 3260 If you checked CHAP authentication in the previous dialog enter the username and password to access the storage Click OK 253 SAN Servers Perspective Bj Discover SAN Server View Discover SAN Server 2 X Access Host Access Port Access Username 10 172 76 130 3260 Access Information if required 1_ Set Storage Name if required Use CHAP Applies to all Access Hosts Previous Cancel Next Repeat this step for each access host for example you may have access hosts such as When you have entered all
308. ew access group and optionally provide a description Click Next dp Create an Access Group Access Group Name AccessGroup1 MyZFS Create Access Group E 1 Description Access group 1 on SUN ZFS storage Select Initiators appliance Cancel Next 4 The Select Initiators step is displayed in the wizard It contains the available storage initiators for this type of storage on the Oracle VM Servers in your environment Use the arrow buttons to move the required initiators from the Available Storage Initiators box to the Selected Storage Initiators box Click Next 268 Access Groups Perspective Create an Access Group Select the storage initiators to add to the access group Create Access Group Available Storage Initiators Selected Storage Initiators Select Initiators MyServer04 ign 1988 12 com orade dO 1f8bt MyServer0 1 iqn 1988 12 com orade 5c24b8 foi MyServer02 iqn 1988 12 com orade 9843cet MyServer03 iqn 1988 12 com orade d6fb55 __ Present Physical Disks Previous Cancel _Next Note qj You can also use the Storage Initiators perspective in the Servers and VMs tab to view and configure storage initiators on an individual Oracle VM Server See Section 3 5 7 1 View Access Groups for Selected Initiator for more information on using this method Important A If you have both iSCSI and Fibre Channel storage array types in your environment you must ensure that the storage initiators t
309. ext to continue Clone from an existing VM Template OR Clone Count 5 2 Name Index of Repository MyNFSRepository VM Template OracleLinuxR6U1 0 iv VM Name MyVM Server Pool MyServerPool iv Oracle Linux Release 6 Update 1 Cloned from a Description template Cancel Finish Select the Clone from an existing VM Template option 141 Servers Perspective Enter or select the following Clone Count The number of virtual machines to create from the template Name Index The start index number to use for the clone name suffix The default is 0 This is used in conjunction with the VM Name field to create the name for each clone Repository The repository in which to create the virtual machine configuration files VM Template The template to use to create the virtual machines VM Name An optional name for the virtual machines The maximum name length is 256 characters and may contain any character The name need not be unique If no value is given the default is the name of the virtual machine template being cloned Each clone is suffixed with a dot and the clone index number starting with the value for the Name Index field For example if the VM Name field is set to MyVM and the Name Index field is set to 1 the resulting clones would be named MyVM 1 MyVM 2 and so on Server Pool The server pool in which to deploy the virtual machines Description An optional description o
310. eyed out You can also provide or edit a description for the access group a Edit Access Group Default access group MyISCSIServer 9 Access Group Storage initiators ID 0004 fb0000290000cd0c55ce3abede14 Name on Array Default acce Access Group Name Default acce MylSC Description Cancel OK 4 Select the Storage Initiators tab It contains the available storage initiators for this type of storage on the Oracle VM Servers in your environment 5 Use the arrow buttons to move the required initiators to the Selected Storage Initiators box a Edit Access Group Default access group MyISCSIServer TTT ster itor Available Storage Initiators Selected Storage Initiators MyServer1 iqn 1988 12 com oracle eae MyServer2 iqn 1988 12 com oracle a05 MyServer3 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 5a3i MyServer4 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 339 MyServer5S iqn 1988 12 com oracle 4ba MyServer6 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 62e1 MyServer7 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 34al MyServer8 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 9481 MyServer9 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 7bd la Tc D Cancel OK Note You can also use the Storage Initiators perspective in the Servers and VMs tab to view and configure storage initiators on an individual Oracle VM Server See Section 3 5 7 1 View Access Groups for Selected Initiator for more information on using this method Important gt 14 If you have both iSCSI and Fibre Channel storage array types in your environment
311. f defined priority by moving the slider The higher the priority the more physical CPU cycles are given to the virtual machine This option is ignored if using a SPARC based server pool Processor Cap Increase or decrease the percentage to which the virtual CPUs can receive scheduled time This parameter defines the maximum percentage to which the virtual CPUs can 194 VM Templates Perspective receive scheduled time You can select a high 100 intermediate 50 or low 1 percentage of scheduled time for the virtual CPUs or a custom percentage by moving the slider Use this parameter to keep low priority virtual machines from consuming too many CPU cycles on a virtual machine server This option is ignored if using a SPARC based server pool The Priority and Processor Cap 6 parameters are passed to the Xen hypervisor for use by the credit scheduler which automatically load balances guest VCPUs across all available physical CPUS using an algorithm that combines these two parameters Therefore these parameters are a key factor for the performance of the virtual machine on x86 hardware On SPARC each virtual machine uses dedicated physical CPU threads and CPUs not shared between virtual machines being exclusively assigned to a single virtual machine Networks This tab allows you to manage which networks to use Use the arrow buttons to move the networks between the Available Ethernet Networks field and the Selected
312. f the computer for which to grant access to the repository contents This is likely to be the machine on which the third party back up and restore software is running 136 Events Perspective Repository An OCFS2 storage repository presented to the Oracle VM Server This is the repository you want to back up Options The parameters to include in the NFS mount configuration for example asyn NO TOSC Squash Click OK 3 5 9 2 Edit Repository Export To edit a repository export 1 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab In the navigation pane select the Oracle VM Server on which you want to edit the repository export parameters Select Repository Exports from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane To edit a repository export select the entry in the table in the management pane and click Edit Repository Export Z in the toolbar The Edit Repository Export dialog box is displayed Enter or select the following Client IP Host Name The IP address or hostname of the computer for which to grant access to the repository contents This is likely to be the machine on which the third party back up and restore software is running Not editable Repository An OCFS2 storage repository presented to the Oracle VM Server This is the repository you want to back up Not editable Options The parameters to include in the NFS mount configuration for example rw async no root squash Clic
313. f the virtual machines Click Finish The virtual machines are created and deployed to the server pool To create a virtual machine using all other media 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Click Create Virtual Machine in the toolbar 3 The Create Virtual Machine wizard is displayed Create Virtual Machine How do you want to create your Virtual Machine Create a new VM Click to continue _ Clone from an existing VM Template OR Clone Count 1 Name Index 0 Repository MyNFS Repository VM Template OVM_OL5U7_X86_64_PVM_10GB tgz v VM Name Server Pool MyServerPool v Description Select the Create a new VM option Click Next 4 The Create Virtual Machine step is displayed in the wizard 142 Servers Perspective if Create Virtual Machine Server Pool MyServerPool Operating System Oracle Linux 6 Create Virtual Machine hm M Server Any lt Mouse Device Type OS Default v Set up Networks Repository MyNFSRepository gt en us English United States Name MyOL6VM Domain Type XEN HVM vj C Enable High Availability Start Policy Best Server v Enable Huge Pages 9 Max Memory MB 1024 Description Memory MB 1024 8 Max Processors 18 Processors 18 Priority 50 j Processor Cap 96 100 gt Cancel Next Enter or select the following Server Pool The server pool on which to create the virtual machine Server The server t
314. fferent perspectives available for that object in the management pane The navigation tree that is available within the Repositories tab conforms to the following structure Repositories Folder Repository Item Assemblies Item SOs Item VM Files Item VM Templates Item Virtual Disks Item Each navigation element has a number of associated perspectives offering different views of the objects contained by the selected navigation element or the configuration information specific to it For many of these perspectives an associated toolbar is provided so that it is possible to perform different configuration or management tasks on elements selected in the management pane 4 3 Repositories Folder The Repositories navigation folder contains each storage repository that has been configured within the environment The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 4 2 Summary Clicking on the Repositories navigation folder in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of all of the storage repositories within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane The Repositories navigation folder offers the following perspectives with
315. fied alias for the physical disk The name can be changed without changing the name of the physical disk on the storage array User Friendly Name The name of the physical disk on the storage array The name was specified when the disk was created and cannot be changed Status The status of the physical disk whether or not the disk is online Shareable Whether or not the physical disk can be shared Thin Provision Whether or not thin provisioning is supported by the physical disk Reserved by Server s Whether or not the physical disk is unavailable for use by Oracle VM Manager Storage Targets The endpoint provided by the storage server through which the server may direct commands to the physical disk The storage target provides access to the physical disk Server Pool The server pool that the physical disk belongs to Repository The repository that the physical disk belongs to VM s Virtual machines using the physical disk ID The UUID for the physical disk 128 Physical Disks Perspective Page83 ID The unique identifier for the physical disk Access Groups The access groups that the physical disk belongs to Extra Information Information that is passed to and from the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in for use internally by the plug in The management functions you can perform on the disk are available as icons in the perspective toolbar Some management options are only available to SAN server disks
316. flected in the various content tabs Assemblies ISO files of the storage repository 4 3 1 1 Create New Repository A storage repository should be at least 10 GB in size In addition to this minimum size requirement you should include enough storage space for virtual machines templates ISO files and other virtual machine resources To create a storage repository for your server pool 1 Select the Repositories tab 2 In the toolbar above the navigation pane click Create New Repository 3 In the Create a Repository dialog box enter the following information Repository Name The name you wish to use to identify the repository Repository Location Either a network file server or a physical disk 4 f you selected Network File Server as location click Search to select a location in the Select Network File System dialog box Select a Network File Server from the list The available file systems appear Note that only a refreshed file system can be used Select the file system you wish to install the storage repository on Click OK You can use this filter to specify search criteria to limit the objects displayed See Section 1 13 Name Filters for more information Note R When searching for a file system there is an option to provide a Name Filter 180 Repositories Perspective Q Create a Repository Repository Name MyNFSRepository Repository Information Repos
317. fore and after an upgrade click the Servers and VMs tab select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree and then select Control Domains in the Perspective drop down list See Section 3 5 8 Control Domains Perspective for information on control domains displayed in the Update Required column in the Servers perspective in the management pane 69 Servers Perspective View Perspective Servers amp 4a2x m 205 er Tag Filter Go Update Maintenance gt Speed Name Status Tag Required Mode IP Address Memory GiB Processors GHz Product MyServer1 Running No Off 10 172 76 79 32 0 4 2 0 empty empty MyServer2 Running No Off 10 172 76 80 32 0 4 2 0 empty empty MyServer3 Running 10 1727684 320 4 20 empty empty Rows Selected 1 Columns Hidden 2 To update an Oracle VM Server the virtual machines on the Oracle VM Server must first be stopped or migrated to another Oracle VM Server You can manually stop or migrate the virtual machines or if you prefer have the upgrade server job perform the virtual machine migrate automatically To update Oracle VM Servers 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab and select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Servers reside in the navigation tree 2 Select Servers in the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 3 Select the Oracle VM Servers in the management pane table and click Update Server amp from the perspective toolbar A confirmation dialog is disp
318. formation on creating a mounted ISO file see ISO Provisioning for PVM Guest Installations in the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide LDOMS PVM This domain type should be selected if the server pool and hypervisors use Oracle VM Server for SPARC as the hypervisor instead of Oracle VM Server for x86 Unknown This hypervisor should be selected if the domain type is unknown Max Memory MB The maximum size of the memory the virtual machine is to be allocated When you edit a running virtual machine this is the maximum amount of memory that can be allocated Memory MB The size of the memory the virtual machine is to be allocated This is the memory allocation to use when starting the virtual machine You can change this when editing a running virtual machine up to the value of the maximum memory set in the previous field For HVM guests increasing or decreasing the memory requires a restart of the virtual machine For PVM guest no restart is required Max Processors The maximum number of processors to be used by the virtual machine The number of processors is expressed in number of physical CPU cores and is limited to 128 Processors The number of processors to be used by the virtual machine The number of processors is expressed in number of physical CPU cores and is limited to 128 Priority The CPU priority of the virtual machine You can select a high 100 intermediate 50 or low 1 priority for the virtual CPUs or a sel
319. fter certificate based authentication is used Define Policy for Server Pool To Displays the Configure DRS DPM wizard Use this option to set or edit resource policies for the server pool Send VM Messages z Send one or more virtual machines a message Use this option to send messages to virtual machines that have the Oracle VM Guest Additions installed 3 3 1 1 Refresh All If there are either changes to the physical state of an Oracle VM Server or its attached storage you should discover it again to update the configuration information in Oracle VM Manager In order to cut load time within Oracle VM Manager Oracle VM Server rediscovery is not performed at start up therefore there may be cases where you want to update the configuration information for a Oracle VM Server instances within the Oracle VM Manager Note that in larger deployments this may be a resource consuming action Important The Refresh All function does not pick up the contents of file systems that have never been refreshed before Furthermore it does not refresh repositories that are not already presented on at least one server It is important to keep this in mind if you have restored a configuration from a backup since some items may not have been refreshed before at the time that the backup was created To rediscover all Oracle VM Servers file servers and SAN servers 1 On the Servers and VMs tab click on the Server Pools folder in the
320. g or editing a virtual machine It does not automatically update the MAC addresses already assigned to your virtual machines To do this you must edit each virtual machine to change the MAC address there For information on creating editing and removing VNICs on virtual machines please refer to Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine and Section 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine Caution AN It is important that you do not have overlapping MAC address ranges as this can lead to issues tracing network issues Oracle VM Manager attempts to prevent the likelihood of this happening by generating unique MAC addresses However if you run more than one Oracle VM Manager instance it is possible that an overlapping MAC address could be generated If you create a MAC address that is already in the Oracle VM Manager database an error message is displayed 220 Chapter 6 Storage Tab Table of Contents 6 1 FOGDA irt So PRO WU Deot iet eli eive i t I e E 223 6 1 T Discover File Senven iiie oor d ee UD eC Lee ER dee Li egre ER Ld a s 223 6 1 2 Discover SAN rsen nnns nnne nahen 227 SPECIMEN 232 6 3 Fil Servers Folder odii Eder rero Hebe e rede a Seer op eed 233 6 3 1 File Servers Perspective sss enne nhe nnns nn nnn rnt enses nnn 233 6 4 File Serve r lt mi eun s ded Dee ue ne i ceno 240 6 4 1 Info Perspective cr
321. g opens to allow you to reconfigure the network The dialog has three separate tabs Configuration A tab containing a form allowing you to edit the following information Name The name of the network in Oracle VM Manager Description Optional information you would like to add about this network Network Uses A set of check boxes that allow you to define the various network roles or channels that are enabled on the network Management Used to manage the physical Oracle VM Servers in a server pool for example to update the Oracle VM Agent on the different Oracle VM Servers This network function is assigned to at least one network by default Live Migrate Used to migrate virtual machines from one Oracle VM Server to another in a server pool without changing the status of the virtual machine Cluster Heartbeat Used to verify if the Oracle VM Servers in a clustered server pool are up and running Virtual Machine Used for the network traffic between the different virtual machines in a server pool 214 Edit Existing Network Storage Reserved for future use and currently has no practical function or application Ports A tab allowing you to manage which ports or bonds on each Oracle VM Server are attached to the network This tab contains a tabular view of ports and bonds that are already attached to the network At the top of the table is a toolbar containing options to Add New Ports 7 Edit Port s or
322. g without saving any changes 6 6 3 3 Delete Physical Disk It is possible to delete an existing physical disk if it is no longer in use by any servers within any server pools and the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in that you are using supports this operation The steps and options to do so are described below To delete the registered physical disk 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to delete in the table presented in the management pane To delete a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to delete in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the X Delete Physical Disk icon in the toolbar 3 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the physical disk 6 6 3 4 Clone Physical Disk 263 Physical Disks Perspective It is possible to clone a physical disk The steps and options to do so are described below To clone a Physical Disk 1 On the Storage tab expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder S
323. gation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine in the management pane and click Clone or Move amp The Clone or Move dialog box is displayed Select Move this VM Select a clone customizer from the Clone Customizer drop down list If no clone customizers are displayed or you want to create a new one click Create See Create a Clone Customizer for information on creating a clone customizer Select a repository from the Target Repository drop down list This is the location of the new virtual machine configuration file Click Finish to move the virtual machine 3 4 3 13 Manage Clone Customizers Cloning a virtual machine or template means making a copy of it so that you can create multiple virtual machines or templates from the original You can create a clone customizer to set up the clone parameters such as networking and the virtual disk and ISO resources A clone customizer is also used when moving a virtual machine or template Create a Clone Customizer To create a clone customizer 1 Select the virtual machine or template and display the Manage Clone Customizers for Virtual Machine or Template dialog box by Virtual Machine Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to clone in the management pane and
324. generating upZdate uuid Changing password for user root Neu UNIX password Note that if you open a virtual machine console to a running virtual machine and use the Ctrl Alt Delete button to restart the virtual machine the virtual machine restarts and the console reconnects but the control buttons for the console move out of the visible area in the dialog This is expected behavior related to the size of the VNC display returned by Oracle VM Server and the way in which HTML5 canvases work To view the control buttons for the virtual machine console after the virtual machine has restarted you may either extend the right side of dialog or close the dialog and open it again 77 Virtual Machines Perspective 3 4 3 6 Launch Serial Console You cannot use the VNC console to connect to virtual machines on a SPARC based server pool Instead use the Telnet based serial console The serial console can be used to view serial console output for virtual machines running on an x86 based server pool but output is read only and non interactive Furthermore if attempting to use the serial console to access a virtual machine on an x86 based server pool the virtual machine must support redirecting serial output and must be configured to do so Therefore itis recommended that for virtual machines running on an x86 based server pool you use the provided VNC console See Section 3 4 3 5 Launch Console for more information The Serial Console m
325. ges greater than the default Using very large page sizes can improve system performance on a virtual machine by reducing the amount of system resources required to access page table entries jobs Jobs are a sequential operations that take place through Oracle VM Manager such as server discovery presenting a repository and creating a VM Jobs are assigned a status that is refreshed according to their progress A history of all jobs in the environment is stored within Oracle VM Manager Since jobs are sequential and sometimes take time to complete tracking the status of a job allows you to understand what actions the system is currently performing and which actions are queued to run in sequence after the current job has completed Jobs also allow you to access system messages that may be useful to debug the failure of an operation Most jobs tend to generate events that each have a different severity level See Also events L local storage Local storage consists of hard disks installed locally in an Oracle VM Server Local storage is often not appropriate for production environments because it prevents or sharply constrains the ability of a virtual machine to run anywhere in the server pool in the event of the failure of the Oracle VM server which owns the local storage M master Oracle VM Server A component of Oracle VM Agent An application that acts as the contact point to Oracle VM Manager and to other Oracle VM Agents Provides
326. gured for the virtual machine Operating System The operating system that the virtual machine is running Clicking on the arrow to the left of a virtual machine in the table displays a set of subtabs that show more detailed information about the virtual machine These tabs are Configuration Networks and Disks Click on a tab to display the information If this perspective is viewed from the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder some of the toolbar icons that are usually available for this perspective are not included in the toolbar The table below lists all of the toolbar icons that are available for this perspective and indicates the items that are not available when the perspective is viewed from the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder Table 3 23 Virtual Machines Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Import Virtual Machine Icon S Description Displays the Import Virtual Machine dialog box Use this option to import a virtual machine into Oracle VM Manager This option is only available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Edit Displays the Edit Virtual Machine wizard Use this option to edit a virtual machine Delete Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected virtual machines Start Starts up a stopped virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Stop Shuts down a virtual machine Not available for Unassigne
327. h an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error 138 Unassigned Servers Folder events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual ma
328. h the file system 1 Click on either the Local File Systems or Shared File Systems folder in the navigation tree depending on which type of file system you wish to refresh Select the file system that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the Refresh File System option in the toolbar 3 The selected file systems are refreshed and their configurations are updated within Oracle VM Manager 6 11 3 Delete File System 324 Show Events It is possible to delete the file system on local and shared storage devices and on a physical disk attached to an Oracle VM Server To delete a file system on local or shared storage 1 Select the Storage tab 2 Click on either the Local File Systems or Shared File Systems folder in the navigation tree 3 Select the file system to delete in the table in the management pane 4 Click the X Delete File System icon in the toolbar If the icon is greyed out it means that the file system is used by a repository and it cannot be deleted You must first delete the repository See Section 4 3 1 3 Delete Repository 5 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the file system To delete a file system on a physical disk attached to an Oracle VM Server 1 Select the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Physical Disks in the Perspective drop down list 4 Select the physical dis
329. hat the job ended Duration The time it has taken to run the job Error Type The job error type which resulted from the job execution Abortable Whether or not the job is abortable Aborted Whether or not the job has been aborted Aborted By The user which aborted the job Result ID Name The ID of the object that was acted on Result ID Value The value of the object that was acted on Parent This tab is only visible when the selected job is a child job and it has a parent This tab includes the following fields Description A description of the selected job Message An error message describing the reason the job failed This field is only populated if there is an error associated with the job 339 Job Details ID The ID for the job Status The running state of the job Summary Status The status for the job and its child jobs Progress Message The most recent progress message for this job and any of its child jobs Created By The user which created the job Creation Time The date and time that the job was created Start Time The date and time that the job was started End Time The date and time that the job ended Duration The time it has taken to run the job Error Type The job error type which resulted from the job execution Abortable Whether or not the job is abortable Aborted Whether or not the job has been aborted Aborted By The user which aborted the job Result ID Name The ID of
330. hat the storage initiators that you are adding for the access group match the storage type that you are defining this access group for See What are Access Groups in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on Access Groups For a generic storage array you cannot select which physical disks are added all disks are automatically presented to the selected Oracle VM Servers 6 Click OK to save your changes to the default access group If you change the Perspective of the management pane to Physical Disks the list of presented physical disks appears in the table 271 Access Groups Perspective TETEN Storage AH BZKXA Q9 View Perspective Physical Disks Z 3 Gy M BH cj Name Filter Go gt File Servers Name Event Severity Size GiB Server Status Shareable Description SAN Servers gt FreeBSD 1 Normal 1024 0 MyServert MySen Online 7 MylSCSIServer gt FreeBSD 2 Normal 50 0 MyServert MySen Online Generic iSCSI Volume Group gt FreeBSD 3 Normal 20 0 MyServer1 MySer Online gt Unmanaged FibreChannel Storage Arr gt FreeBSD 4 Normal 50 0 MyServert MySen Online gt Unmanaged iSCSI Storage Array gt FreeBSD 5 Normal 20 0 MyServert MySen Online Local File Systems gt FreeBSD 6 Normal 40 0 MyServer1 MySen Online gt FreeBSD 7 Normal 40 0 MyServer1 MySen Online 4 gt FreeBSD 8 Normal 20 0 MyServert MySen Online gt FreeBSD 9 Normal 50 0 MyServert MySen O
331. hat the virtual machine should be created on The default option is Any but the drop down selection lists the servers that exist in the server pool that you have selected Selecting a particular server forces the virtual machine to be created on that server This has implications for the Start Policy discussed later Repository The repository in which to create the virtual machine configuration file Name A name for the virtual machine The maximum name length is 256 characters and may contain any character The name need not be unique Enable High Availability Whether to enable High Availability HA See How does High Availability HA Work in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on HA Huge Pages for paravirtualized VMs with the Domain Type set to XEN PVM Huge Pages are available by default for HVM and PVHVM and this parameter cannot be set if your Domain Type is not set to XEN PVM Setting this parameter automatically sets the page size to 2 MB This means that when assigning memory to a virtual machine with this parameter set you must ensure that the values specified are multiples of 2 MB If you enable HugePages you must also enable support for HugePages in the guest operating system If you want to change this value when editing a virtual machine the virtual machine must first be stopped This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool See How are Huge Pages Enabled for
332. hat you are adding for the access group match the storage type that you are defining this access group for See What are Access Groups in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on Access Groups 5 The Present Physical Disks step is displayed in the wizard It contains the available storage elements on the storage array you are registering Note N If this is the first time you are configuring access to this storage array the list of available physical disks may be empty You may have to edit the access group afterwards to select physical disks Use the arrow buttons to move the required disks from the Available Physical Disks box to the Selected Physical Disks box These disks are presented to the Oracle VM Servers that have the iSCSI initiator that belongs to the access group Click Finish to create the new access group with the selected initiators and physical disks 269 Access Groups Perspective dp Create an Access Group Select the physical disks to present to this access group Create Access Group Available Physical Disks Selected Physical Disks Select Initiators pool 0 local ovm project SUN 6 pool 0 local pg project zfs 901 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 7 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 1 pool 0 local pg project zfs d01 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 2 Present Physical Disks pool 0 local ovm project SUN 3 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 4 pool local ovm project SUN 5 2 Previous C
333. he Server Pools folder in the navigation pane and select the server pool where the servers reside Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane 3 Click Send VM Messages amp in the perspective toolbar The Send Messages to Virtual Machines dialog box is displayed Send Messages to Virtual Machines Messages Virtual Machines view 2X Log Hide Message Key Message Yes No com oracle linux network device 0 etho Yes No com oracle linux network onboot 0 yes Yes No com oracle linux network bootproto 0 dhcp Yes Yes com oracle linux root password sama Cancel OK 4 To create a message click Create Message in the perspective toolbar to display the Create VM Message dialog box sF Create VM Message Key com oracle linux network device 0 v Log Message Hide Message Message etho Cancel OK Enter the message key value pair in the Key and Message fields Check the Log Message field to retain a log of the message Check the Hide Message field to hide the message of the key value pair 156 Events Perspective in the user interface Click OK to save the message and return to the Send Messages to Virtual Machines dialog box 5 To edit a message select the message and click Edit Z in the dialog box toolbar To delete a message select it and click Delete 3 in the dialog box toolbar 6 Select the Virtual Machines tab to se
334. he Create Network dialog box Use this option to create a new network within Oracle VM Manager Edit Selected Network e Displays the Edit Network dialog box Use this option to change the network configuration for an existing network Delete Selected Network x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected network The table view in the Networks subtab includes the following fields ID The UUID for the network Name The name defined for the network within Oracle VM Manager ntra Network Server The name of the server on which a local network is defined if the network is of this type Network Channels A grouping of the different network channels or roles that a network may support Server Management A check box item to indicate whether or not the network is a member of the Server Management channel Cluster Heartbeat A check box item to indicate whether or not the network is a member of the Cluster Heartbeat channel 210 Create New Network Live Migrate A check box item to indicate whether or not the network is a member of the Live Migrate channel Storage A check box item to indicate whether or not the network is a member of the Storage channel Virtual Machine A check box item to indicate whether or not the network is a member of the Virtual Machine channel Description A field to present the text description define
335. he Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A
336. he Tags subtab link 2 Inthe management pane select the tag that you wish to search 3 Click on the Find Components icon amp A dialog is displayed with the following editable fields Components using Tag Use this drop down menu to select alternative tags that you have defined to quickly search through different groups of components Show Type Use this drop down menu to select the different object types that should be displayed for the selected tag By default all object types are shown but you can limit the display to any combination of Server Pools Servers Virtual Machines A table is shown in the dialog listing all objects that match the defined criteria The table provides the following information Name The name of the object that meets the search criteria Tag s A comma separated list of the different tags that currently apply to the object Type The object type for example Server Pool Server or VM 331 Server Update Groups Parent The name of the object s parent if a parent object exists 4 Click Close to exit out of the dialog 7 2 Server Update Groups Updates and upgrades to Oracle VM Servers can be performed using a server update repository To access patch updates for Oracle VM you should contact Oracle to purchase an Oracle VM Support contract and gain access to the Unbreakable Linux Network ULN which contains updates for Oracle VM If you have access to ULN you can use t
337. he Unassigned Virtual Machines folder or virtual machines in a server pool but not assigned to an Oracle VM Server Launch Serial Console ah Launches the virtual machine serial console which enables access to the virtual machine Use this option to connect to a 104 Virtual Machines Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Restart e virtual machine s serial console and access the virtual machine directly This service is commonly used for virtual machines running in a SPARC based server pool but is also available for virtual machines running on x86 based server pools Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Restarts a running virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Kill Shuts down a running virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Suspend Suspends pauses a running virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Resume Resumes unpauses a suspended virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Migrate Virtual Machine Migrates a virtual machine to another Oracle VM Server Clone or Move Virtual Machine Displays the Clone or Move Virtual Machine dialog box Use this option to clone a virtual machine to create another virtual machine Manage Clone Customizers Displays the Manage Clone Customizer dialog box The clone customizer let
338. he connection If you take over the connection the other user s session is disconnected and the terminal session is started on your client computer If the terminal emulator has trouble taking over the connection you may need to close it and launch the serial console again The virtual machine console is displayed Log in and interact with the virtual machine as you would through any other Telnet console session If required enter the user name and password of the guest operating system to log in to the operating system 3 4 3 7 Restart Virtual Machines Restarting a virtual machine is analogous to rebooting a computer You may need to restart a virtual machine if an operating system update requires you to restart the virtual machine for example Microsoft Windows updates To restart virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 78 Virtual Machines Perspective 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Restart z The virtual machines are restarted virtual machine may not be ready to initiate the request In this case you may need to abort the restart job and try again later Alternately kill the virtual machine and Note E If a virtual machine has not fully started a restart request may not succeed as the start it again 3 4 3 8 Ki
339. he disk was created and cannot be changed SAN Server The SAN server that the physical disk belongs to Thin Provision Whether or not thin provisioning is supported by the physical disk Type The type of storage that the physical disk is a part of for example iSCSI or Fibre Channel Reserved by Server s Whether or not the physical disk is unavailable for use by Oracle VM Manager Storage Targets The endpoint provided by the storage server through which the server may direct commands to the physical disk The storage target provides access to the physical disk Server Pool The server pool that the physical disk belongs to Repository The repository that the physical disk belongs to VM s Virtual machines using the physical disk ID The UUID for the physical disk Page83 ID The unique identifier for the physical disk Access Groups The access groups that the physical disk belongs to Extra Information Information that is passed to and from the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in for use internally by the plug in The management functions you can perform on the disk are available as icons in the perspective toolbar plug in Table 6 12 Physical Disks Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Physical Disk 4 Displays the Create Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to create a new physical disk in the selected volume group of the storage array of your choice
340. he file server has been validated by Oracle VM Manager No special storage operations supported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in may occur until the storage server is validated by Oracle VM Manager Storage Plug In The name of the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in that is used to connect to the file server Storage Plug In Version The version number of the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in used to connect to the file server Plug in Private Data Additional parameters passed to the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in o mp 2 o N o 00 v 5 N 2 Q D O o ml lt o D 5 lt m Free Size GiB The available free size GiB reported by the file server Used Size GiB The amount of used space in GiB reported by the file server Additional fields may be listed to indicate the support status for various storage related functions as reported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in in use 6 4 2 Events Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events pers
341. he job event Events associated with the selected file systems 6 4 3 1 Edit File System It is possible to edit the configuration for an existing file system The steps and options to do so are described below To edit an NFS file system 1 If you need to modify an NFS file system select a file server item contained the File Servers folder in the navigation pane change perspective to the File Systems perspective Select the file system that you wish to edit in the management pane table 2 Click on the 2 Edit File System icon in the toolbar 3 A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the file system You can edit the following parameters Name The name of the file system in Oracle VM Manager Description Optional information you would like to add about this file system 4 When you have finished editing the file system click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 4 3 2 Delete File System It is possible to delete an existing file system on an NFS File Server if it is no longer in use by any servers within any server pools The steps and options to do so are described below To delete an NFS file system 1 If you need to delete an NFS file system select a file server item contained the File Servers folder in the navigation pane change perspective to the File Systems perspective Select the file system or file systems that you wish to delete in the management pane
342. he management pane gt A Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab N Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane Bu w Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events e The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 4 4 Access Groups Pe
343. he network 212 Create New Network When you have finished defining the ports that belong to the network you can click Next to continue to the next stage of the wizard or click Cancel to exit the wizard Note that if you only wish for your network to contain VLAN interfaces there is no requirement for you to add any network ports to the network in this dialog as you are able to add VLAN interfaces to the network in the next stage of the wizard The Select VLAN Interfaces stage of the wizard is displayed This dialog allows you to define which VLAN interfaces on each Oracle VM Server are attached to the network and presents a tabular view of VLAN interfaces that are attached to the network Note that in order to add a VLAN interface to a network it must have been defined prior to starting this wizard as described in Section 5 2 VLAN Interfaces At the top of the table is a toolbar containing options to Add VLAN Interfaces 7 Edit VLAN Interface s or X Delete VLAN Interface s To Add A VLAN Interface To The Network a Click the Add VLAN Interfaces icon in the toolbar b The Add VLAN Interfaces to Network dialog is displayed In the panel on the left you are able to expand nodes showing servers assigned to different server pools or unassigned servers By clicking on the different nodes in this panel you are able to update the tabular view of the different available VLAN interfaces on the right Note that if you have not
344. he server pool therefore it is usually good to set this during the creation of your server pool Note R This option is greyed out if the Clustered Server Pool check box is unchecked Storage for Server Pool Select the file system type to use for the server pool either a Network File System or a Physical Disk The server pool file system is used to hold the server pool cluster data and is also used for cluster heartbeating Oracle recommends that you create this storage with a size of at least 12 GB as a NAS export or LUN Note that if you are creating a SPARC based server pool only NFS is supported for a server pool file system A server pool file system is exclusive just like other storage That is in the same way that you cannot create two storage repositories on the same export path the server pool file system cannot be shared with other server pools or with storage repositories Each fully qualified export path for example export myexport one export myexport two must be used for one and only one purpose that is for a storage repository or a server pool file system Note E This option is greyed out if the Clustered Server Pool check box is unchecked For information on creating storage see Chapter 6 Storage Tab Network File System The file system to use as the pool file system Click Search amp in the Storage Location field to search for a network file system This field is displayed if you select Network Fil
345. he server pool from the Available Servers column and move them to the Selected Servers column If you have defined tags and wish to add any to the server pool click Next Otherwise click Finish The Tags step is optional and displays in the wizard if you clicked Next in the previous step P Create a Server Pool Available Tags Selected Tags Demo _ Add Servers Tags Optional Previous Cancel Einish If you have defined tags previously they appear in the Available Tags column You can select the tags that you wish to apply to the server pool and move them to the Selected Tags column 29 Create Virtual Machine See Section 1 14 Tags for more information on creating and managing tags Click Finish The server pool is created 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine This section discusses creating a virtual machine using a template and creating a virtual machine from an To create a virtual machine using a template 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Click Create Virtual Machine in the toolbar 3 The Create Virtual Machine wizard is displayed if Create Virtual Machine How do you want to create your Virtual Machine Create a new VM Click to continue Clone from an existing VM Template OR Clone Count 5 2 Name Index 08 Repository VM Template OracleLinuxR6U 1 0 lt VM Name MyVM Server Pool MyServerPool iv Oracle Linux
346. he wizard you need to configure Access Groups so that Oracle VM Manager can be made aware of export permissions See Section 6 4 4 Access Groups Perspective for more information Important Your NFS server should be configured to at least provide the same exports Non uniform exports are not intended for servers within the same server pool to all of the servers that belong to a particular clustered server pool Description Optional information you would like to add about this file server If you are adding a non generic file server for example a Sun ZFS Storage Appliance also enter the additional plug in options to enable Oracle VM Manager to access the file server s configuration management functions Admin Host The host name or IP address where administrative access to the file server is allowed with appropriate credentials Admin User Name A user name with administrator access to the file server Admin Password The administrator password for the user name you entered Click Next The Add Admin Servers step is displayed in the wizard If you are working with a non clustered server pool you may skip this step Admin servers are designated Oracle VM Servers that are capable of logging into a storage array or file server to perform administrative functions such as extending a file system or creating a new LUN In the case of an NFS file server admin servers are only used to validate the file server For backward
347. his box should be unchecked and once you have completed the steps in the wizard you need to configure Access Groups so that Oracle VM Manager can be made aware of export permissions See Section 6 4 4 Access Groups Perspective for more information Important Your NFS server should be configured to at least provide the same exports AN Non uniform exports are not intended for servers within the same server pool to all of the servers that belong to a particular clustered server pool Description Optional information you would like to add about this file server If you are adding a non generic file server for example a Sun ZFS Storage Appliance also enter the additional plug in options to enable Oracle VM Manager to access the file server s configuration management functions 224 Discover File Server Admin Host The host name or IP address where administrative access to the file server is allowed with appropriate credentials Admin User Name A user name with administrator access to the file server Admin Password The administrator password for the user name you entered Click Next The Add Admin Servers step is displayed in the wizard If you are working with a non clustered server pool you may skip this step Admin servers are designated Oracle VM Servers that are capable of logging into a storage array or file server to perform administrative functions such as extending a file system or creating a new L
348. his to set up your own server update repository to use when updating your Oracle VM Servers Setting up a repository is beyond the scope of this documentation however you can read about setting up a Yum repository for x86 based servers in an OTN article Yum Repository Setup at http www oracle com technetwork articles servers storage admin yum repo setup 1659167 html Make sure you subscribe to the Oracle VM Release 3 3 channel on ULN when you set up your Yum repository For SPARC based servers you should refer to Upgrading Oracle VM Agent for SPARC in the Oracle VM Installation and Upgrade Guide for further information on configuring Oracle Solaris IPS repositories There are two server update groups one for x86 based Oracle VM Servers and one for SPARC based Oracle VM Servers You can create multiple repositories for each server update group and enable repositories as required These repositories are available to all Oracle VM Servers of that type so all x86 based Oracle VM Servers can access all the server update repositories created in the x86 server update group To override either of these default repositories and create a repository that is restricted to a particular server pool see Section 3 4 6 Server Update Repositories Perspective To update an Oracle VM Server see Section 3 4 2 10 Update Server If you have one or more server update repositories configured for Oracle VM Server updates you add and manage these us
349. hysical Disks You can view and manage the physical disks on an Oracle VM Server as well as those available to it from a SAN server You can also refresh the physical disks on an Oracle VM Server when SAN server disks have been added or removed To refresh the physical disks on Oracle VM Servers 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab and select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Servers reside in the navigation tree Select Servers in the Perspective drop down list in the management pane Select the Oracle VM Servers in the management pane table Alternatively on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list 2 Click Rescan Physical Disks in the perspective toolbar 3 A confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK 3 4 2 10 Update Server Software updates and upgrades to Oracle VM Servers can be performed using the global server update repository configured in the Server Updates subtab of the Tools and Resources tab See Section 7 2 Server Update Groups for information on configuring a global server update repository A repository can be overridden for a server pool if required See Section 3 4 6 Server Update Repositories Perspective for information on overriding a global update repository for a server pool To see which version of the Oracle VM Server software is installed be
350. i tene rnt exa RETE ERE Re ux 216 S2 VLAN Interfaces itte tenera Ee Eie ERE Eee a 216 5 2 Navigation Pane rii qe edi etie trente ice 217 5 2 2 Managemient Pane teet E tetas terat eodera tree ad eei sin 217 5 2 3 Greate VEAN Interfaces ac eod i beu ebrios teg oo bes nto ae eo coa 218 5 2 4 Edit VLAN Iriterfaces etienne exte Pere ri Rai 219 Oracle VM 5 2 5 Delete VLAN Interfaces ere epe ed tbe eec ER 219 219 GrStorage E T 221 et TOODA 223 6 1 1 Discover File Server oet Dott bed tao nete 223 6 1 2 Discover SAN Server 227 6 2 Sumimaly s Gea ie eod Eos e tenebo aeu tre Os ec uS ches 232 6 3 File Servers Folder 23e ren rk eet kia eei be QE E Eee Re eder 233 6 3 1 File Servers Perspective simileir 233 6 4 File Server Item a aa a h nn ener nennen nnns 240 SA T Into Perspective tere ie etre iterated 240 0 4 2 Events Perspective ionge E 241 6 4 3 File Systems Perspect Ve Deni 243 6 4 4 Access Groups Perspective nennen enne renes 246 6 5 SAN Servers olden ett Cete ce EE a t Ero b Eon 250 6 5 1 SAN Servers Perspective
351. ialog box is displayed 164 Virtual Machines Perspective 9 Clone or Move Virtual Machine MyVM Do you want to clone or move your virtual machine Create clone of this VM Click Next to continue 2 Move this VM including repository and disk locations OR Clone Customizer Create Target Repository MyNFSRepository Note The network clone information in the clone customizer will be ignored moving a VM Template only moves the VM Template s configuration file and its storage Cancel Next Select the Create a clone of this VM or Template option Click Next The Clone or Move Virtual Machine or Template dialog box is displayed Eg Clone or Move Virtual Machine MyVM Clone to a 9 Virtual Machine Template Clone Count 5 Name Index 08 Clone Name MyVMClones Target Server Pool MyServerPool Description v Advanced Clone Clone Customizer X Create Target Repository MyRepository 4 V Why don t see other server pools to clone to Name Description All server pools passed the pre clone test Cancell OK Select or enter the following Clone to a Select the clone type either Virtual Machine or Template to specify the objects to create from the clone 165 Virtual Machines Perspective Clone Count The number of clones to create Name Index The start index number to use for the clone name suffix The default is 0 This is us
352. ibility group is created and listed in the Server Processor Compatibility Group table in the management pane 3 3 2 2 Edit Server Processor Compatibility Group To edit a server processor compatibility group 1 In the Servers and VMs tab select Server Pools in the navigation pane 2 From the Perspective field in the management pane select Server Processor Compatibility from the drop down list Select the server processor compatibility group in the Server Processor Compatibility table and click Edit Server Processor Compatibility 7 in the perspective toolbar 3 The Edit Server Processor Compatibility Group dialog box is displayed Edit the server processor compatibility group as required To edit the Oracle VM Servers in the server processor compatibility group click the Servers tab Click OK The server processor compatibility group is edited and displayed in the Server Processor Compatibility Group table in the management pane 3 3 2 3 Delete Server Processor Compatibility Group To delete a server processor compatibility group 1 In the Servers and VMs tab select Server Pools in the navigation pane 2 From the Perspective field in the management pane select Server Processor Compatibility from the drop down list Select the server processor compatibility group in the Server Processor Compatibility table and click Delete Server Processor Compatibility X in the perspective toolbar 3 A confirmation dialog box is displayed Click
353. ical disk Size GiB The size in GiB of the physical disk Volume Group The volume group that the physical disk belongs to Server The servers that have access to the physical disk Status The status of the physical disk whether or not the disk is online Shareable Whether the physical disk is shareable or not Description A description entered for the physical disk when it was created or edited Alongside each physical disk entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This exposes further information Name The user specified alias for the physical disk The name can be changed without changing the name of the physical disk on the storage array User Friendly Name The name of the physical disk on the storage array The name was specified when the disk was created and cannot be changed SAN Server The SAN server that the physical disk belongs to Thin Provision Whether or not thin provisioning is supported by the physical disk Type The type of storage that the physical disk is a part of for example iSCSI or Fibre Channel Reserved by Server s Whether or not the physical disk is unavailable for use by Oracle VM Manager Storage Targets The endpoint provided by the storage server through which the server may direct commands to the physical disk The storage target provides access to the physical disk Server Pool The server pool that the physical disk belongs to Repository
354. ick the Servers and VMs tab 3 If you want to import and deploy the virtual machine to a server pool select Server Pools in the navigation tree then select the server pool in the management pane table If you do not want to deploy the virtual machine select the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder 4 Select Import Virtual Machine amp in the toolbar in the management pane 5 The Import Virtual Machine dialog box is displayed Select or edit the following Destination Repository The storage repository in which to save the virtual machine VM URLs The URLs for the virtual machine The URL schemes supported are HTTP HTTPS and FTP For example http example com mytemplate tgz To import a virtual machine using FTP use the standard FTP syntax for example ftp user ipassword Q serverlpathlfilename tgz Each virtual machine component should be listed on a new line Each URL must be a reference to a complete file If your virtual machine files are split into multiple compressed files concatenate those files and enter the URL for the concatenated file for example to concatenate a number of compressed files to one compressed file enter S ere Wise lees Waste ZOOS Wil ee gt wines Then enter the URL to the single compressed virtual machine file in this case vm tgz To import a virtual machine that is not compressed as a single file each component must be a complete file if not concatenate them to one file for ex
355. icking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors 90 Anti Affinity Groups Perspective navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 2 3 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All
356. iew of the server within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane A server navigation item offers the following perspectives within the management pane Info Perspective Virtual Machines Perspective Ethernet Ports Perspective Bond Ports Perspective CPUs Perspective Physical Disks Perspective Storage Initiators Perspective Control Domains Perspective Repository Exports Perspective Events Perspective 3 5 1 Info Perspective The Info perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface This perspective always shows the individually configured parameters for an item that is currently selected in the navigation tree Some of these configured parameters may be automatically populated through a discovery process while others may have been configured manually during the creation of the object that is selected This perspective includes the following information Server Name The configured name for the server Host Name The hostname of the server on the management network channel Status The running status of the server If the status is UNKNOWN this may be because the server is not owned by the instance of Oracle VM Manager To take ownership of an Oracle VM Server see Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server
357. igned to the new host The virtual IP address must be an unused IP address within the same subnetwork that is used for the management network VM Console Keymap The key mapping to be used when connecting to a virtual machine s console VM Start Policy For each server pool you can define the default start up policy for all of your virtual machines Options include the ability to start the virtual machine on the current server the server to which the virtual machine has been assigned and the ability to start the virtual machine on the best available server determined using the same algorithms as DRS and DPM It is possible to override the default policy within the configuration of each virtual machine See Section 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine for information on setting the start policy for an individual virtual machine Note that as of Release 3 3 the VM Start Policy also applies to the VM Resume operation Secure VM Migrate Select whether to enable encrypted migration of virtual machines When Secure VM Migrate is checked virtual machines are migrated using SSL to protect the data during the migration process Secure migration of a virtual machine may effect the time taken to perform the migration as the encryption and decryption of data requires more system resources and time Clustered Server Pool Select whether to enable clustering of the Oracle VM Servers in the server pool to enable HA See How do Server Pool Clusters Work and How do
358. ilization with the goal to rebalance a server pool to provide consistent resources to the running virtual machines DRS migrates load away from heavily loaded Oracle VM Servers to less heavily loaded Oracle VM Servers domO An abbreviation for domain zero The management domain with privileged access to the hardware and device drivers Dom0 is the first domain started at boot time has more privileges than It can access the hardware directly and can manage the device drivers for other domains It can also start new domains E events Events are used to register status information of objects within Oracle VM Manager for future reference or to Oracle VM Manager For instance when a job fails an event is generated Events can also be triggered through changes in the environment such as server crashes or storage disconnects Therefore events are used to alert you to potential problems that may need your attention Events are categorized by severity Most events will be informational but they can also be warnings or errors If an event has an error level severity you need to acknowledge the error event to clear the error and to perform further operations on the object that generated the error GiB Gibibyte GiB is a unit of digital information storage used to denote the size of data One gibibyte is equal to 1024 mebibytes Gibibyte is closely related to gigabyte where one gigabyte is equal to 1000 megabytes GPG key The
359. in the management pane Repositories Perspective 4 3 1 Repositories Perspective The Repositories perspective lists the different storage repositories configured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the repository 179 Repositories Perspective File System The UUID and path location to the storage repository file system storage repository file system This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 4 2 Repositories Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create New Repository Displays the Create a Data Repository wizard Use this option to create a storage repository Edit Selected Repository Displays the Edit Repository wizard Use this option to edit a storage repository 2 Delete Selected Repository x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected storage repository Present Unpresent Selected Repository Displays the Present this Repository to Server s dialog box Use this option to present or unpresent the repository to an entire server pool or to and from individual Oracle VM Servers Refresh Selected Repository 8 Refreshes one or more selected storage repositories Oracle VM Manager re checks the disk contents of the selected repositories Any detected changes are re
360. ing the Server Update Groups subtab Important AN If you have previously upgraded your Oracle VM Servers from a 3 2 release as described in Upgrading Oracle VM Server for x86 in the Oracle VM Installation and Upgrade Guide the you may still have the transitional repository enabled among your listed server update groups This repository is named 3 3 trans repo It is very important that once you have finished upgrading your servers from the 3 2 release you disable or remove this repository If this repository is enabled and you perform an upgrade between errata releases the upgrade may fail The Server Update Groups subtab provides facilities to add edit and delete server update repositories These options can be accessed using the toolbar at the top of the tab when you click on an item within the navigation tree or management pane table This subtab includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 7 3 Server Update Repository Subtab Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create New Server Update db Displays the Create Server Update Repository dialog box Repository Use this option to create a new server update repository 332 Create New Server Update Repository Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Edit Server Update a Displays the Edit Server Update Repository dialog box Use Repository this option to edit an existing server update repository Delete Se
361. interface as detected on the server MAC Address The MAC address for the network port MTU The MTU size set for the port Addressing Type How the interface is configured to obtain an IP address for example DHCP IP Address The current IP address configured on the interface Netmask The netmask for the network that is configured on the interface Bond Name The name of the network bond that this interface is attached to if any Network The name of the network that this interface belongs to if any This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 3 14 Ethernet Ports Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Edit Selected Port a Displays the Edit Port dialog box Use this option to edit the configuration of an Ethernet port on a server 3 5 4 1 Edit Port To edit an Ethernet port 1 2 Select the Servers and VMs tab In the navigation pane select the Oracle VM Server on which the Ethernet port is to be edited If the Oracle VM Server is already part of a server pool it is listed under Server Pools Otherwise find and select the Oracle VM Server in the Unassigned Servers folder In the management pane set the Perspective to Ethernet Ports and select the Ethernet port to edit In the toolbar above click Edit Selected Port 7 The Edit Port dialog box is displayed You can set or change the IP addressing the mask the MTU or
362. ion A description of the Oracle VM Server NTP Server s Allows you to specify the NTP server settings for each individual Oracle VM Server You can add multiple NTP servers using a comma separated list VM Servers in your environment you should use the Oracle VM Manager Command Line Interface edit Server or the Oracle VM Web Services API to Note N If you need to batch edit the NTP servers for a large number of Oracle do this programmatically Server in Maintenance Mode Select whether to place the Oracle VM Server in maintenance mode An Oracle VM Server can be placed into maintenance mode to perform hardware or software maintenance When an Oracle VM Server is placed in maintenance mode any virtual machines running on the Oracle VM Server are automatically migrated to other Oracle VM Servers in the server pool if they are available If the Oracle VM Server is the master Oracle VM Server in the server pool this role is moved to another Oracle VM Server in the server pool if available after the server is shutdown If any of these automatic processes fail check the Oracle VM Server event log Section 3 5 10 Events Perspective for reasons why the failure occurred When an Oracle VM Server is placed into maintenance mode its icon is updated in the navigation pane When you have finished performing maintenance on the Oracle VM Server and you are ready for it to rejoin the server pool ensure that the Maintenance Mode check box
363. ion Job Acknowledge all events Summary Pane Acknowledae evet Discover Server Error Repositories Networking Storage Tools and Resources Jobs a Q9 Perspective Severs v 2 lt 8 BZ Status Utilization Maintenance Mode Getting Started Oracle VM 4 1 Running 3 on Getting Started MyServer2 Starting ot MyServer3 Running Off Table of Contents Discover Oracle VM Servers Discovering Oracle VM Servers oPending gOInProgress 16Failed H 4Aboted 76 Complete Status Message Details Completed bort Details Completed Abort Details The components of the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface are described in more detail in Table 1 1 Oracle VM Manager Web Interface components Table 1 1 Oracle VM Manager Web Interface components User Interface Item Description Global Links Contain navigation and resources which are relevant to the whole Oracle VM Manager Web Interface See Section 1 6 Using the Global Links for information on each global link Tabs The tabs available are Health Servers and VMs Repositories Networking Storage Tools and Resources Jobs and Getting Started See Section 1 7 Using the Tabs for information on each tab Toolbar Allows quick access to a group of task icons The icons in the toolbar change depending on the selected tab See Section 1 7 5 Toolbars for information on the toolbar
364. ion and adaptation of the programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs No other rights are granted to the U S Government This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications including applications that may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail safe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International Inc AMD Opteron the AMD logo and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information about cont
365. ion is greyed out if the Clustered Server Pool check box is unchecked Storage for Server Pool Select the file system type to use for the server pool either a Network File System or a Physical Disk The server pool file system is used to hold the server pool cluster data and is also used for cluster heartbeating Oracle recommends that you create this storage with a size of at least 12 GB as a NAS export or LUN Note that if you are creating a SPARC based server pool only NFS is supported for a server pool file system A server pool file system is exclusive just like other storage That is in the same way that you cannot create two storage repositories on the same export path the server pool file system cannot be shared with other server pools or with storage repositories Each fully qualified export path for example export myexport one export myexport two must be used for one and only one purpose that is for a storage repository or a server pool file system Note E This option is greyed out if the Clustered Server Pool check box is unchecked For information on creating storage see Chapter 6 Storage Tab Network File System The file system to use as the pool file system Click Search amp in the Storage Location field to search for a network file system This field is displayed if you select Network File System in the previous field Physical Disk The file system to use as the pool file system Click Search amp
366. ion location for the cloned virtual disk Click Search Clone Target amp to select the destination The Search Clone Target dialog box is displayed Select the location on which to clone the virtual disk and click OK Clone Type Whether to use a Sparse Copy or Non sparse Copy Sparse Copy creates a sparse disk so the size of the disk is smaller than the original Sparse copy is faster than using Non Sparse Copy Non Sparse Copy copies the entire virtual disk and so is slower than creating a sparse disk Click OK to clone the virtual disk 207 208 Chapter 5 Networking Tab Table of Contents 5 210 5 1 1 Create New Network ccccccccccc cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeueeacecaeeeaeeuseeueeeueeaeeeenenaeeens 211 5 1 2 Edit Existing Network ilte cereis och sn n esae ode cR lac an hes esu RE Rd 214 5 1 3 Delete Existing Network cece cece cents ee ee nate eres cane Hem nme nen ener nnns 216 5 2 VEAN Interfaces iii cioe ira an n dra iria cu t arca EU rada 216 5 21 Navigation PANG 2 2 217 5 2 2 Management Pane atte Te e DER ee ED Ae 217 5 2 3 Create VLAN Interfaces sirrini rdin irredenta enne nennen nnne ne rn sns sse sein sanis 218 524 Edit VLAN Interfaces io iit md dri raid cya ic
367. irtual machine up to the value of Max Processors Priority The CPU priority of the virtual machine The higher the priority the more physical CPU cycles are given to the virtual machine This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool Processor Cap Increase or decrease the percentage to which the virtual CPUs can receive scheduled time This parameter defines the maximum percentage to which the virtual CPUs can receive scheduled time Use this parameter to keep low priority virtual machines from consuming too many CPU cycles on a Virtual Machine Server This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool The Priority and Processor Cap 6 parameters are passed to the Xen hypervisor for use by the credit scheduler which automatically load balances guest VCPUs across all available physical CPUs using an algorithm that combines these two parameters Therefore these parameters are a key factor for the performance of the virtual machine on x86 hardware On SPARC each virtual machine uses dedicated physical CPU threads and CPUs are not shared between virtual machines being exclusively assigned to a single virtual machine Click Next The Set up Networks step is displayed in the wizard iif Create Virtual Machine Slot MAC Address Network Action Create Virtual Machine 0 MyVMNetwork v x Set up Networks Arrange Disks Add a Vi
368. irtual machine and move them to the Selected Tags column See Section 1 14 Tags for more information on creating and managing tags Click Finish If you created a PVM there are some steps you should take after the operating system installation is completed 1 Stop the virtual machine See Section 3 5 2 4 Stop Virtual Machines for information on stopping a virtual machine 2 Edit the virtual machine and remove PXE from the Boot Order column in the Boot Options step of the Edit Virtual Machine wizard See Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine for information on editing a virtual machine 3 Start the virtual machine and complete the installation if necessary See Section 3 5 2 3 Start Virtual Machines for information on starting a virtual machine To edit the virtual machine configuration information see Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine 3 4 2 2 Edit Server You can edit the configuration information for an Oracle VM Server to change the name description any server pool roles and to take it off line to perform system maintenance To edit the configuration information of an Oracle VM Server 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation pane Click Edit Server 1 in the toolbar 64 Servers Perspective 3 The Edit Server dialog box is displayed In the Configuration tab edit the information about the Oracle VM Server Name The name of the Oracle VM Server Descript
369. irtual machines that you wish to send a message to i lf you wish to send a message to virtual machines distributed across one or more server pools click on the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane Select Server Pools from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more server pools in the management pane ii If you wish to send a message to virtual machines distributed across one or more servers in a particular server pool expand the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane and select the server pool where the servers reside Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more servers in the management pane 70 Servers Perspective iii If you wish to send a message to one or more virtual machines on a particular server expand the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane and select the server pool where the servers reside Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane 3 Click Send VM Messages amp iin the perspective toolbar The Send Messages to Virtual Machines dialog box is displayed Send Messages to Virtual Machines Messages Virtual Machines 2 Log Hide Message Key Message Yes No com oracle linux network device 0 etho Yes No com oracle linux network onboot 0 yes Yes No com oracle linux network bootproto O dhcp Yes Yes com oracle linux root password aud 4 To create a message click Crea
370. ist in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All amp to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 9 3 Physical Disks Perspect
371. it Access Group dialog box Use this option to edit access group settings such as name description and the storage initiators that have access to the SAN Server Delete Access Group x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected access group This option is only available for non generic storage arrays This option is only available for non generic storage arrays Display Selected Access Display the Events dialog box which contains the job event Group Events associated with the selected access groups 6 6 4 1 Create Access Group Except for generic storage arrays it is possible to create multiple access groups in order to arrange and restrict physical disk access according to your requirements The generic iSCSI storage arrays have a single access group available by default where you can simply add or remove storage initiators from your Oracle VM Servers Generic fibre channel storage has no access groups and is always listed under the Unmanaged Fibre Channel Storage Array folder To configure an access group for a non generic iSCSI storage array 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Access Groups option in the Perspective drop down list 2 Click Create Access Group to start the Create an Access Group wizard 3 The Create Access Group step is displayed in the wizard Enter a name for your n
372. it the boot media order for your virtual machine Select the boot media order for your virtual machine 196 VM Templates Perspective If you are creating a hardware virtualized machine virtual machine HVM you can choose the PXE boot option If so remember to put PXE first in the Select your boot options field and change the boot order again after installation and before rebooting the virtual machine To use PXE you must configure a PXE tftp environment to offer the necessary boot media and instructions to the virtual machine If you are creating a paravirtualized virtual machine PVM you also have the Network option available not shown in here If so specify Network to be at the top of the right hand side column and enter the location of the mounted ISO file from which to perform the operating system installation in the Network Boot Path field also not shown in here for example http example com Enterprise R6 Ul Server x86 64 dvd iso For information on creating a mounted ISO file see ISO Provisioning for PVM Guest Installations in the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide You cannot use the Network Boot Path field to boot a virtual machine using PXE This field can only be used to specify the path to a mounted ISO file to use when installing a PVM guest 4 When you have finished editing the virtual machine template click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 4 8 1 3
373. ith an admin host handling more than one storage array such as certain HP EVAs and EMC arrays you must enter the name of the array to be used for the new SAN server The wizard recognizes this type of storage and displays the Set Storage Name step when applicable Enter the storage name and click Next The Add Admin Servers step is displayed in the wizard If you are working with a non clustered server pool you may skip this step 230 Discover SAN Server Discover SAN Server Available Server s Selected Server s myserver1 virtlab info myserver2 virtlab info Access Information if required myserver4 virtlab info myserver5 virtlab info myserver6 virtlab info e Add Admin Servers Manage Access Group if required Admin servers need network connectivity to the admin port of the network storage server Previous Cancel Next Use the arrow buttons to move the required Oracle VM Servers from the Available Server s box to the Selected Server s box This selects which Oracle VM Servers are to be made available to perform Oracle VM related admin operations on the SAN server Click Next 8 The Manage Access Group step is displayed in the wizard Discover SAN Server viw d AR Name Description Default access group MylSCSI Add Admin Servers o Manage Access Group if required 0 Access groups may be managed in the Storage area by selecting the Access Group perspectiv
374. itory Location Network File Server Physical Disk Present to Servers Network File System nfs on 10 172 76 125 mntWol1 poolfs01 Share Path Description Storage repository for Oracle Linux based VMs Cancel Next 5 Optionally provide this additional information Share Path Path to a subdirectory on the selected file system Description Information you would like to add about this storage repository 6 If you selected Physical Disk as the Repository Location click Search to select a location in the Select Physical Disk dialog box Select a Storage Array and if applicable a Volume Group from the respective lists The available disks appear Select the physical disk you wish to install the storage repository on Click OK Filter You can use this filter to specify search criteria to limit the objects Note R When searching for a physical disk there is an option to provide a Name displayed See Section 1 13 Name Filters for more information Q Create a Repository Repository Name iSCSirepo01 Repository Information Repository Location Network File Server Physical Disk Presentto Servers Server Pool MyServerPool gt Physical Disk 350014 2568 0 Description Storage repository for Oracle Linux based VMs Cancel Next 7 Select from the list to which Server Pool this storage repository should be provided Optionally enter additional information about
375. ive Acknowledging Events Errors If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 273 Volume Groups Perspective 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Selec
376. ive To edit a virtual machine Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine in the management pane and click Edit 7 in the management pane toolbar The Edit Virtual Machine dialog box is displayed Select each tab to edit the virtual machine configuration See Section 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine for the details of each tab Click OK to save the changes Note 3j It is not possible to dynamically change resources such as the number or processors or allocated memory for an Oracle Solaris virtual machine without first enabling the drd service on the virtual machine itself To allow for these changes connect to the virtual machine and make sure that the drd service is enabled svcadm enable s drd svcs drd These commands should notify you that the service is online When you have performed these actions you are able to use Oracle VM Manager to dynamically change the allocation of resources 3 7 1 3 Delete Virtual Machines When you delete a virtual machine all the files and data associated with this virtual machine are removed from Oracle VM Manager Before deleting a virtual machine make sure you do not need it any longer You can only delete a virtual machine when the virtual machine status is Stopped or Error To delete virtual machines 1 2
377. ive The Physical Disks perspective lists the different physical disks configured in your environment and running on a SAN storage array The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the physical disk Event Severity The event level severity for the physical disk N D UJ 4 N 3 Q B 9 gt E o v a 77 Volume Group The volume group that the physical disk belongs to Server The servers that have access to the physical disk Status The status of the physical disk whether or not the disk is online Shareable Whether the physical disk is shareable or not Description A description entered for the physical disk when it was created or edited 305 Physical Disks Perspective Alongside each physical disk entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This exposes further information Name The user specified alias for the physical disk The name can be changed without changing the name of the physical disk on the storage array User Friendly Name The name of the physical disk on the storage array The name was specified when the disk was created and cannot be changed SAN Server The SAN server that the physical disk belongs to Thin Provision Whether or not thin provisioning is supported by the physical disk Type The type of storage
378. ives A PVM guest can have up to 104 disks A PVHVM guest can have up to 107 disks An LDOMS PVM guest can have up to 1024 disks Only one slot can contain an empty CD DVD To create or add a virtual disk a To create a virtual disk select Virtual Disk from the Disk Type drop down list and click Create a Virtual Disk b The Create Virtual Disk dialog box is displayed Enter or select the following to create a virtual disk Repository The repository in which the virtual disk is to be created 195 VM Templates Perspective Virtual Disk Name The name of the virtual disk to be created and made available to the virtual machine See How are Virtual Disks Managed in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about using virtual disks Size GiB The disk size of the virtual disk in GiB Description A description of the virtual disk Shareable Whether the virtual disk should be shareable read write with other virtual machines Allocation Type Whether to use a Sparse Allocation or Non sparse Allocation Sparse Allocation creates a sparse disk so the size of the disk is initially small and increases as it is used Sparse allocation is faster than using Non Sparse Allocation when creating a virtual machine Non Sparse Allocation creates the entire disk when the virtual machine is created and so is slower than creating a sparse disk Click OK C To search for an existing virtual disk to add to the virtu
379. k Edit Z in the management pane toolbar 4 The Edit Virtual Machine dialog box is displayed Select each tab to edit the virtual machine configuration See Section 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine for the details of each tab Click OK to save the changes Note N It is not possible to dynamically change resources such as the number or processors or allocated memory for an Oracle Solaris virtual machine without first enabling the ara service on the virtual machine itself To allow for these changes connect to the virtual machine and make sure that the drd service is enabled svcadm enable s drd svcs drd These commands should notify you that the service is online When you have performed these actions you are able to use Oracle VM Manager to dynamically change the allocation of resources 3 5 2 2 Delete Virtual Machines When you delete a virtual machine all the files and data associated with this virtual machine are removed from Oracle VM Manager Before deleting a virtual machine make sure you do not need it any longer You can only delete a virtual machine when the virtual machine status is Stopped or Error To delete virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Delete X in the management pane toolbar
380. k OK 3 5 9 3 Delete Repository Export To delete a repository export 1 2 3 4 5 Click the Servers and VMs tab In the navigation pane select the Oracle VM Server for which you want to delete the repository export Select Repository Exports from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane To delete a repository export select the entry in the table in the management pane and click Delete Repository Export X in the toolbar A confirmation dialog is displayed Click OK to delete the repository export 3 5 10 Events Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane 137 Events Perspective The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automaticall
381. k in the table in the management pane 5 Click on the Delete File System icon in the toolbar If the icon is greyed out there is no file system on the disk so it cannot be deleted 6 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the file system 6 11 4 Show Events The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager
382. k on the XX Delete Access Group icon in the toolbar 3 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the access group 6 9 4 4 Present Unpresent Physical Disks 6 9 4 5 Display Events The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the 316 Access Groups Perspective management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with
383. knowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 3 10 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clicka
384. knowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 33 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events
385. l machine template from an assembly file Edit Selected VM Assembly a Displays the Edit VM Assembly dialog box Use this option to edit an assembly file Delete Selected VM Assembly x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected assembly file Refresh Selected VM w Refreshes one or more selected assembly files Assembly 4 5 1 1 Import Assembly To import an assembly 1 Create or locate an assembly file This should be a single ova file which contains the ovf descriptive file s and disk image file s for the assembly If you do not have the assembly in the archive ova format but instead have a series of virtual disk images and an ovf file you can place all the files in the same directory on a web server import the ovf file and all the supporting virtual disk files are also imported Alternatively you can first import all the virtual disk files then continue with this procedure to import the ovf file If the assembly uses an unsupported format you can try to use VMware s Note R OVF files in the version 0 9 format as used by ESX 3 5 are not supported Converter or OVF Tool to convert to a newer version or you can use qemu 187 Assemblies Perspective img to convert the vmdk files to raw disk files and recreate the virtual machine manually See Section 4 9 1 2 Import Virtual Disk for information on importing virtual disk files either
386. lar set of servers Click Next b In the Select File Systems step identify the file systems that are accessible via the set of servers that you are going to assign to the Access Group Use the arrow buttons to move them into the Selected File System s panel Click Next 247 Access Groups Perspective c In the Select Servers step select either the individual servers or the server pools that have access to the file system exports that you selected in the previous step Use the arrow buttons to move them into the Selected Server s Selected Server Pool s panel The option to add an entire server pool to the access group is a convenience and simply adds all of the servers that belong to a particular server pool at the time that you perform the action If you add or remove a server from a server pool after you have created the access group the access group configuration is not automatically updated d Click Finish to complete the process of defining a new Access Group Access Group for a file system that is already associated with an existing Access Note R A file system may only be associated with one Access Group If you create a new Group the file system is disassociated from the original Access Group 6 4 4 2 Edit Access Group To edit Access Groups for non uniform exports 1 In the Storage tab expand the File Servers folder in the navigation pane and select a file server listed here In the management pane select the Acce
387. lay Events The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred 310 Physical Disks Perspective Modify Time The last rec
388. layed Click OK Each Oracle VM Server is placed into maintenance mode and the update performed Any virtual machines on the Oracle VM Servers are automatically migrated to another Oracle VM Server when it is put into maintenance mode If the Oracle VM Server is a master Oracle VM Server the master role is transferred to another Oracle VM Server in the server pool When the update is complete the Oracle VM Server is restarted and remains in maintenance mode 4 To have the Oracle VM Servers rejoin the server pool as a fully functioning member edit each the Oracle VM Server and take it out of maintenance mode For information on manually migrating virtual machines see Section 3 5 2 11 Migrate Virtual Machines For information on taking an Oracle VM Server out of maintenance mode see Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server 3 4 2 11 Send VM Messages You can select one or more virtual machines Oracle VM Servers or server pools to select which running virtual machines are populated in the dialog box used to send messages to virtual machines To send a virtual machine a message you must have first installed the Oracle VM Guest Additions in the virtual machine For information on installing the Oracle VM Guest Additions and a more detailed description of the virtual machine messaging mechanism and its uses see the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide To send messages to virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Determine the grouping of v
389. lder in the navigation pane and select the server pool where the servers reside Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane 3 Click Send VM Messages in the perspective toolbar The Send Messages to Virtual Machines dialog box is displayed Send Messages to Virtual Machines Messages Virtual Machines 2 XR Log Hide Message Key Message Yes No com oracle linux network device 0 eth Yes No com oracle linux network onboot 0 yes Yes No com oracle linux network bootproto 0 dhcp Yes Yes com oracle linux root password er Cancel OK 4 create a message click Create Message in the perspective toolbar to display the Create VM Message dialog box 88 Virtual Machines Perspective dp Create VM Message Key com oracle linux network device 0 V Log Message F Hide Message Message Cancel OK Enter the message key value pair in the Key and Message fields Check the Log Message field to retain a log of the message Check the Hide Message field to hide the message of the key value pair in the user interface Click OK to save the message and return to the Send Messages to Virtual Machines dialog box 5 To edit a message select the message and click Edit Z in the dialog box toolbar To delete a message select it and click Delete 3 in the dialog box toolbar 6 Select the Virtual Machines tab to selec
390. le VM Start Policy The virtual machine start up policy selected for the server pool File Servers A list of file servers that are currently presented to the server pool Secure VM Migrate Whether or not the server pool is configured to support secure migrations of virtual machines 3 4 2 Servers Perspective The Servers perspective lists the different servers that belong to either a server pool or the Unassigned Servers folder depending on the item selected in the navigation pane The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the server Status The running status of the server Tag s Any tags that have been applied to the server Maintenance Mode Whether or not the server is configured to be in maintenance mode IP Address The IP address that is used by Oracle VM Manager to access the server on the management network channel Processors The number of processors that the server contains Speed GHz The speed that the processors for the server are configured to run at Product The physical host brand and type reported by the server bios Owned Whether or not the server is owned by the current Oracle VM Manager instance Update Required Whether or not a server update is available for the server from its server update repository This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 3 4 Servers Perspective Toolbar Icon Options To
391. lect the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 9 242 File Systems Perspective 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 4 3 File System
392. lect which running virtual machines are to receive the messages E Send Messages to Virtual Machines Messages Virtual Machines Selected Name Description Server Pool Server MyVM MyServerPool MyServer4 4 MyVM MyServerPool MyServer1 Click OK to send the messages to the virtual machines 3 6 2 Events Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable
393. ledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Toolbars Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events e The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 1 7 5 Toolbars One or more toolbars may be displayed on a tab depending on the tab subtab or perspective that you are
394. level severity for the physical disk Size GiB The size in GiB of the physical disk Volume Group The volume group that the physical disk belongs to Server The servers that have access to the physical disk Status The status of the physical disk whether or not the disk is online Shareable Whether the physical disk is shareable or not Description A description entered for the physical disk when it was created or edited Alongside each physical disk entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This exposes further information Name The user specified alias for the physical disk The name can be changed without changing the name of the physical disk on the storage array User Friendly Name The name of the physical disk on the storage array The name was specified when the disk was created and cannot be changed SAN Server The SAN server that the physical disk belongs to Thin Provision Whether or not thin provisioning is supported by the physical disk Type The type of storage that the physical disk is a part of for example iSCSI or Fibre Channel Reserved by Server s Whether or not the physical disk is unavailable for use by Oracle VM Manager Storage Targets The endpoint provided by the storage server through which the server may direct commands to the physical disk The storage target provides access to the physical disk Server Pool The server pool that the physical
395. lick Debug Transcript 9 in the toolbar 4 A dialog opens displaying a complete log for all of the actions and events surrounding the run status of the job If the job failed log information providing the error details is provided 5 Click OK to close the dialog 8 1 5 Abort Jobs There are two ways to abort a job Using the Jobs tab Using the Job Summary pane Both procedures for aborting jobs are listed below To abort jobs using the Jobs tab 1 Select the Jobs tab 2 Select one or more jobs in the Jobs table 3 Click Abort Job 4 in the toolbar 4 n the Abort Job Confirmation dialog box click OK to abort the jobs To abort jobs using the Job Summary pane 1 Select a job in the Job Summary pane 2 Click Abort in the Abort column 3 In the Abort Job Confirmation dialog box click OK to abort the job 8 2 Recurring Yum updates for Oracle VM Servers Select the Jobs tab and then select the Recurring subtab to view and edit the settings for these jobs To edit a recurring job see Section 8 2 1 Edit a Recurring Job Recurring jobs are listed in Table 8 3 Recurring Jobs 341 Edit a Recurring Job Table 8 3 Recurring Jobs Recurring Job Definition Backup Task Performance Manager Task The Backup Task periodically backs up the Oracle VM Manager core database The default setting for this job is enabled with an interval of 1440 minutes 24 hours Oracle VM Manager includes
396. list of virtual machine configuration files you cannot perform any operations on them 4 8 VM Templates Item The management pane includes the default VM Templates perspective and toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to virtual machine templates 4 8 1 VM Templates Perspective The VM Templates perspective lists the virtual machine templates configured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the template Domain Type The domain type Max Memory MB The maximum memory that can be allocated Memory MB The memory that is allocated 191 VM Templates Perspective Max Processors The maximum number of CPUs that can be allocated Processors The number of CPUs that are allocated Operating System The operating system type Description The description of the template Clicking on the arrow to the left of a virtual machine template in the table displays a set of subtabs that show more detailed information about the template These tabs are Configuration Networks and Disks Click on a tab to display the information This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 4 6 VM Templates Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Content Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Import VM Template e Displays the Impo
397. lists the currently available repository exports The following columns are presented in the table within the management pane Client IP Host Name The IP address or hostname of the computer which has been granted access to the repository Options Additional NFS mount parameters Repository The repository being exported This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 3 19 Repository Exports Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Repository Export ob Displays the Create a Repository Export wizard Use this option to create repository exports to backup your repositories Displays the Edit Repository Export wizard Use this option to edit the NFS parameters for a repository export Delete Repository Export x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected repository export Edit Repository Export 3 5 9 1 Create Repository Export To create a repository export 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Inthe navigation pane select the Oracle VM Server on which you want to create the repository export location 3 Select Repository Exports from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Click Create Repository Export in the toolbar 5 The Create Repository Export dialog box is displayed Enter or select the following Client IP Host Name The IP address or hostname o
398. lization The policy is also able to be set for networks used in a server pool You can set the server pool to use either DRS or DPM but not both at the same time See What are Server Pool Policies in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on these server pool policies To set a server pool policy 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool in the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane 3 From the Perspective field in the management pane select Policies from the drop down list Click Edit 7 in the toolbar The Configure Policy step of the Configure DRS DPM wizard is displayed i Configure DRS DPM Policy Control Configure Policy Policy Type DRS 5 2 Select Networks Time Period Minutes 10 Server Processors Enable v Threshold 75 Servers Available Server s Selected Server s MyServer1 MyServer2 MyServer3 Cancel Next Enter the server pool policy information Policy Control Policy Type You can choose from either DRS DPM or none You cannot set both DRS and DPM to be active at the same time Time Period Minutes The time period for the policy job to run This sets the policy job to run every n minutes for example 10 sets the policy job to run every 10 minutes You can enter a number between 2 and 60 Server CPU Enable Set whether to enable or disable logging of CPU performance and utilization 95 Policies Perspective Threshold 96
399. ll Virtual Machines Killing a virtual machine is equivalent to performing a power off of a virtual machine similar to unplugging the power cable from a physical machine This is not the recommended method of shutting down a virtual machine but may be used if the shut down command fails to shut down the virtual machine To kill virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Kill The virtual machines are powered off 3 4 3 9 Suspend Virtual Machines Suspending a virtual machine is analogous to putting a computer into sleep mode When a virtual machine is suspended the current state of the operating system and applications is saved and the virtual machine put into a suspended mode When you resume the virtual machine the operating system and applications continue from the same point you suspended the virtual machine To suspend virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Suspend The virtual machine state is saved and the virtual machines suspended To resume the virtual machin
400. llowing fields are displayed for each VNIC Name The name of the VNIC which is usually the same as the MAC address assigned to it 219 Virtual NICs Virtual NIC The MAC address of the VNIC Network The network that the VNIC is attached to Assigned to VM The virtual machine that the VNIC is assigned to Assigned to VM Template The virtual machine template that the VNIC is assigned to Above the table on the Virtual NICs tab are a set of editable fields that allow you to customize the MAC address range that can be assigned to VNICs as they are generated within your environment The fields accept valid hexadecimal characters between 00 and FF The first three fields octets represent the Organizationally Unique Identifier OUI Changing these fields can cause network conflicts and ultimately network failure and is not recommended If you edit the MAC address range you must click the Apply Range button to save your changes To reset the range you can click the Reset Range button If you select to change the first three octets of the OUI a warning message is displayed explaining the consequences of this change since the MAC addresses assigned to your VNICs can overlap with vendor assigned OUls If you proceed to make this change despite this warning you receive no subsequent warnings for changing these three octets Changing the MAC address range affects the creation of subsequent VNICs during the process of creatin
401. lone job or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 9 3 5 Refresh Physical Disk When changes are made to the physical disks on a SAN server or Oracle VM Server it is useful to refresh the configuration of your physical disks to make Oracle VM Manager aware of the changes To refresh physical disks 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk or disks that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane To refresh physical disks used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the Refresh Physical Disk option in the toolbar 3 The selected physical disks are refreshed and their configurations are updated within Oracle VM Manager Note R If you encounter an error when refreshing a physical disk with a repository located on it similar to the following OVMAPI_7281E Cannot perform operation on file system You may need to ensure that the repository is under the ownership of the Oracle VM Manager instance that you are using See Section 4 3 1 2
402. loyed to a SPARC based server pool 58 Servers Perspective Domain Type The domain type of the virtual machine Oracle recommends you create machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool XEN HVM Hardware virtualization or fully virtualized When you select this option you must supply an ISO file in a repository in the Arrange Disks step of the wizard from which to create the virtual machine See Section 4 6 1 1 Import ISO for information on importing an ISO file into a repository HVM PV DRIVERS Identical to XEN HVM but with additional paravirtualized drivers for improved performance of the virtual machine See What are Virtualization Modes or Domain Types in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about using paravirtualized drivers This domain type is used to run Microsoft Windows guest operating systems with an acceptable performance level XEN PVM Paravirtualized Enables you to select a location for the mounted ISO file from which to create the virtual machine Before you create the virtual machine using the paravirtualized method mount the ISO file on an NFS share or HTTP or FTP server You supply the location of the mounted ISO file in the Network Boot Path field in the Boot Options step of the wizard For information on creating a mounted ISO file see ISO Provisioning for PVM Guest Installations in the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide LDOMS PVM This domain type should be selec
403. lume Groups Perspective The Volume Groups perspective lists the different Volume Groups configured for each SAN Server in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the volume group Size GiB A grouping that consists of the following columns Used The size of the volume in GiB that is currently in use Total The total size in GiB of the volume 301 Unmanaged iSCSI Storage Array Item Description A description entered for the volume group when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 6 25 Volume Groups Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Edit Volume Group 4 Displays the Edit Volume Group dialog box Use this option to edit volume group settings such as name and description 6 8 5 1 Edit Volume Group It is possible to edit the configuration for a Volume Group available on a SAN server The steps and options to do so are described below To edit Volume Group configuration on a SAN server 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Volume Groups option in the Perspective drop down list Select the volume group that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the 7 Edit Volume Group icon
404. m exports to different server pools Therefore it is possible that no single server has access to all of the exports provided by a file server By assigning a server from each server pool to handle file system refreshes Oracle VM can ensure that all file systems are refreshed across all server pools If your environment is set up in such a way you need to configure Access Groups so that the manager can be made aware of export permissions See Section 6 4 4 Access Groups Perspective for more information If you select the Refresh All option available in the context menu for Server Pools on the Servers and VMs tab the configured refresh servers specified for each file system are used to perform a comprehensive file system refresh and you are not provided with an option to use one or more alternate refresh servers In this dialog you must include at least one server from each server pool that you intend to create You may select more than one server from each server pool in order to ensure high availability but adding more than two servers is superfluous 236 File Servers Perspective T Discover a File Server Select the Server s that have the File Server s file systems exported to them File Server Parameters These Servers will be used to discover those file systems Add Admin Servers Available Refresh Server s Selected Refresh Server s MyServer3 MyServer1 Select Refresh Servers MyServer4 MyServer2 MyServerS
405. machine messaging mechanism and its uses see the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide To send messages to virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Determine the grouping of virtual machines that you wish to send a message to i If you wish to send a message to virtual machines distributed across one or more server pools click on the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane Select Server Pools from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more server pools in the management pane ii If you wish to send a message to virtual machines distributed across one or more servers in a particular server pool expand the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane and select the server pool where the servers reside Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more servers in the management pane 49 Server Pools Perspective iii If you wish to send a message to one or more virtual machines on a particular server expand the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane and select the server pool where the servers reside Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane 3 Click Send VM Messages amp in the perspective toolbar The Send Messages to Virtual Machines dialog box is displayed Send Messages to Virtual Machines Messages Virtual Machines view 2X Log Hide Message Key Message Yes No com oracle linux network
406. mber of associated perspectives offering different views of the objects contained by the selected navigation element or the configuration information specific to it For many of these perspectives an associated toolbar is provided so that it is possible to perform different configuration or management tasks on elements selected in the management pane 6 3 File Servers Folder The File Servers navigation folder contains each file server that has been configured within the environment The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 6 2 Summary Clicking on the File Servers navigation folder in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of all of the file servers within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane The File Servers navigation folder offers the following perspectives within the management pane File Servers Perspective 6 3 1 File Servers Perspective The File Servers perspective lists the different file servers configured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the file server Description A description entered for the fil
407. ment pane If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 18 Eve
408. mp 4 Display Servers using Physical Disk icon in the toolbar 3 A dialog opens to display the Oracle VM Servers that are configured to use the Physical Disk The dialog provides the following information in tabular format Name The name of the Oracle VM Server Description The configured description for the Oracle VM Server Status The running status of the Oracle VM Server Utilization 96 The percentage of the disk that is utilized by the Oracle VM Server Maintenance Mode Whether or not the Oracle VM Server is in maintenance mode Owned Whether or not the current instance of Oracle VM Manager has ownership of the Oracle VM Server 4 When you have finished viewing the list of servers with access to the physical disk click Close to exit out of the dialog 6 8 3 7 Display Events The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the manageme
409. n for example Linux or Solaris OVM Version The version number reported by the Oracle VM software running in the control domain Alongside each control domain entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This exposes further information Host OS Major Version The major version number for the operating system version Host OS Minor Version The minor version number for the operating system version Agent Version The version number of the Oracle VM Agent software running in the control domain 135 Repository Exports Perspective Kernel Release The kernel version release numbering for the operating system running in the control domain There are no associated toolbars with this perspective 3 5 9 Repository Exports Perspective An Oracle VM Server can be configured to enable third party applications to perform a back up of the contents of a storage repository To enable this an Oracle VM Server is configured to provide an NFS share that a third party back up tool can use to access the contents of the repository The Oracle VM Server must be in a clustered server pool and have the OCFS2 based storage repository presented to it When you have created a repository export use the Repository Path displayed in the management pane table and the Oracle VM Server hostname or IP address to connect to the NFS mount point from the third party back up software This perspective
410. n information see Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine 3 6 1 2 Edit Server You can edit the configuration information for an Oracle VM Server to change the name description any server pool roles and to take it off line to perform system maintenance To edit the configuration information of an Oracle VM Server 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation pane Click Edit Server 1 in the toolbar 149 Servers Perspective 3 The Edit Server dialog box is displayed In the Configuration tab edit the information about the Oracle VM Server Name The name of the Oracle VM Server Description A description of the Oracle VM Server NTP Server s Allows you to specify the NTP server settings for each individual Oracle VM Server You can add multiple NTP servers using a comma separated list VM Servers in your environment you should use the Oracle VM Manager Command Line Interface edit Server or the Oracle VM Web Services API to Note 3j If you need to batch edit the NTP servers for a large number of Oracle do this programmatically Server in Maintenance Mode Select whether to place the Oracle VM Server in maintenance mode An Oracle VM Server can be placed into maintenance mode to perform hardware or software maintenance When an Oracle VM Server is placed in maintenance mode any virtual machines running on the Oracle VM Server are automatically migrated to other Oracle
411. n starting the virtual machine You can change this when editing a running PVM and no virtual machine restart is required For HVM guests increasing or decreasing the memory requires the virtual machine to be stopped If you have enabled Huge Pages the value here must be a multiple of 2 MB Max Processors The maximum number of processors the virtual machine can be allocated The number of processors is expressed in number of physical CPU cores and is limited to 128 This 59 Servers Perspective cannot be changed when editing a running virtual machine To edit this value you must first stop the virtual machine Processors The number of processors the virtual machine is allocated The number of processors is expressed in number of physical CPU cores and is limited to 128 You can change this when editing a running virtual machine up to the value of Max Processors Priority The CPU priority of the virtual machine The higher the priority the more physical CPU cycles are given to the virtual machine This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool Processor Cap Increase or decrease the percentage to which the virtual CPUs can receive scheduled time This parameter defines the maximum percentage to which the virtual CPUs can receive scheduled time Use this parameter to keep low priority virtual machines from consuming too many CPU cycles on a Virtual Machine Server This o
412. n the import job is complete the new template is displayed in the table in the management pane Expand the table row to see more information about the template 4 8 1 2 Edit Template You can edit a virtual machine template to change the configuration networking disks and boot order To edit a virtual machine template 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the template is saved Click VM Templates in the navigation tree 2 Select the template to edit in the table in the management pane and click Edit Selected VM Template 7 3 The Edit VM Template dialog box is displayed The dialog has four separate tabs Configuration This tab allows you to edit the following information VM Template Name The name of the template The maximum name length is 256 characters and may contain any character The name need not be unique support for HugePages in the guest operating system This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool Description An optional description of the template Operating System The guest operating system of the virtual machine in the template This setting enables or disables certain virtual machine settings that your guest operating system may require 1 Templates can get very large so it is not unusual that they are split into manageable chunks This splitting is done without any attempt at preserving the structure so the structure must
413. n the storage type where the disk is to be created Clone Type Whether to use a sparse or non sparse files for the disk Click Next 202 VM Templates Perspective 5 The Network Mappings step of the wizard is displayed Create a Clone Customizer Virtual NIC Ethernet Network vnicO 00 21 f6 00 00 1b MyVMNetwork Storage Mappings Network Mappings Previous Cancel Finish Select the Virtual NICss to include in the clone customizer and the Ethernet Network to which they should belong Note R The network configuration is not changed when moving a virtual machine or template It is only used when cloning a virtual machine or template Click Finish The clone customizer is now available to use to create a virtual machine or template See Clone a Virtual Machine or Template for information on using the clone customizer to create a virtual machine or template Edit a Clone Customizer To edit a clone customizer 1 Select the object to which the clone customizer belongs either a virtual machine or a virtual machine template Click Manage Clone Customizers 2 The Manage Clone Customizers for VM or Template dialog box is displayed Select the clone customizer to edit and click Edit Clone Customizer 7 3 The Edit Clone Customizer dialog box is displayed Edit the clone customizer Click OK The changes to the clone customizer are saved Delete a Clone Customizer To dele
414. n to clone create a copy of a virtual disk 4 9 1 1 Create Virtual Disk To create a new virtual disk 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which to store the virtual disk Select Virtual Disks in the navigation tree Click Create Virtual Disk in the management pane toolbar The Create Virtual Disk dialog box is displayed Enter or select the following Virtual Disk Name A name for the virtual disk Size GiB The size of the disk in GiB Description A description of the virtual disk Shareable Whether the virtual disk is shareable Shareable disks have read write privileges in multiple virtual machines and should be used with caution Allocation Type Whether to create a sparse or non sparse virtual disk Click OK to create the new disk To display which virtual machines use a disk expand the table row in the management pane 4 9 1 2 Import Virtual Disk To import a virtual disk 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which to store the virtual disk Select Virtual Disks in the navigation tree Click Import Virtual Disk amp in the management pane toolbar The Import Virtual Disk dialog box is displayed Select or edit the following Virtual Disk download location The URL for the virtual disk file The URL schemes supported are HTTP HTTPS and FTP For example http example com vdisks myvdisk img Proxy The IP address or hostname of
415. n tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 3 5 7 Storage Initiators Perspective The Storage Initiators perspective lists the different storage initiators available on a server It also allows you to add storage initiators to different access groups The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name of the storage initiator on the selected server 134 Control Domains Perspective Description The configured description for the storage initiator This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 3 18 Storage Initiators Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description View Access Groups for Displays the View Access Groups for Initiator dialog box Selected Initiator Use this option to add storage initiators on a particular server to any existing access groups that you have configured 3 5 7 1 View Access Groups for Selected Initiator In order to access SAN server storage an access group must be created and a storage initiator configured on the Oracle VM Server Storage initiators are added to an Oracle VM Server during discovery based on your storage configuration You configure access groups to bind storage initiators to physical disks For inf
416. ncel Next Select the Create a new VM option Click Next 4 The Create Virtual Machine step is displayed in the wizard 57 Servers Perspective iif Create Virtual Machine Create Virtual Machine Server Pool MyServerPool ix Operating System Oracle Linux 6 v Server Any Mouse Device Type OS Default v Set up Networks Repository MyNFSRepository gt en us English United States Name MyOL6VM Domain Type XEN HVM Enable High Availability Start Policy Best Server v Enable Huge Pages Max Memory MB 10215 Description Memory MB 1024 8 Max Processors TH Processors 18 Priority 50 3 Processor Cap 96 100 gt Cancel Next Enter or select the following Server Pool The server pool on which to create the virtual machine Server The server that the virtual machine should be created on The default option is Any but the drop down selection lists the servers that exist in the server pool that you have selected Selecting a particular server forces the virtual machine to be created on that server This has implications for the Start Policy discussed later Repository The repository in which to create the virtual machine configuration file Name A name for the virtual machine The maximum name length is 256 characters and may contain any character The name need not be unique Enable High Availability Whether to enable High Availability HA See How doe
417. nchecked and once you have completed the steps in the wizard you need to configure Access Groups so that Oracle VM Manager can be made aware of export permissions See Section 6 4 4 Access Groups Perspective for more information Important AN Non uniform exports are not intended for servers within the same server pool Your NFS server should be configured to at least provide the same exports to all of the servers that belong to a particular clustered server pool Description Optional information you would like to add about this file server Admin Host The host name or IP address where administrative access to the file server is allowed with appropriate credentials Only available for non generic file servers Admin User Name A user name with administrator access to the file server Only available for non generic file servers Admin Password The administrator password for the user name you entered Only available for non generic file servers Admin Servers A tab allowing you to manage which servers are delegated as Admin servers Admin servers are Oracle VM Servers that are capable of logging into a storage array or file server to perform administrative functions such as extending a file system or creating a new LUN In the case of an NFS file server admin servers are only used to validate the file server Refresh Servers A tab allowing you to manage which servers are delegated as Refresh servers Each file system must be
418. nd non interactive Furthermore if attempting to use the serial console to access a virtual machine on an x86 based server pool the virtual machine must support redirecting serial output and must be configured to do so Therefore itis recommended that for virtual machines running on an x86 based server pool you use the provided VNC console See for more information The Serial Console makes use of jsTerm that uses HTML5 WebSockets Canvas to render a web based terminal emulator accessible from any browser that properly supports HTML5 You can find out more about jsTerm at To use the Serial Console the appropriate packages must be installed on the Oracle VM Manager host so that a connection can be made with the virtual machine and so that the jsTerm terminal emulator can be 109 Virtual Machines Perspective rendered in a browser See the Oracle VM Installation and Upgrade Guide for information on installing the required packages on the Oracle VM Manager host computer To connect to a virtual machine s serial console 1 2 3 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine in the management pane and click Launch Serial Console z in the management pane toolbar A new browser window or tab is opened be displayed If you are using Microsoft Internet Explorer add the ba
419. nd the update notification being displayed in Oracle VM Manager To change the frequency of the Server Upgrade Checker Task recurring job see Section 8 2 Recurring 7 2 2 Edit Server Update Repository To edit a server update repository 1 2 Click the Tools and Resources tab Click the Server Update Groups subtab In the navigation tree select GlobalSparcServerUpdateConfiguration to edit a repository for SPARC based Oracle VM Servers or GlobalX86ServerUpdateConfiguration for x86 based Oracle VM Servers Select a repository from the table in the management pane Click Edit Server Update Repository 7 to display the Edit Server Update Repository dialog box Edit the fields as described in Section 7 2 1 Create New Server Update Repository Click OK 7 2 3 Delete Server Update Repository To delete a server update repository 1 2 5 6 Click the Tools and Resources tab Click the Server Update Groups subtab In the navigation tree select GlobalSparcServerUpdateConfiguration to delete a repository for SPARC based Oracle VM Servers or GlobalX86ServerUpdateConfiguration for x86 based Oracle VM Servers Select a repository from the table in the management pane Click Delete Server Update Repository X A confirmation dialog is displayed Click OK to delete the repository 7 3 Preferences The Preferences subtab allows you to change the default values used by Oracle VM Manager The management pane contains
420. ne and select the server pool where the servers reside Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more servers in the management pane iii If you wish to send a message to one or more virtual machines on a particular server expand the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane and select the server pool where the servers reside Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane Click Send VM Messages in the perspective toolbar The Send Messages to Virtual Machines dialog box is displayed 119 Virtual Machines Perspective H Send Messages to Virtual Machines Messages Virtual Machines View Log Yes Yes Yes Yes 4 Tocreate a message click Create Message lt Hide Message Key No com oracle linux network device 0 No com oracle linux network onboot O No com oracle linux network bootproto 0 Yes com oracle linux root password Message dialog box Create VM Message Key Message com oracle linux network device 0 VJ Log Message Hide Message Message etho yes dhcp dee Cancel OK in the perspective toolbar to display the Create VM Cancel OK Enter the message key value pair in the Key and Message fields Check the Log Message field to retain a log of the message Check the Hide Message field to hide the message of the key value pair in the user interface Cli
421. ng options are available Server in Maintenance Mode Checking this check box sets all selected items into Maintenance Mode Take Ownership of Server Checking this check box allows Oracle VM Manager to take ownership of all of the selected items Oracle VM Agent password The password to connect to the Oracle VM Agent The value for this field is required if you select to take ownership of the selected items Utility Server Checking this check box changes the role of all selected items to Utility Servers VM Server Checking this check box changes the role of all selected items to Virtual Machine Servers dialog displays the values for the first server in the selection Clicking OK updates Note E If the values set for the options provided vary across the selected servers the all of the selected servers to have the same status 3 4 2 3 Delete Server 66 Servers Perspective When you delete an Oracle VM Server it is removed from the Oracle VM Manager repository and becomes unmanaged The Oracle VM Server is not stopped nor is anything physically done to the Oracle VM Server Before you can delete an Oracle VM Server you must stop any running virtual machines or place the Oracle VM Server into maintenance mode to automatically migrate the running virtual machines To delete Oracle VM Servers from Oracle VM Manager 1 Stop or migrate any running virtual machines To stop the virtual machines see Section 3 5 2 4 Stop
422. nline D Shared File Systems Q Job Summary 0 48 Jobs 80 Pending gliinProgress 0 1Aboted 46 Complete Description Status Message Details Add Storage Initiator iqn 1988 12 com oracle b6fdb3a91 Completed Details Add Storage Initiator ign 1988 12 com oracle 9b116281 Completed Details Add Storage Initiator ign 1988 12 com oracle 5611a9d9 Completed Details 7 After configuring the access group it is advisable to refresh the storage array to make sure that the current storage layout and access rules are in effect The Oracle VM Servers in this access group now have the necessary permissions to use the physical disks of the storage array they can be deployed either as disks for virtual machines VMs or for storage repositories To create storage repositories on your physical disks see Chapter 4 Repositories Tab 6 6 4 3 Delete Access Group Except for generic storage arrays it is possible to delete additional access groups that you may have defined apart from the default access group To delete one or more access groups 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Access Groups option in the Perspective drop down list Select the access group or groups that you wish to delete from the items listed in the management pane 2 Click on the XX Delete Access Group icon in the toolbar 3 The Delete Confirm
423. nowledge error 8 9 89 90 99 100 121 122 132 134 137 138 157 158 170 172 172 174 185 186 241 242 244 246 248 249 259 260 265 266 272 273 281 E 282 282 283 285 287 292 293 299 300 303 304 edit 310 311 316 317 321 322 325 326 network 214 event 8 9 89 90 99 100 121 122 132 134 137 recurring job 342 138 157 158 170 172 172 174 185 186 241 242 edit repository 182 244 246 248 249 259 260 265 266 272 273 281 Hor 282 282 283 285 287 292 293 299 300 303 304 acknowledge 8 9 89 90 99 100 121 122 132 n n 134 137 138 157 158 170 172 172 174 185 186 Po 241 242 244 246 248 249 259 260 265 266 272 rU aN 273 281 282 282 283 285 287 292 293 299 300 303 304 310 311 316 317 321 322 325 326 event 8 9 89 90 99 100 121 122 132 134 137 B 138 157 158 170 172 172 174 185 186 241 242 Oracle VM Server 25 disk 69 129 154 drag and drop 11 back up 244 246 248 249 259 260 265 266 272 273 281 storage repository 136 282 282 283 285 287 292 293 299 300 303 304 bond 310 311 316 317 321 322 325 326 network 125 127 127 Ethernet bond 125 127 127 C port 124 case sensitivity 13 event CDROM acknowledge 8 9 89 90 99 100 121 122 132 add to virtual machine 30 56 141 134 137 138 157 158 170 172 172 174 185 186 241 242 244 246 248 249
424. nt cloning to a server pool that may fail to process the request If this list is empty you should refer to the table presented under the Why don t I see other server pools to clone to element in this dialog Description A description for the virtual machines or templates Advanced Clone Whether to use a clone customizer to set preferences for the clone operation 199 VM Templates Perspective Clone Customizer The clone customizer to use to create the clones This is used to set virtual disk mappings to enable you to copy disks to other storage locations It also allows you to create network mappings so you can use new VNICs and other networks for the clone Click Create to create a new clone customizer See Section 3 5 2 13 Manage Clone Customizers for information on creating a clone customizer This field is enabled if Advanced Clone is checked Target Repository The repository to store the cloned virtual machine configuration file This does not affect any clone disk mappings you set using a clone customizer this option is only for the virtual machine configuration file This field is enabled if Advanced Clone is checked Why don t see other server pools to clone to A collapsed window element providing a table of server pools that do not meet the requirements to accept a clone request Expanding any of the entries in this table displays the reason that the server pool does not qualify storage repository is l
425. nt pane 292 Physical Disks Perspective navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 22 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon D
426. nt the status of the object and the color meanings are listed in table Table 1 5 Object Icon Colors Table 1 5 Object Icon Colors Icon Color Icon Example Status Gray es Normal No warning or error events Yellow The object has a warning event associated with it Red d The object has an error event associated with it Blue 8 The object is in an unknown state To see the events associated with an object select the object in the navigation tree Select Events in the management pane s Perspective drop down list All the events for that object is listed in the table 1 9 Changing Default UI Behaviour presenting particular screens within the Ul The default values should be sufficient for the majority of environments however there are particular cases where changing these default values may improve usability Default Oracle VM Manager parameters can be easily edited from within Oracle VM Manager Web Interface by clicking on the Tools and Resources tab and then clicking on the Preferences link in the toolbar The configuration parameters can be changed with instant effect No restart of Oracle VM Manager is required See Section 7 3 Preferences for more information about the parameters available their meaning and how to set them 1 10 Drag and Drop You can drag and drop one or more Oracle VM Servers either from the table in the management pane or 11 Right Click Action Menus Server
427. nts Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective 171 Events Perspective Acknowledging Events Errors If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab N Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree e Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane gt A Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab N Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on
428. nts Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog 281 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click
429. o Yes Plug in private data No Optional No Optional To discover a storage array 1 Make sure that your storage server exposes raw disks Fibre Channel SAN volumes iSCSI targets and LUNs to the storage network of your server pool 251 SAN Servers Perspective Select the Storage tab Click Discover SAN Server amp to start the Discover SAN Server wizard The Discover SAN Server step is displayed in the wizard where you enter the information necessary for Oracle VM Manager to discover the external storage elements Bi Discover SAN Server Name My ISCSIServer Discover SAN Server Description A SAN Server for use by my server pools Access Information if required Storage Type iSCSI Storage Server Storage Plug in Oracle Generic SCSI Plugir v Plug in Private Data Admin Host Admin Username Admin Password Cancel Next Enter the SAN storage information Name The name you wish to use to identify the SAN server Description Optional information you would like to add about this SAN server Storage Type The array is either a fibre channel or an iSCSI storage server Storage Plug in The storage plug in corresponding to the type of storage array which is either generic iSCSI or a vendor specific iSCSI or fibre channel plug in As Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in are located on the Oracle VM Servers this field is only populated if you have already performe
430. o edit and click Edit Clone Customizer 2 The Edit Clone Customizer dialog box is displayed Edit the clone customizer Click OK The changes to the clone customizer are saved Delete a Clone Customizer To delete a clone customizer 1 Select the object to which the clone customizer belongs either a virtual machine or a virtual machine template Click Manage Clone Customizers The Manage Clone Customizers for VM or Template dialog box is displayed Select the clone customizer to delete and click Delete Clone Customizer X A dialog box is displayed to confirm you want to delete the clone customizer Confirm you want to delete the clone customizer and click OK The clone customizer is deleted 3 4 3 14 View Virtual Machine Configuration File You can view the content of a virtual machine configuration file The content is not editable but you can view and copy the text according to your needs To view a virtual machine configuration file 1 2 3 5 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to which the configuration file belongs Click VM Config File Content B The VM Config File Content dialog box is displayed with the content of the virtual machine configuration file You can view and copy the text according to your needs Click
431. ocked for the duration of the cloning job this may be some time in some circumstances To quickly create clones and not lock the storage Tip i If you clone a virtual machine or template without using a clone customizer the repository use a clone customizer Click OK The virtual machines are created and deployed to the server pool The templates are created in the storage repository It is important to understand that older templates may use a different device type to attach virtual disks This may affect your ability to attach new virtual disks such as a virtual CDROM device There are some limitations on mixing virtual disks of differing device types on a virtual machine See How are Virtual Disks Managed in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about how device types are allocated to virtual disks and what you may need to do to solve any issues surrounding this problem Move a Template a different storage repository or change the location of the disks and network used in the template You can change the location of disks and the network to use when you move a virtual machine template using a clone customizer To move a virtual machine template 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the template is saved Click VM Templates in the navigation tree 2 Select the template to move in the table in the management pane and click Clone Move amp 3 The Clone or Move Template dialog box is displ
432. od Starting hpssd Starting sshd Starting cups Starting xinetd Starting ntpd Starting sendmail Starting sm client Starting console mouse services Starting crond Starting xfs Starting anacron Starting atd Starting yum updatesd Starting Avahi daemon Starting oracleum template Regenerating SSH host keys Stopping sshd Generating SSH1 RSA host key Generating SSHZ RSA host key Generating SSHZ DSA host key Starting sshd Regenerating upZdate uuid Changing password for user root New UNIX password Note that if you open a virtual machine console to a running virtual machine and use the Ctrl Alt Delete button to restart the virtual machine the virtual machine restarts and the console reconnects but the control buttons for the console move out of the visible area in the dialog This is expected behavior related to the size of the VNC display returned by Oracle VM Server and the way in which HTML5 canvases work To view the control buttons for the virtual machine console after the virtual machine has restarted you may either extend the right side of dialog or close the dialog and open it again 3 5 2 6 Launch Serial Console You cannot use the VNC console to connect to virtual machines on a SPARC based server pool Instead use the Telnet based serial console The serial console can be used to view serial console output for virtual machines running on an x86 based server pool but output is read only a
433. oes not work for the newer OVF OVA style templates When you import a virtual machine into a server pool you have the option of saving it to any storage machine to the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder you can save it into any storage repository 161 Virtual Machines Perspective To import a virtual machine 1 Place the files that make up a virtual machine or an archive of those files in a location accessible by Oracle VM Manager using any of these protocols HTTP HTTPS or FTP 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab 3 If you want to import and deploy the virtual machine to a server pool select Server Pools in the navigation tree then select the server pool in the management pane table If you do not want to deploy the virtual machine select the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder 4 Select Import Virtual Machine amp in the toolbar in the management pane 5 The Import Virtual Machine dialog box is displayed Select or edit the following Destination Repository The storage repository in which to save the virtual machine VM URLs The URLs for the virtual machine The URL schemes supported are HTTP HTTPS and FTP For example http example com mytemplate tgz To import a virtual machine using FTP use the standard FTP syntax for example ftp user ipassword Q serverlpathlfilename tgz Each virtual machine component should be listed on a new line Each URL must be a reference to a complete file If your virt
434. olbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Virtual Machine dr Displays the Create Virtual Machine wizard Use this option to create a virtual machine in the selected server pool Edit Displays the Edit Server dialog box Use this option to edit the name and description for an Oracle VM Server This is also used to put the Oracle VM Server into maintenance mode take ownership of it and to configure remote management of the Oracle VM Server using IPMI Intelligent Plattorm Management Interface Note that placing an Oracle VM Server in maintenance mode is indicated in the navigation pane with this icon 55 Servers Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Delete x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected Oracle VM Server Start gt Starts a stopped Oracle VM Server Stop C Stops a running Oracle VM Server Restart a Restarts a running Oracle VM Server Kill Powers off an Oracle VM Server This is the equivalent of physically pushing the Off button on the hardware Rediscovers the Oracle VM Server Use this to refresh information about the Oracle VM Server Rediscover Server P Rescan Physical Disks D Qo 2 o 2 S 9 D lt e S o Q 2 2 o lt 2 lt c o o option to rescan the storage presented to an Oracle VM Se
435. olbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane 303 Events Perspective navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective to
436. olbar with the following options Table 6 26 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 304 Physical Disks Perspective 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down l
437. ollowing options ID A non editable field containing the physical disk s UUID as it is stored within Oracle VM Manager Name A field to change the name of the physical disk within Oracle VM Manager New Size GiB A field to change the size in GiB of the physical disk The size of the physical disk can only be increased in size Description A text field allowing a description of the physical disk Shareable A check box that determines whether or not the disk can be shared Thin Provision A non editable field describing whether or not thin provisioning is supported by the disk When you have finished editing the physical disk click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 8 3 3 Delete Physical Disk It is possible to delete an existing physical disk if it is no longer in use by any servers within any server pools and the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in that you are using supports this operation The steps and options to do so are described below To delete the registered physical disk 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to delete in the table presented in the management pane To delete a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unas
438. om Arrange Disks amp Boot Options la Tags Optional Previous Cancel Next Finish Select the boot media order for your virtual machine If you are creating a hardware virtualized machine virtual machine HVM you can choose the PXE boot option If so remember to put PXE first in the Select your boot options field and change the boot order again after installation and before rebooting the virtual machine To use PXE you must configure a PXE tftp environment to offer the necessary boot media and instructions to the virtual machine If you are creating a paravirtualized virtual machine PVM you also have the PXE option available In this case the PXE option refers to a network style boot If the PXE option appears in the right hand side column you must enter the location of the mounted ISO file from which to perform the operating system installation in the Network Boot Path field that is shown when editing or creating a PVM for example http example com Enterprise R6 Ul Server x86 64 dvd iso For information on creating a mounted ISO file see ISO Provisioning for PVM Guest Installations in the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide You cannot use the Network Boot Path field to boot a virtual machine using PXE This field can only be used to specify the path to a mounted ISO file to use when installing a PVM guest 148 Servers Perspective If you have defined tags and want to add any to this virtual
439. om the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 122 CPUS Perspective 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 3 5 3 CPUs Perspective The CPUs perspective lists the CPUs configured on a server The following columns are displayed in the management pane CPU Number The CPU number as reported by the BIOS for each CPU on the server Level Two Cache Size The amount of memory in the level two cache Model Name The model and name of the CPU as reported by the BIOS Name The name of the CPU as
440. on file and its storage Cancel Next Select the Create a clone of this VM or Template option Click Next The Clone or Move Virtual Machine or Template dialog box is displayed g Clone or Move Virtual Machine MyVM Clone to a Virtual Machine Template Clone Count 5 Name Index 08 Clone Name MyVMClones Target Server Pool MyServerPool Description v Advanced Clone Clone Customizer Create Target Repository MyRepository V Why don t I see other server pools to clone to Name Description All server pools passed the pre clone test Cancell OK Select or enter the following Clone to a Select the clone type either Virtual Machine or Template to specify the objects to create from the clone 82 Virtual Machines Perspective Clone Count The number of clones to create Name Index The start index number to use for the clone name suffix The default is 0 This is used in conjunction with the Clone Name field to create the name for each clone Clone Name An optional name for the virtual machines or templates The maximum name length is 256 characters and may contain any character The name need not be unique If no value is given the default is the name of the virtual machine or template being cloned Each clone is suffixed with a dot and the clone index number starting with the value for the Name Index field For example if the Clone Name field is
441. on in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane To edit the physical disk configuration for a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane Click on the 2 Edit Physical Disk icon in the toolbar A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the Physical Disk The dialog has the following options ID A non editable field containing the physical disk s UUID as it is stored within Oracle VM Manager Name A field to change the name of the physical disk within Oracle VM Manager Current Size GiB A non editable field containing the physical disk s current size in GiB New Size GiB A field to change the size in GiB of the physical disk The size of the physical disk can only be increased in size Description A text field allowing a description of the physical disk Shareable A check box that determines whether or not the disk can be shared Thin Provision A non editable field describing whether or not thin provisioning is supported by the disk When you have finished editing the physical disk click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialo
442. on is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 158 Unassigned Virtual Machines Folder Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the us
443. on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the amp Refresh Physical Disk option in the toolbar 291 Physical Disks Perspective 3 The selected physical disks are refreshed and their configurations are updated within Oracle VM Manager Note R If you encounter an error when refreshing a physical disk with a repository located on it similar to the following OVMAPI_7281E Cannot perform operation on file system You may need to ensure that the repository is under the ownership of the Oracle VM Manager instance that you are using See Section 4 3 1 2 Edit Repository for more information 6 8 3 6 Display Servers Using a Physical Disk It is possible to display the Oracle VM Servers that are using a physical disk available on a SAN server The steps and options to do so are described below To display a list of Oracle VM Servers using a Physical Disk on a SAN server 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to view in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the 4 a
444. on to the rule is again the unmanaged fibre channel storage array which does not use the concept of access groups but offers its LUNs to all Oracle VM Servers connected to the fibre channel storage network Note qj If you configured CHAP authentication for your SAN server and CHAP is not properly configured on your SAN storage device or the authentication credentials that you provide for your Access Groups are incorrect none of the LUNs or physical disks available on your SAN server are discovered and no error message is returned You may need to check the logs on your SAN server to evaluate the required action that should be taken 6 5 1 2 Edit SAN Server It is possible to edit the configuration for an existing SAN server The steps and options to do so are described below To edit the registered SAN server configuration 1 Select the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select the SAN Servers option in the Perspective drop down list select the SAN server that you wish to edit in the table Click on the 2 Edit SAN server icon in the toolbar A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the SAN server The dialog has three separate tabs Configuration A tab containing a form allowing you to edit the following information Name The name of the SAN server in Oracle VM Manager Description Optional information you would like to add about this SAN server Storage Plugin The Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in used to acc
445. onfigured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the server processor compatibility group Description A description entered for the server processor compatibility group when it was created or edited Servers A comma separated list of servers that belong to the server processor compatibility group This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 3 3 Server Processor Compatibility Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create New Server Processor Compatibility Group T Displays the Create a Server Processor Compatibility Group wizard Use this option after adding servers to a server pool to define which servers have processors belonging to the same family 51 Server Processor Compatibility Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description This helps to improve the success of live virtual machine migration Edit Server Processor a Displays the Edit Server Processor Compatibility Group Compatibility Group wizard Use this option to edit a server processor compatibility group Delete Server Processor x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option Compatibility Group to delete the selected server processor compatibility group 3 3 2 1 Create Server Processor Compatibility Group To create a server p
446. option to delete the selected Oracle VM Server 140 Servers Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Start gt Starts a stopped Oracle VM Server Stop C Stops a running Oracle VM Server Restart a Restarts a running Oracle VM Server Kill o Powers off an Oracle VM Server This is the equivalent of physically pushing the Off button on the hardware Rediscover Server p Rediscovers the Oracle VM Server Use this to refresh information about the Oracle VM Server Rescan Physical Disks Update Server amp option to rescan the storage presented to an Oracle VM Server when the storage configuration is changed for example a new storage array is added Updates or upgrades the Oracle VM Server if an update is available in the server update repository Send VM Messages Send one or more virtual machines a message Use this option to send messages to virtual machines that have the Oracle VM Guest Additions installed 3 6 1 1 Create Virtual Machine This section discusses creating a virtual machine using a template and creating a virtual machine from an To create a virtual machine using a template 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Click Create Virtual Machine in the toolbar 3 The Create Virtual Machine wizard is displayed Create Virtual Machine How do you want to create your Virtual Machine Create a new VM Click N
447. or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane 307 Physical Disks Perspective Click on the 2 Edit Physical Disk icon in the toolbar A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the Physical Disk The dialog has the following options ID A non editable field containing the physical disk s UUID as it is stored within Oracle VM Manager Name A field to change the name of the physical disk within Oracle VM Manager O c 3 N D U gt 2 3 o zh Q o 2 gt gp 3 2 e gt lt o O D o A o Q 2 o N 5 Q w New Size GiB A field to change the size in GiB of the physical disk The size of the physical disk can only be increased in size Description A text field allowing a description of the physical disk Shareable A check box that determines whether or not the disk can be shared Thin Provision A non editable field describing whether or not thin provisioning is supported by the disk When you have finished editing the physical disk click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 9 3 3 Delete Physical Disk It is possible to delete
448. or the options provided vary across the selected servers the 3 6 1 3 Delete Server 151 Servers Perspective When you delete an Oracle VM Server it is removed from the Oracle VM Manager repository and becomes unmanaged The Oracle VM Server is not stopped nor is anything physically done to the Oracle VM Server Before you can delete an Oracle VM Server you must stop any running virtual machines or place the Oracle VM Server into maintenance mode to automatically migrate the running virtual machines To delete Oracle VM Servers from Oracle VM Manager 1 Stop or migrate any running virtual machines To stop the virtual machines see Section 3 5 2 4 Stop Virtual Machines To automatically migrate the virtual machines to other Oracle VM Servers in the server pool place the Oracle VM Server into maintenance mode see Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab 3 Select the Unassigned Servers folder in the navigation tree Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list 4 Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane Click Delete X in the perspective toolbar 5 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the Oracle VM Servers The Oracle VM Servers are deleted from Oracle VM Manager 3 6 1 4 Start Server When you start an Oracle VM Server it is started using the Intelligent Plattorm Management Interface IPMI or Wake on LAN WOL If neither IPMI nor W
449. orded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 28 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Or
450. ore virtual machines a message Use this option to send messages to virtual machines that have the Oracle VM Guest Additions installed Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Display Selected VM Events Displays the Events dialog box Displays events for the selected virtual machine Use this option to view or acknowledge error events for the virtual machine 3 4 3 1 Edit Virtual Machine Changes to virtual machine configuration do not have an immediate effect on a running virtual machine The virtual machine must be stopped and then started for the hypervisor to reload the virtual machine configuration A restart does not force the hypervisor to reload the configuration To edit a virtual machine 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine in the management pane and click Edit Z in the management pane toolbar 4 The Edit Virtual Machine dialog box is displayed Select each tab to edit the virtual machine configuration See Section 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine for the details of each tab Click OK to save the changes processors or allocated memory for an Oracle Solaris virtual machine without Note R It is not possible to dynamically change resources such as the number or first enabling the dra service on the virtual machine itself To allo
451. ork ports to the network in this dialog You Note R If you only wish for your network to contain VLAN interfaces there is no are able to add VLAN interfaces to the network in the next stage of the wizard At the top of the table is a toolbar containing options to Add New Ports 2 Edit Port s or X Delete Port s To Add A Port To The Network a Click the Add New Ports icon at the top of the table b The Add Ports to Network dialog is displayed Select the server where the network port or bond that you wish to add is located and expand the node alongside it Select the port or ports that you wish to add Note R Only ports that are not bonded are displayed Once a port is part of a bond it can no longer be used outside of that bond c Click OK to add the ports that you have selected or click Cancel to exit without any changes To Edit A Port Within The Network a Select the port or ports that you wish to edit within the network b Click the 7 Edit Port s icon C The Edit Port s dialogue is displayed d For each port listed you are able to edit the MTU setting and the IP Address assignment settings e Click OK when you have finished editing ports to save the changes or click Cancel to exit To Delete A Port From The Network a Select the port or ports that you wish to remove from the network b Click the Delete Port s icon c The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the port from t
452. orks Subtab Description See Section 5 1 Networks for more information on managing networks VLAN Interfaces Displays information about VLAN Interfaces Use this tab to create edit and delete VLAN interfaces Select the VLAN Interfaces subtab to display this pane Select a VLAN Interface in the table to view and edit information about the ports VLAN IDs and IP address assignment for a VLAN See Section 5 2 VLAN Interfaces for more information on managing VLAN Interfaces Virtual NICs Displays information about virtual NICs Use this tab to view the virtual NICs in use by your virtual machines You can also use this tab to define the MAC address range that should be used when a virtual NIC is created on a virtual machine See Section 5 3 Virtual NICs for more information on managing virtual NICs f you intend to create a network using VLAN interfaces these need to be configured first on the VLAN Interfaces pane 5 1 Networks The Networks subtab provides facilities to add edit and delete networks and presents a tabular view of the networks that are currently configured within the Oracle VM environment Configuration options can be accessed using the toolbar at the top of the tab The toolbar at the top of the tab consists of the following options Table 5 2 Networks Subtab Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create New Network dp Displays t
453. orks and Disks Click on a tab to display the information If this perspective is viewed from the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder some of the toolbar icons that are usually available for this perspective are not included in the toolbar The table below lists all of the toolbar icons that are available for this perspective and indicates the items that are not available when the perspective is viewed from the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder Table 3 11 Virtual Machines Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Import Virtual Machine Icon amp Description Displays the Import Virtual Machine dialog box Use this option to import a virtual machine into Oracle VM Manager This option is only available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Edit Displays the Edit Virtual Machine wizard Use this option to edit a virtual machine Delete Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected virtual machines Start Starts up a stopped virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Stop Shuts down a virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Launch Console Launches the virtual machine VNC console in an x86 based server pool which enables access to the virtual machine Use this option to connect to a virtual machine s console and access the virtual machine directly Not available for virtual machines in t
454. ormation on creating access groups see Section 6 6 4 Access Groups Perspective You can also view and configure existing storage initiators for a particular Oracle VM Server To view access groups for storage initiators on an Oracle VM Server 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab and select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 2 Select Storage Initiators in the Perspective drop down list in the management pane The storage initiators configured on the Oracle VM Server are listed in the management pane table Select a storage initiator in the table and click View access groups for selected initiator 53 4 The View Access Groups for Initiator dialog box is displayed Select the SAN Server and Access Groups from the drop down lists and click Add Click OK See Section 6 6 4 Access Groups Perspective for more information on managing SAN server access groups 3 5 8 Control Domains Perspective The Control Domains perspective displays information about the control domain dom0 running on the Oracle VM Server in the table in the management pane The following information is available Name The name of the domain Processors The number of processors available for use by the control domain Memory MB The amount of memory in megabytes used by the control domain Host OS Name The host operating system name running within the control domain Host OS Type The type of operating system running in the control domai
455. ositories navigation pane are Create New Repository The Toolbar also includes a filter that controls which repositories are represented within the navigation tree and within the perspectives available in the management pane The filter includes two radio buttons Show My Repositories Filters the content to only show repositories that are currently under the ownership of this Oracle VM Manager instance Show All Repositories Filters the content to show all repositories that have been discovered by this Oracle VM Manager instance regardless of whether or not they are owned by the current Oracle VM Manager instance If you release ownership of a repository and it is not displayed on this tab you should check that the filter is not set to Show My Repositories if you wish to perform an action on the repository 4 1 1 Create New Repository A storage repository should be at least 10 GB in size In addition to this minimum size requirement you should include enough storage space for virtual machines templates ISO files and other virtual machine resources 176 Create New Repository To create a storage repository for your server pool 1 2 Select the Repositories tab In the toolbar above the navigation pane click Create New Repository In the Create a Repository dialog box enter the following information Repository Name The name you wish to use to identify the repository Repository Location Either
456. ox from different locations depending on whether you are cloning a virtual machine or a template Virtual Machine Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to clone in the management pane and click Clone or Move Virtual Machine Template Click the Repositories tab In the navigation tree select the repository in which the template resides then VM Templates Select the template in the management pane and click Clone or Move Template amp 2 The Clone or Move dialog box is displayed Clone or Move Virtual Machine MyVM Do you want to clone or move your virtual machine Create clone of this VM Click Next to continue Move this VM including repository and disk locations OR Clone Customizer Create Target Repository MyNFSRepositor a Note The network clone information in the clone customizer will be ignored moving a VM Template only moves the VM Template s configuration file and its storage Cancel Next Select the Create a clone of this VM or Template option Click Next 3 The Clone or Move Virtual Machine or Template dialog box is displayed 198 VM Templates Perspective 9 Clone or Move Virtual Machine MyVM Clone to a Virtual Machine Template Clone Count 5 Name Index oig Clone Name MyVMClones Targe
457. p MyISCSIServer EEE storage initiators Available Storage Initiators Selected Storage Initiators MyServer1 iqn 1988 12 com oracle eae MyServer2 iqn 1988 12 com oracle a05 MyServer3 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 5a3 MyServer4 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 339 MyServer5 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 4ba MyServer6 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 62e1 MyServer7 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 34al MyServer8 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 9481 MyServer9 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 7bd M gt Cancel OK Note N You can also use the Storage Initiators perspective in the Servers and VMs tab to view and configure storage initiators on an individual Oracle VM Server See Section 3 5 7 1 View Access Groups for Selected Initiator for more information on using this method Important AN If you have both iSCSI and Fibre Channel storage array types in your environment you must ensure that the storage initiators that you are adding for the access group match the storage type that you are defining this access group for See What are Access Groups in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on Access Groups For a generic storage array you cannot select which physical disks are added all disks are automatically presented to the selected Oracle VM Servers 6 Click OK to save your changes to the default access group If you change the Perspective of the management pane to Physical Disks the list of presented physical disks appears in the table 298 Ac
458. p Name MyAAGroup Affinity Group ih Select Virtual Description An anti affinity group to stop Machines virtual machines running on the same Oracle VM server Cancel Next Enter the anti affinity group information Anti Affinity Group Name Enter the name of the anti affinity group 92 Anti Affinity Groups Perspective Description A description of the anti affinity group Click Next 4 The Select Virtual Machines step of the Create Anti Affinity Group wizard is displayed 44 Create Anti Affinity Group Create Anti Affinity Selectthe virtual machines for the Anti Affinity Group T Group Available Virtual Machines Selected Virtual Machines Select Virtual MyVM1 MyOL5VM 0 Machines MyOL5VM 1 MyOL5VM 2 2 KS Previous Cancel Finish Select the virtual machines to include in the anti affinity group and move them from the Available Virtual Machines column to the Selected Virtual Machines column Click Finish The anti affinity group is created and listed in the Anti Affinity Group table in the management pane 3 4 4 2 Edit Anti Affinity Group To edit an anti affinity group 1 In the Servers and VMs tab select the server pool to which the anti affinity group belongs in the navigation pane 2 From the Perspective field in the management pane select Anti Affinity Group from the drop down list Select the anti affinity group in the Anti Affinity Group table and click Edit Anti Affinity
459. pective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified 241 Events Perspective Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each ent
460. ple objects from the management pane tables and perform actions on all selected objects at one time Multi select functionality supports all commonly used selection options and shortcuts For instance selecting the first object in the table holding down the Shift key and selecting the last object in the table can be used to select all objects Alternately once you have selected any object within the table you can use the Ctrl A keyboard shortcut to select all remaining objects To select individual objects you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking on the objects upon which you want to perform an action You can use the toolbar options or the right click action menu options to perform an action on multiple selected objects When an action affects multiple objects the confirmation dialog for the action lists all of the objects that are affected All multi select operations are performed serially and not concurrently so one job is submitted and performed at a time For example when starting multiple virtual machines one virtual machine is started then the next and so on 1 13 Name Filters In many of the tab management panes and in some of the dialog boxes within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface there is an option to provide a Name Filter For large deployments where many items pertaining to the current view may be listed it can be difficult to find and select the objects that you want to run an action against The Name Filter field is
461. positories Folder eti eae ete e Eee im ee 179 4 3 1 Repositories Perspective 179 4 4 Repository tem ee exse ARTE RE densa RR RR NAR Eden 184 4 41 Info PerspectlV8 ette ete bnt e detis ein eter d uto ca eee EEA Eens 184 4 4 2 Events Perspective ueteris in e EA I EXER RA UR ERE RR Eq 185 4 5 Assemblies tem rie iir I EE ie ter UE oh eee oen 187 4 5 1 Assemblies Perspective 187 456 ISOS sGM EUER 189 4 6 1 1505 Perspective cece cece cece nter nennen nn 189 4 7 MM Riles Item oor e Eh bee e ie deine aed ee eee 191 4 7 1 VM Files Perspective Lose nee eh xerit ere egere Rege 191 4 8 VM Templates Kem kerse eot erm ete ee ien Seo e en da bete e e EO EE EE REL an 191 4 8 1 VM Templates Perspective 191 4 9 Virtual eR Ee OR e ERE Hee ERREUR RU ERE 204 4 9 1 Virtual Disks Perspective ssssssssse meme hne 204 S Networking eoi Lecce Le E d ro CR o tp D POSEEN LEER EDEN EON Ee le E 209 SML CAMERE 210 5 11 Greate New NetWork pee tet etre te Eo seite aer tote o Een 211 5 1 2 Edit Existing Network cece eee REEE AAI nnne nnn nnn 214 5 1 3 Delete Existing Network oii rte te Eo er e
462. ption A description of the server pool Virtual IP Address for the Pool This field cannot be modified Master Server The master server that handles interactions with Oracle VM Manager Pool File System This field cannot be modified VM Console Keymap The key mapping to use in the consoles for all virtual machines in the server pool VM Start Policy Define the default start up policy for all of your virtual machines handled by this server pool It is possible to override the default policy within the configuration of each virtual machine See Section 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine for information on setting the start policy for an individual virtual machine Secure VM Migrate Select whether to enable encrypted migration of virtual machines Override Global Server Update Group Select whether to enable overriding of the global update repository See Section 7 2 Server Update Groups and Section 3 4 6 Server Update Repositories Perspective for more information on update repositories Timeout for cluster If clustering is enabled for the server pool this option allows you to set the timeout parameter The maximum cluster timeout setting is 300 seconds The minimum cluster timeout is 12 seconds The default cluster timeout is 120 seconds The disk heartbeat and network heartbeat are automatically derived from the cluster timeout value 45 Server Pools Perspective The cluster timeout can only be changed when there are no se
463. ption is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool The Priority and Processor Cap 6 parameters are passed to the Xen hypervisor for use by the credit scheduler which automatically load balances guest VCPUS across all available physical CPUs using an algorithm that combines these two parameters Therefore these parameters are a key factor for the performance of the virtual machine on x86 hardware On SPARC each virtual machine uses dedicated physical CPU threads and CPUs are not shared between virtual machines being exclusively assigned to a single virtual machine Click Next The Set up Networks step is displayed in the wizard iif Create Virtual Machine Slot MAC Address Network Action Create Virtual Machine 0 MyVMNetwork v x Set up Networks Arrange Disks Add a Virtual NIC to this Virtual Machine Dynamically Assign MAC Network MyVMNetwork v Add VNIC Specify MAC Address This step of the wizard allows you to add VNICs to the virtual machine If you want to specify the MAC address for a VNIC select Specify MAC Address and enter the MAC address Otherwise leave the default Dynamically Assign MAC to dynamically assign a MAC Address Select a network with the virtual machine role from the Network drop down list If no networks are available you must first create a network with the virtual machine role as a dedicated network for virtual machine traffic is required See S
464. r Clone Target Type A drop down menu allowing you to select the type of storage to be used for the physical disk clone Physical Disk Copies the data from one physical disk to another Repository Copies the data from the physical disk into a virtual disk image in an existing repository Clone Target A searchable field to allow you to select the target location where the clone is to be stored Clone Type A drop down menu allowing you to select the type of clone to create Sparse Copy Copies only the written data from the physical disk to the target clone Non sparse Copy Performs a block copy of the physical disk to the target clone When you have finished setting the clone parameters for the physical disk click OK to begin the clone job or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 7 2 5 Refresh Physical Disk 279 Physical Disks Perspective When changes are made to the physical disks on a SAN server or Oracle VM Server it is useful to refresh the configuration of your physical disks to make Oracle VM Manager aware of the changes To refresh physical disks 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk or disks that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane To refresh physical disks used by a parti
465. r 3 The Create Virtual Machine wizard is displayed Create Virtual Machine How do you want to create your Virtual Machine Create a new VM Click Next to continue Clone from an existing VM Template OR Clone Count 1 Index Repository MyNFS Repository y VM Template OVM OL5U7 X86 64 10GB tgz v VM Name Server Pool MyServerPool v Description Cancel Next Select the Create a new VM option Click Next 4 The Create Virtual Machine step is displayed in the wizard iff Create Virtual Machine Create Virtual Machine Server Pool MyServerPool i Operating System Oracle Linux 6 Server Any v Mouse Device Type OS Default N _ Set up Networks Repository MyNFSRepository i Keymap en us English United States Name MyOL6VM Domain Type XEN_HVM Iv Enable High Availability Start Policy Best Server Enable Huge Pages Max Memory MB 1024 i Description Memory MB 1024 8 Max Processors Tl Processors 1 Priority 50 j Processor Cap 96 100 gt Cancel Next Enter or select the following 31 Create Virtual Machine Server Pool The server pool on which to create the virtual machine Server The server that the virtual machine should be created on The default option is Any but the drop down selection lists the servers that exist in the server pool that you have selected Selecting a partic
466. r PE E E Use to wildcard several characters or to wildcard Select or more File Systems that contain resi one character File Server Parameters Name Filter Go Add Admin Servers Name Select Refresh Servers nfs mnt vol1 poolfsO 1 148 nfs mnt vol1 poolfs02 Select File Systems nfs mnt vol1 poolfs03 nfs mntvol1 poolfs04 nfs mntvol1 repo01 nfs mnt vol2 repo02 nfsJmnt vol2 repo03 A AL Previous Cancel Finish 237 File Servers Perspective Click Finish to complete the file server registration The new file server appears in the navigation pane under File Servers discovered in the same process Since these file systems are relatively small be sure to keep those available for the server pools and create storage repositories Note R If you created shares to be used as server pool file systems these are on the higher capacity file systems At the end of the file server discovery a refresh operation is triggered to make sure all file systems available on the file server appear in Oracle VM Manager When the operation is complete and if you select the file server in the navigation pane the available file systems appear in the File Systems overview table in the management pane View Perspective File Systems z Z W 5j Name Fitter Go Size GiB Name Event Severity Refreshed eed zu Yes 20 00 0 00 20 00 Yes 20 00 0 00 20 00 No 20 00 0 00 20 00 No 20 00
467. r Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model
468. racle VM Servers being managed by Oracle VM Manager See Section 7 2 Server Update Groups for more information on Oracle VM Server update management Preferences Displays the Preferences dialog box Use this tab to configure user interface behavior such as whether or not to timeout during a file system refresh See Section 7 3 Preferences for more information on the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface preferences 7 1 Tags The Tags subtab provides facilities to add edit and delete tags There is also an option to find components that share a common tag These options can be accessed either using the toolbar at the top of the tab or by using the context menu that appears when you right click on an item within the panel The way in which tags are used within Oracle VM Manager is discussed in detail in Section 1 14 Tags Note R Tag names are case sensitive Tag names are unique and cannot be duplicated This subtab includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 7 2 Tags Subtab Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create New Tag dp Displays the Create Tag dialog box Use this option to create a new tag to identify and group components within Oracle VM Manager Edit Tag aA Displays the Edit Tag dialog box Use this option to change the name or description of an existing tag Delete Tag x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to del
469. rade 69 154 Wake on LAN 64 149 P patch updates 69 154 perspectives overview 8 physical disk 69 129 154 delete 130 263 278 290 308 edit 130 262 278 289 307 SAN Storage Array 130 263 278 290 308 Physical Disk clone 131 263 279 290 308 create 262 277 289 307 refresh 132 264 279 291 309 SAN Storage Array 130 131 132 262 262 264 264 265 277 278 279 279 280 289 289 291 291 292 307 307 308 309 310 usage 265 280 292 310 port network 124 power off Oracle VM Server 68 153 virtual machine 79 110 present repository 183 R recurring jobs 341 recurring job edit 342 rediscover Oracle VM Server 69 154 refresh NFS 223 234 storage 223 234 refresh server 223 234 repositories tab 175 repository back up 136 create 176 180 edit 182 export 136 present 183 restart Oracle VM Server 68 153 virtual machine 78 110 resume virtual machine 79 111 right click menus 12 S SAN 256 257 257 access groups 267 294 312 non uniform exports 267 294 312 volume groups 274 301 318 SAN server delete 257 edit 256 refresh 257 SAN Storage Array volume group 275 302 319 Screen reader 3 search tags 13 secure migrate 26 40 select multiple objects 12 server batch edit 66 151 delete 66 151 edit configuration 64 149 manage disks 69 129 154 restart 68 153 start 67 152 stop 67 152 update 69 154 upgrade
470. rage mappings Disk The disks to include in the clone Clone Target Type The type of storage location where the disk is to be created either a Repository or a Physical Disk Clone Target The location on the storage type where the disk is to be created Clone Type Whether to use a sparse or non sparse files for the disk Click Next The Network Mappings step of the wizard is displayed Create a Clone Customizer Virtual NIC Ethernet Network 7 00 21 16 00 00 1b MyVMNetwork Storage Mappings Network Mappings Previous Cancel Einish Select the Virtual NICss to include in the clone customizer and the Ethernet Network to which they should belong 86 Virtual Machines Perspective Note R The network configuration is not changed when moving a virtual machine or template It is only used when cloning a virtual machine or template Click Finish The clone customizer is now available to use to create a virtual machine or template See Clone a Virtual Machine or Template for information on using the clone customizer to create a virtual machine or template Edit a Clone Customizer To edit a clone customizer 1 Select the object to which the clone customizer belongs either a virtual machine or a virtual machine template Click Manage Clone Customizers The Manage Clone Customizers for VM or Template dialog box is displayed Select the clone customizer t
471. re available for each server By selecting a particular port for any server in the Navigation Pane the list of VLAN interfaces presented in the Management Pane is limited to those interfaces configured for that specific port or bond 5 2 2 Management Pane The Management Pane on the VLAN Interface tab allows you to create edit or delete VLAN interfaces configured within Oracle VM Manager VLAN interfaces are listed in a tabular view that includes a toolbar providing options to manage interfaces The VLAN Interfaces that are displayed in the table at any point in time are controlled using the Navigation Pane The VLAN Interface tab includes a toolbar in the management pane that consists of the following options Table 5 3 VLAN Interface Subtab Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create VLAN Interface dp Displays the Create VLAN Interface s dialog box Use this option to create a new VLAN Interface within Oracle VM Manager Edit Selected VLAN a Displays the Edit VLAN Interface s dialog box Use this Interface option to change the description MTU settings or IP address assignment options for an existing VLAN Interface Delete Selected VLAN x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option Interface to delete the selected VLAN Interface The table view in the VLAN Interface subtab includes the following fields Name The name of the VLAN interface as defined in Oracle VM M
472. re that the repository is under the ownership of the Oracle VM Manager instance that you are using See Section 4 3 1 2 Edit Repository for more information 6 6 3 6 Display Servers Using a Physical Disk It is possible to display the Oracle VM Servers that are using a physical disk available on a SAN server The steps and options to do so are described below To display a list of Oracle VM Servers using a Physical Disk on a SAN server 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to view in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the amp Display Servers using Physical Disk icon in the toolbar 3 A dialog opens to display the Oracle VM Servers that are configured to use the Physical Disk The dialog provides the following information in tabular format Name The name of the Oracle VM Server Description The configured description for the Oracle VM Server Status The running status of the Oracle VM Server Utilization 96 The percentage of the disk that is utilized by the Oracle VM Server Maintenance Mode Whether or not the Oracle VM Server is in maintenance mode Owned Whether or not the current instance of Oracle VM Manager has ownership of the Oracle VM Server 4 When you have finished viewing the list of servers with ac
473. red off 3 6 1 8 Rediscover Server If there are either changes to the physical state of an Oracle VM Server or its attached storage you should discover it again to update the configuration information in Oracle VM Manager To rediscover Oracle VM Servers 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Servers reside in the navigation tree 3 Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane and click Rediscover Server amp in the perspective toolbar The configuration and storage information about the Oracle VM Servers is updated in Oracle VM Manager 3 6 1 9 Rescan Physical Disks You can view and manage the physical disks on an Oracle VM Server as well as those available to it from a SAN server You can also refresh the physical disks on an Oracle VM Server when SAN server disks have been added or removed To refresh the physical disks on Oracle VM Servers 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab and select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Servers reside in the navigation tree Select Servers in the Perspective drop down list in the management pane Select the Oracle VM Servers in the management pane table Alternatively on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list 2 Click Re
474. reyed out You can also provide or edit a description for the access group a Edit Access Group Default access group MylISCSIServer Access Group Storage Initiators ID 0004 fb0000290000cd0c55ce3abede14 Name on Array Access Group Name Default a jroup MyISC Description Cancei ok Select the Storage Initiators tab It contains the available storage initiators for this type of storage on the Oracle VM Servers in your environment 270 Access Groups Perspective 5 Use the arrow buttons to move the required initiators to the Selected Storage Initiators box a Edit Access Group Default access group MyISCSIServer Available Storage Initiators Selected Storage Initiators MyServer1 iqn 1988 12 com oracle eae MyServer2 iqn 1988 12 com oracle a05 MyServer3 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 5a3i MyServer4 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 339 MyServer5 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 4ba MyServer6 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 62et MyServerT iqn 1988 12 com oracle 34al MyServer8 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 9481 MyServer9 iqn 1988 12 com oracle 7bd gu me R3 Cancel OK Note N You can also use the Storage Initiators perspective in the Servers and VMs tab to view and configure storage initiators on an individual Oracle VM Server See Section 3 5 7 1 View Access Groups for Selected Initiator for more information on using this method Important AN If you have both iSCSI and Fibre Channel storage array types in your environment you must ensure t
475. ription of the physical disk Shareable Whether or not the physical disk is shareable Thin Provision Whether or not thin provisioning is to be supported by the physical disk 4 When you have finished editing the parameters to define the new physical disk click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 8 3 2 Edit Physical Disk 289 Physical Disks Perspective It is possible to edit the configuration for a physical disk either available on a SAN server or as local or shared storage The steps and options to do so are described below To edit Physical Disk configuration 1 On the Storage tab expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane To edit the physical disk configuration for a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane Click on the Z Edit Physical Disk icon in the toolbar A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the Physical Disk The dialog has the f
476. rocessor compatibility group 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select Server Pools in the navigation pane 2 From the Perspective field in the management pane select Server Processor Compatibility from the drop down list Click Create New Server Processor Compatibility in the perspective toolbar 3 The Create a Server Processor Compatibility Group wizard is displayed lt Create a Server Processor Compatibility Group Create Compatibility Group Group Name MyServerCompatibilityGroup Description A group of servers with compatible processors for virtual machine migration LJ Select Servers Cancel Next Enter the server processor compatibility group information Group Name Enter the name of the server processor compatibility group Description A description of the server processor compatibility group Click Next 4 The Select Servers step of the Create a Server Processor Compatibility Group wizard is displayed 52 Server Processor Compatibility Perspective Create a Server Processor Compatibility Group Select Servers that will be in the Process Compatibility Group Create Compatibility Group Available Servers Selected Suverr Select Servers pastel MyServer3 2 Previous Cancel Finish Select the servers to include in the server processor compatibility group and move them from the Available Servers column to the Selected Servers column Click Finish The server processor compat
477. rocessor family reported by the server BIOS Processor Model The processor model reported by the server BIOS Cache Size KB The processor cache size reported by the server BIOS BIOS Version The BIOS version number for the server BIOS Release Date The BIOS version release date for the server Sockets Filled The number of processor sockets that are in use on the server Manager UUID The UUID of the Oracle VM Manager instance that owns this server Server Abilities Cluster Whether or not the server supports clustering Nfs Whether or not the server is capable of mounting NFS shares iSCSI Whether or not the server is capable of mounting iSCSI LUNs Fibre Channel Whether or not the server is capable of mounting Fibre Channel LUNs HighAvailability Whether or not the server supports high availability for virtual machines 102 Virtual Machines Perspective VMSuspend Whether or not the server supports suspending a virtual machine Per VM CPUOverSubscribe Whether or not each virtual machine can be configured to perform CPU over subscription All VM CPUOverSubscribe Whether or not all virtual machines on the server can be configured to perform CPU over subscription Bondmode Active Backup Whether or not the server supports active backup network bonds Bondmode Link Aggregation Whether or not the server supports link aggregation network bonds Bondmode Adaptive Load Balancing
478. rom the assembly you can use the template to create and deploy virtual machines See Section 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine for information on using a template to create virtual machines 4 5 1 3 Edit Assembly To edit an assembly file 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the assembly file is located Select Assemblies in the navigation tree Select the assembly in the table in the management pane Click Edit Selected VM Assembly Z in the management pane toolbar Edit the Name or Description Click OK 188 ISOs Item 4 5 1 4 Delete Assembly To delete assembly files 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the assembly files are located Select Assemblies in the navigation tree 2 Select one or more assembly files in the table in the management pane Click Delete Selected VM Assembly X in the management pane toolbar 3 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK 4 5 1 5 Refresh Assembly The contents of assembly files are not automatically refreshed when you refresh a repository Therefore to see the contents of a newly imported or modified assembly file you must refresh the assembly To refresh assembly files 1 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the assembly files are located Select Assemblies in the navigation tree 2 Select one or more assembly files in the table in the management pane Click Refresh Selected VM
479. ropriate packages must be installed on the Oracle VM Manager host so that a connection can be made with the virtual machine and so that the noVNC client can be rendered in a browser See the Oracle VM Installation and Upgrade Guide for information on installing the required packages on the Oracle VM Manager host computer The VNC Console is not available for virtual machines in the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder or virtual machines in a server pool but not assigned to an Oracle VM Server The key mapping for each VNC session is set when you create or edit a virtual machine in the Keymap field See Section 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine and Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine for information on creating and editing a virtual machine To connect to a virtual machine s console 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine in the management pane and click Launch Console in the perspective toolbar 76 Virtual Machines Perspective 4 A new browser window or tab is opened be displayed If you are using Microsoft Internet Explorer add the base URL of Oracle VM Manager for example http example com to the list of trusted sites in the security settings You may also need to downgrade the security level Tip Y If the console does not start check th
480. roup dialog box Use this option to edit volume group settings such as name and description 6 6 5 1 Edit Volume Group It is possible to edit the configuration for a Volume Group available on a SAN server The steps and options to do so are described below To edit Volume Group configuration on a SAN server 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Volume Groups option in the Perspective drop down list Select the volume group that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the 7 Edit Volume Group icon in the toolbar 3 A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the Volume Group The dialog has the following options ID Anon editable field containing the volume group s UUID as it is stored within Oracle VM Manager Name A field to change the name of the volume group within Oracle VM Manager Description A text field allowing a description of the volume group 4 When you have finished editing the volume group click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 7 Volume Group Item Each Volume Group navigation item is listed underneath the Section 6 6 SAN Server Item when it has been expanded The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 6 2 Summary Clicking on a Volume Group navigation item
481. rs in the Access Groups table If you change the Perspective of the management pane to Physical Disks the list of presented physical disks appear in the table After configuring the access group it is advisable to refresh the SAN server to make sure that the current storage layout and access rules are in effect The selected physical disks in your non generic storage array are now available to the Oracle VM Servers in this access group 6 9 4 2 Edit Access Group It is possible to edit an existing Access Group for a SAN Server This option is also possible for a generic iSCSI storage array although you are only able to edit the default access group that is created when you discover the SAN Server since it is not possible to create additional access groups for generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug ins To edit the access group for an iSCSI storage array 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Access Groups option in the Perspective drop down list 314 Access Groups Perspective 2 Select the access group that you wish to edit a default access group is always present and click Edit Access Group 7 The Edit Access Group dialog box is displayed 3 In the Access Group tab you can edit the Name on Array and Access Group Name for storage arrays that use a non generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in When you have a generic plug in these items are gr
482. rspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 266 Access Groups Perspective 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the managem
483. rspective Usually an NFS server is configured to export the same file systems to different server pools This setup is described as having uniform exports If however your NFS server is configured to export different file 246 Access Groups Perspective systems to different server pools no single server in any server pool has full access to all of the exports available on the NFS server This setup is described as having non uniform exports In these cases in order for Oracle VM Manager to properly handle file system refreshes you need to configure Access Groups to define the permissions available to each server pool If your exports are uniform across all server pools you do not need to perform this operation It is important to understand that when describing uniform and non uniform exports we are describing how the NFS server is configured to present exports to all of the servers belonging to a particular server pool Within any clustered server pool all of the servers must have access to the same exports on the NFS server The Access Groups perspective lists the different Access Groups configured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the access group Event Severity The event level severity associated with the access group File Server The file server that the access group applies to Servers The servers that belong to the acce
484. rspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to which the configuration file belongs Click VM Config File Content 3 The VM Config File Content dialog box is displayed with the content of the virtual machine configuration file You can view and copy the text according to your needs Click OK to close the dialog 3 5 2 15 Send VM Messages You can select one or more virtual machines Oracle VM Servers or server pools to select which running virtual machines are populated in the dialog box used to send messages to virtual machines To send a virtual machine a message you must have first installed the Oracle VM Guest Additions in the virtual machine For information on installing the Oracle VM Guest Additions and a more detailed description of the virtual machine messaging mechanism and its uses see the Oracle VM Administrator s Guide To send messages to virtual machines 1 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab Determine the grouping of virtual machines that you wish to send a message to i If you wish to send a message to virtual machines distributed across one or more server pools click on the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane Select Server Pools from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more server pools in the management pane ii If you wish to send a message to virtual machines distributed across one or more servers in a particular server pool expand the Server Pools folder in the navigation pa
485. rt VM Template dialog box Use this option to import a virtual machine template Edit Selected VM Template Displays the Edit VM Template dialog box Use this option to edit a virtual machine template Delete Selected VM Template x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected virtual machine template Clone or Move Template a Displays the Clone or Move Template wizard Use this option to clone create a copy of a virtual machine template or move the disks and configuration file to another storage repository Manage Clone Customizers Displays the Manage Clone Customizers for VM dialog box Use this option to manage the clone customizers for a virtual machine template Display VM Config File Displays the VM Config File Content dialog box Displays read only view of the configuration file for the selected virtual machine Use this option to view the content of the virtual machine configuration file 4 8 1 1 Import Template To import a virtual machine template 1 The Oracle VM template should be accessible to your Oracle VM environment from a location that can be reached using HTTP HTTPS or FTP 2 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which to store the template Select VM Templates in the navigation tree 3 Select Import VM Template amp in the toolbar in the management pane 4 The Import VM Template dialog box is displayed Select or edit the follo
486. rtr nne ense nn 101 3 5 2 Virtual Machines Perspective ssssssssssssessseseene nennen nnns 103 3 5 3 2 se 123 3 5 4 Ethernet Ports Perspectiva eere nte een te ecce e ree 124 3 5 5 Bond Ports Perspective cece eee enne 125 3 5 6 Physical Disks Perspectlve n eR Oed 128 3 5 7 Storage Initiators Perspective essesssssssssssssseeeneneene nennen nene nnne nennen 134 3 5 8 Control Domains Perspective sssssssssssssseeeeeeeen nennen ern nan 135 3 5 9 Repository Exports Perspective sssssessssseeeeeeenee eene nnne nnne nnne 136 3 9 10 Events Perspective em 137 3 6 Unassigned Servers Folder 139 3 6 1 Servers Perspective iam ettet nece ba tete dea ee dd Ld Lone diee da E sa e ODER Donee 140 3 6 2 Events Perspective E nnns 157 3 7 Unassigned Virtual Machines Folder 159 3 7 1 Virtual Machines Perspective 159 3 7 2 Events PerspectiVe sese tene itas cere et e HL eee aee Le
487. rtual NIC to this Virtual Machine Dynamically Assign MAC Network v Add VNiC Specify MAC Address Previous Cancel Next This step of the wizard allows you to add VNICs to the virtual machine If you want to specify the MAC address for a VNIC select Specify MAC Address and enter the MAC address Otherwise leave the default Dynamically Assign MAC to dynamically assign a MAC Address Select a network with the virtual machine role from the Network drop down list If no networks are available you must first create a network with the virtual machine role as a dedicated network for virtual machine traffic is required See Section 5 1 1 Create New Network for information on creating a network Click Add VNIC The VNIC order specified here is important as it determines the order in which they are presented to the virtual machine You can control the ordering of the VNICs using the up and down arrows on the right of the table If you are editing the networking of an existing stopped virtual machine you can change the network to which the VNIC belongs using the Network drop down list in the table It is important that the VNIC 145 Servers Perspective belongs to a network already associated with the Oracle VM Servers on which it can run or you cannot start the virtual machine See Section 5 1 1 Create New Network and Section 5 1 2 Edit Existing Network for more information on associating Oracle
488. rver when the storage configuration is changed for example a new storage array is added Update Server Updates or upgrades the Oracle VM Server if an update is available in the server update repository Send VM Messages 4 Send one or more virtual machines a message Use this option to send messages to virtual machines that have the Oracle VM Guest Additions installed 3 4 2 1 Create Virtual Machine This section discusses creating a virtual machine using a template and creating a virtual machine from an To create a virtual machine using a template 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Click Create Virtual Machine in the toolbar 3 The Create Virtual Machine wizard is displayed if Create Virtual Machine How do you want to create your Virtual Machine Create a new VM Click to continue Clone from an existing VM Template OR Clone Count 5 2 Name Index 08 Repository MyNFSRepository VM Template OracleLinuxR6U1 0 v VM Name MyVM Server Pool MyServerPool iv Oracle Linux Release 6 Update 1 Cloned from a Description template Cancel Finish 56 Servers Perspective Select the Clone from an existing VM Template option Enter or select the following Clone Count The number of virtual machines to create from the template Name Index The start index number to use for the clone name suffix The default is 0 This is used in conjunction with the VM Nam
489. rver Update x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option Repository to delete the selected server update repository 7 2 1 Create New Server Update Repository To create a new server update repository 1 Click the Tools and Resources tab 2 Click the Server Update Groups subtab 3 Inthe navigation tree select GlobalSparcServerUpdateConfiguration to create a repository for SPARC based Oracle VM Servers or GlobalX86ServerUpdateConfiguration for x86 based Oracle VM Servers 4 Click Create New Server Update Repository to display the Create Server Update Repository dialog box Enter the following information about the repository Name A name for the repository as stored in Oracle VM Manager Repository Name The repository name as used by a server to distinguish between different upgrade repositories This may only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores No spaces are permitted For SPARC environments the repository name must match a valid publisher at the URL where the repository is hosted URL The URL to access the repository for example http example com OVM3 Server E Note The URL should contain the RPMs and the repodata directory created by the createrepo tool If you are copying the RPMs from the Oracle VM Server ISO media or loop mounting the ISO file make sure to include the Server directory which includes the repodata directory for example http example com OVM
490. rver navigation item offers the following perspectives within the management pane Info Perspective Events Perspective File Systems Perspective Access Groups Perspective 6 4 1 Info Perspective The Info perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface This perspective always shows the individually configured parameters for an item that is currently selected in the navigation tree Some of these configured parameters may be automatically populated through a discovery process while others may have been configured manually during the creation of the object that is selected This perspective includes information reported by the NFS File Server based on information returned by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in in use Some fields may not be populated if the plug in does not support them The information and fields available may vary depending on the plug in that you are using The Generic File Server plug in returns the following information File Server Name The configured name for the file server 240 Events Perspective Description The configured description for the file server Storage Name The storage server controller name specified when the storage server was created Uniquely identifies the correct controller if the storage server manager supports multiple controllers Status The status of the file server as reported by the file server Validated Whether or not t
491. rvers in the server pool therefore it is usually good to set this during the creation of your server pool 4 To edit the Oracle VM Servers in the server pool click the Servers tab Using the controls provided 6 you can add or remove Oracle VM Servers that comprise the server pool To edit the tags associated with the server pool click the Tags tab Using the controls provided you can add or remove tags that can be used to identify the server pool and to group it with other objects within Oracle VM Manager See Section 1 14 Tags for more information on creating and managing tags Click OK to apply your changes The server pool changes are automatically propagated to all Oracle VM Servers in the server pool by the master server 3 3 1 5 Delete Server Pool Before you can delete a server pool you must delete or remove all virtual machines and remove all Oracle VM Servers from the server pool To delete server pools 1 2 3 4 5 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the Server Pools folder in the navigation tree Select Server Pools from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more server pools in the table in the management pane Click Delete X in the toolbar The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the server pools The server pools are deleted Tip To delete a server pool which is HA enabled you must have an admin server assigned to any NFS file server b
492. ry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 4 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Se
493. s For other resources such as CPU and memory paravirtualized kernels make special hypercalls to the Xen hypervisor These hypercalls provide better performance by reducing the number of instructions and context switches required to handle an incoming request By contrast on an emulated hardware virtualized guest driver requests engage the guest s interrupt handler increasing the I O operation overhead refresh server S An Oracle VM Server dedicated to handling file system refreshes on behalf of a server pool A refresh server temporarily mounts file systems on an NFS file server during the refresh operation The server must be granted full data access in order to perform the refresh For each NFS file server at least one Oracle VM Server from each server pool accessing the file server must be assigned as a refresh server server pool Logically an autonomous region that contains one or more physical Oracle VM Servers Presents a unified view of the storage where the virtual machines reside and groups the users of these virtual machines into a single community called a group in which each user is a server pool member Each server pool can have up to 32 physical servers Each Oracle VM Server can be a member of only one server pool The server pool is the operational unit of Oracle VM Policies are configured and enforced at the server pool level Server processor compatibility group A server processor compatibility group is a gro
494. s Before you can create a server update group for a server pool make sure the server pool allows the global repositories to be overridden using the Override Global Server Update Group check box in the Edit Server Pool dialog box See Section 3 3 1 4 Edit Server Poo for information on editing a server pool These options can be accessed using the toolbar at the top of the tab when you click on an item within the management pane table The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the repository Repository Name The unique name that has been configured for the repository Enabled Whether the repository is enabled Package Signature Type The type of verification signature for the repository URL The URL for the repository Description The description that has been configured for the repository 97 Server Update Repositories Perspective This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 3 9 Server Update Repositories Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create New Server Update d Displays the Create Server Update Repository dialog box Repository Use this option to create a new server update repository Edit Server Update e Displays the Edit Server Update Repository dialog box Use Repository this option to edit an existing server update repository Delete Server Update
495. s High Availability HA Work in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on HA Huge Pages for paravirtualized VMs with the Domain Type set to XEN PVM Huge Pages are available by default for HVM and PVHVM and this parameter cannot be set if your Domain Type is not set to XEN PVM Setting this parameter automatically sets the page size to 2 MB This means that when assigning memory to a virtual machine with this parameter set you must ensure that the values specified are multiples of 2 MB If you enable HugePages you must also enable support for HugePages in the guest operating system If you want to change this value when editing a virtual machine the virtual machine must first be stopped This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool See How are Huge Pages Enabled for Virtual Machines in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on Huge Page support Description An optional description of the virtual machine Operating System The operating system of the virtual machine This setting enables or disables certain virtual machine settings that the guest operating system may require Mouse Device Type The mouse type to use for the virtual machine This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool Keymap The keyboard mapping to use for the virtual machine This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be dep
496. s Perspective The File Systems perspective lists the different file systems configured in your environment and running on an NFS file server The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the file system Event Severity The event level severity for each file system Refreshed Whether or not the file system has been refreshed Size GiB A grouping that consists of the following columns Used The size of the file system in GiB that is currently in use Total The total size in GiB of the file system Description A description entered for the file system when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 6 5 File Systems Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Edit File System a Displays the Edit File System dialog box Delete File System x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected file system Refresh File System H Refreshes the file systems made available by the selected file server Use this option to rescan the file systems after making changes to its configuration This updates the storage information known to Oracle VM Manager 243 File Systems Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Display Selected File System Display the Events dialog box which contains t
497. s in a storage array Physical disks may be shared by virtual machines CD DVD This adds an ISO file in a storage repository and can be used to create HVM and PVHVM virtual machines When creating a virtual machine from an ISO file you must use a single file Installations that span multiple ISO files are not supported ISO files cannot be used to create PVM virtual machines You cannot add an empty CDROM on a SPARC based server Add or create any virtual disks to use as the virtual machine s hard disk select any physical disks to add and select any ISO files to use to create the virtual machine Add the disks in the order they should appear in the virtual machine The disk with the boot partition or installation media should be the first disk listed An HVM guest can have up to four disks including empty CD DVD drives A PVM guest can have up to 104 disks A PVHVM guest can have up to 107 disks An LDOMS PVM guest can have up to 1024 disks Only one slot can contain an empty CD DVD 146 Servers Perspective Tip When editing a running virtual machine you can change the CD DVD using this dialog box and the CD DVD is mounted in the operating system To create or add a virtual disk a To create a virtual disk select Virtual Disk from the Disk Type drop down list and click Create a Virtual Disk The Create Virtual Disk dialog box is displayed Enter or select the following to create a virtual disk Repository The
498. s the file systems to update the storage information known to Oracle VM Manager Delete File System x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected file system Display Selected File System Display the Events dialog box which contains the job event Events associated with the selected file systems 6 11 1 Edit File System It is possible to edit the configuration for an existing file system The steps and options to do so are described below To edit a local or shared file system 1 If you need to modify a file system stored on a local disk select the file system item contained the Local File Systems or Shared File Systems folder in the navigation pane Select the file system that you wish to edit in the management pane table 2 Click on the 7 Edit File System icon in the toolbar 3 A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the file system You can edit the following parameters Name The name of the file system in Oracle VM Manager Description Optional information you would like to add about this file system 4 When you have finished editing the file system click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 11 2 Refresh File System When changes are made to the file systems or disks on local or shared storage it is useful to refresh the configuration of your file systems to make Oracle VM Manager aware of the changes To refres
499. s you set up clone parameters such as networking disks and ISO resources Use this option to create edit or delete a clone customizer Display VM Config File Content Displays the VM Config File Content dialog box Displays a read only view of the configuration file for the selected virtual machine Use this option to view the content of the virtual machine configuration file Send VM Messages Send one or more virtual machines a message Use this option to send messages to virtual machines that have the Oracle VM Guest Additions installed Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Display Selected VM Events Displays the Events dialog box Displays events for the selected virtual machine Use this option to view or acknowledge error events for the virtual machine 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine Changes to virtual machine configuration do not have an immediate effect on a running virtual machine The virtual machine must be stopped and then started for the hypervisor to reload the virtual machine configuration A restart does not force the hypervisor to reload the configuration To edit a virtual machine 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 105 Virtual Machines Perspective 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine in the management pane and clic
500. scan Physical Disks in the perspective toolbar 3 A confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK 3 6 1 10 Update Server Software updates and upgrades to Oracle VM Servers can be performed using the global server update repository configured in the Server Updates subtab of the Tools and Resources tab See Section 7 2 Server Update Groups for information on configuring a global server update repository A repository can be overridden for a server pool if required See Section 3 4 6 Server Update Repositories Perspective for information on overriding a global update repository for a server pool To see which version of the Oracle VM Server software is installed before and after an upgrade click the Servers and VMs tab select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree and then select Control Domains in the Perspective drop down list See Section 3 5 8 Control Domains Perspective for information on control domains displayed in the Update Required column in the Servers perspective in the management pane 154 Servers Perspective View Perspective Servers a4a7 xX m2055 eri Tag Filter x Go Update Maintenance Speed Name Status Required Mode IP Address Memory GiB Processors ciis Product MyServer1 Running No Off 10 172 76 79 32 0 4 20 empty empty MyServer2 Running No Off 10 172 76 80 32 0 4 20 empty empty MyServer3 Running of 10 172 76 84 32 0 4 20 empty empty Rows Selected 1 Columns Hid
501. scape character in the Oracle VM Manager Command Line Interface to escape the special characters lt gt Special characters need only be escaped when within single or double quotes create Tag name MyTag description HR s VMs 4 Conventions The following text conventions are used in this document Convention Meaning boldface Boldface type indicates graphical user interface elements associated with an action or terms defined in text or the glossary italic Italic type indicates book titles emphasis or placeholder variables for which you supply particular values monospace Monospace type indicates commands within a paragraph URLs code in examples text that appears on the screen or text that you enter viii Chapter 1 Using Oracle VM Manager Table of Contents 1 1 Web Browser Requirements eee tal RAT LIO 1 1 2 Logging into Oracle VM Manager 2 1 3 Oracle VM Manager Accessibility Features nnne 3 eer 3 1 5 0 3 1 6 Using the Global ENKS iier a LOTH 5 hed Usno TING Tabs iste bn etm ebrietate eub
502. se URL of Oracle VM Manager for example http example com to the list of trusted sites in the security settings You may also need to downgrade the security level Tip If the console does not start check that your web browser allows pop ups to from medium to medium low for the Trusted sites zone If the virtual machine s console is in use by another user a message is displayed asking if you want to take over the connection If you take over the connection the other user s session is disconnected and the terminal session is started on your client computer If the terminal emulator has trouble taking over the connection you may need to close it and launch the serial console again The virtual machine console is displayed Log in and interact with the virtual machine as you would through any other Telnet console session If required enter the user name and password of the guest operating system to log in to the operating system 3 5 2 7 Restart Virtual Machines Restarting a virtual machine is analogous to rebooting a computer You may need to restart a virtual machine if an operating system update requires you to restart the virtual machine for example Microsoft Windows updates To restart virtual machines 1 2 3 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machin
503. se a screen reader e use high contrast use large fonts 1 4 HTML Access Keys To access menus without using a mouse you can use the HTML access keys The shortcut key for a user interface item is shown as an underline of the shortcut key letter in the item name for example the shortcut key for the Servers and VMs tab is s as that is the letter underlined in the tab text To access the shortcut key enter the HTML access key for your browser plus the access key letter For example to access a shortcut key on Microsoft Internet Explorer press Alt shortcut_key at the same time See your web browser documentation to find the key combination to use for HTML access keys for your browser 1 5 User Interface Overview The Oracle VM Manager Web Interface provides a set of tabs work areas management panes icons and toolbars for access to various functions and configuration screens Figure 1 1 The Oracle VM Manager Web Interface shows the main components of the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface User Interface Overview Figure 1 1 The Oracle VM Manager Web Interface ORACLE Manager Logged admin Logout Settings Help Global Links Tabs e Servers and VMs Toolbar SEF PY Server Pools Ba MyServerPool Nj MyServert Management 0 MyServer2 Pane showing Xj MyServer3 Servers 1 d Perspective Unassigned Virtual Machines Job Summary C 96 Total Jobs Descript
504. sented in the management pane To clone a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to clone in the table presented in the management pane 308 Physical Disks Perspective 2 Click on the amp Clone Physical Disk icon in the toolbar 3 A dialog opens to allow you to clone the Physical Disk The dialog has the following options Name A field to set the name of the physical disk clone that you are going to create within Oracle VM Manager Clone Target Type A drop down menu allowing you to select the type of storage to be used for the physical disk clone Physical Disk Copies the data from one physical disk to another Repository Copies the data from the physical disk into a virtual disk image in an existing repository Clone Target A searchable field to allow you to select the target location where the clone is to be stored Clone Type A drop down menu allowing you to select the type of clone to create Sparse Copy Copies only the written data from the physical disk to the target clone Non sparse Copy Performs a block copy of the physical disk to the target clone 4 When you have finished setting the clone parameters for the physical disk click OK to begin the c
505. set out in Table 3 1 Servers and VMs Tab Perspective The Perspectives available in any particular view vary depending on the item selected in the navigation tree This table provides a quick reference for all of the available perspectives in the Servers and VMs tab Each perspective provides a different view of your configuration and also includes its own toolbar Table 3 1 Servers and VMs Tab Perspective Management Pane Perspective Server Pools Description Displays information about the server pools Use this tab to edit server pool policies add or remove Oracle VM Servers from a server pool edit information about a server pool and delete a server pool Select the Server Pools folder in the navigation tree and then select Server Pool in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane For more information about managing server pool see Section 3 3 1 Server Pools Perspective Server Processor Compatibility for selected Oracle VM Servers with compatible processors for virtual machine migration You can perform actions on the server processor compatibility groups using the tab s toolbar such as create edit and delete Select the Server Pools folder in the navigation tree and then select Server Processor Compatibility in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane See Section 3 3 2 Server Processor Compatibility Perspective for information on server processor compatibility groups
506. set to Myv and the Name Index field is set to 1 the resulting clones would be named MyVM 1 MyVM 2 and so on Target Server Pool The server pool on which the clone is to be deployed Note 3j The list of server pools that are available in the drop down is limited to valid server pools that are capable of handling the cloning process correctly This helps you to prevent cloning to a server pool that may fail to process the request If this list is empty you should refer to the table presented under the Why don t I see other server pools to clone to element in this dialog Description A description for the virtual machines or templates Advanced Clone Whether to use a clone customizer to set preferences for the clone operation Clone Customizer The clone customizer to use to create the clones This is used to set virtual disk mappings to enable you to copy disks to other storage locations It also allows you to create network mappings so you can use new VNICs and other networks for the clone Click Create to create a new clone customizer See Section 3 5 2 13 Manage Clone Customizers for information on creating a clone customizer This field is enabled if Advanced Clone is checked Target Repository The repository to store the cloned virtual machine configuration file This does not affect any clone disk mappings you set using a clone customizer this option is only for the virtual machine configuration file This field is enabled
507. setting the clone parameters for the physical disk click OK to begin the clone job or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 6 3 5 Refresh Physical Disk When changes are made to the physical disks on a SAN server or Oracle VM Server it is useful to refresh the configuration of your physical disks to make Oracle VM Manager aware of the changes To refresh physical disks 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk or disks that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane To refresh physical disks used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the Refresh Physical Disk option in the toolbar 264 Physical Disks Perspective 3 The selected physical disks are refreshed and their configurations are updated within Oracle VM Manager Note R If you encounter an error when refreshing a physical disk with a repository located on it similar to the following OVMAPI_7281E Cannot perform operation on file system You may need to ensu
508. signed Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to delete in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the X Delete Physical Disk icon in the toolbar 3 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the physical disk 6 8 3 4 Clone Physical Disk 290 Physical Disks Perspective It is possible to clone a physical disk The steps and options to do so are described below To clone a Physical Disk 1 On the Storage tab expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to clone in the table presented in the management pane To clone a physical disk used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to clone in the table presented in the management pane Click on the 3 Clone Physical Disk icon the toolbar A dialog opens to allow you to clone the Physical Disk The dialog has the following options Name A field to set the name of the physical disk clone that you are going to cr
509. sioning and share ability of the selected physical disk Delete Physical Disk x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected physical disk Clone Physical Disk fa Displays the Clone Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to clone a physical disk to another physical disk or to a disk image on a file server Refresh Physical Disk H Refreshes the physical disks on a storage array Use this option to rescan the physical disks after making changes to 306 Physical Disks Perspective Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description the configuration of a storage array This updates the storage information known to Oracle VM Manager Display Servers using Physical BH Displays the Servers using Physical Disk dialog box Use Disk this option to view which servers are using a selected physical disk Display Selected Physical Disk Display the Events dialog box which contains the job event Events associated with the selected physical disks 6 9 3 1 Create Physical Disk not supported on Generic On SAN Servers that are not using a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in it is frequently possible to create a new physical disk To create a physical disk on a SAN Server 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list
510. sk Exp Import Assembly to Repository MyReposi Job Summary BOPending GOinProgress MOFailed 0 Aborted 0 Complete Description Status Progress Message Timestamp Duration Abort Details No data to display The Jobs tab contains the subtabs set out in Table 8 1 Jobs Subtabs Table 8 1 Jobs Subtabs Subtab Description Summary Displays the Summary subtab Use this tab to get a global view on jobs to evaluate information on jobs completed or aborted or to cancel a job in progress See Section 8 1 Summary for more information on the Summary tab Recurring Displays the Recurring subtab Use this tab to configure recurring jobs such as the Server Upgrade Checker Task that periodically 337 Summary Subtab Description checks that the Oracle VM Servers have the latest product versions installed See Section 8 2 Recurring for more information on recurring jobs 8 1 Summary The Summary view provides a listing of all jobs that have been triggered within Oracle VM Manager whether those jobs were triggered within the Ul from the CLI the Web Services API or internally by Oracle VM Manager itself Jobs can be displayed for all users or just for the administrator The Jobs calendar enables you to display the jobs for a particular date Select a date in the Jobs calendar and the jobs for that date are displayed in the Jobs table This su
511. sk Clone Target Type Clone Target Clone Type ame and Description v MyVMBootDisk Repository MyNFSRepository Q Non Sparse Storage Mappings v MySharedDisk Repository MyNFSRepository Q Non Sparse Network Mappings v Enterprise R5 U5 Server Repository MyNFSRepository Q Non Sparse E V FreeBSD 10 Physical Dis v FreeBSD 8 Sparse Previous Cancel Nex Select the following storage mappings Disk The disks to include in the clone Clone Target Type The type of storage location where the disk is to be created either a Repository or a Physical Disk Clone Target The location on the storage type where the disk is to be created Clone Type Whether to use a sparse or non sparse files for the disk Click Next The Network Mappings step of the wizard is displayed Create a Clone Customizer Virtual NIC Ethernet Network V vnicO 00 21 16 00 00 1b MyVMNetwork Storage Mappings Network Mappings Previous Cancel Einish Select the Virtual NICss to include in the clone customizer and the Ethernet Network to which they should belong 169 Virtual Machines Perspective Note R The network configuration is not changed when moving a virtual machine or template It is only used when cloning a virtual machine or template Click Finish The clone customizer is now available to use to create a virtual m
512. sk access according to your requirements The generic iSCSI storage arrays have a single access group available by default where you can simply add or remove storage initiators from your Oracle VM Servers Generic fibre channel storage has no access groups and is always listed under the Unmanaged Fibre Channel Storage Array folder To configure an access group for a non generic iSCSI storage array 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Access Groups option in the Perspective drop down list 2 Click Create Access Group to start the Create an Access Group wizard 3 The Create Access Group step is displayed in the wizard Enter a name for your new access group and optionally provide a description Click Next dp Create an Access Group Access Group Name AccessGroup1 MyZFS Create Access Group Description Access group 1 on SUN ZFS storage Select Initiators appliance Cancel Next 4 The Select Initiators step is displayed in the wizard It contains the available storage initiators for this type of storage on the Oracle VM Servers in your environment Use the arrow buttons to move the required initiators from the Available Storage Initiators box to the Selected Storage Initiators box Click Next 295 Access Groups Perspective dp Create an Access Group Select the storage initiators to add to the access group Create Access Group A
513. sk icon in the toolbar A dialog opens to display the Oracle VM Servers that are configured to use the Physical Disk The dialog provides the following information in tabular format Name The name of the Oracle VM Server Description The configured description for the Oracle VM Server Status The running status of the Oracle VM Server Utilization 96 The percentage of the disk that is utilized by the Oracle VM Server Maintenance Mode Whether or not the Oracle VM Server is in maintenance mode Owned Whether or not the current instance of Oracle VM Manager has ownership of the Oracle VM Server 280 Physical Disks Perspective 4 When you have finished viewing the list of servers with access to the physical disk click Close to exit out of the dialog 6 7 2 7 Display Events The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the manage
514. ss Group Name AccessGroup1 MyZFS Create Access Group Description Access group 1 on SUN ZFS storage Select Initiators appliance Cancel Next 4 The Select Initiators step is displayed in the wizard It contains the available storage initiators for this type of storage on the Oracle VM Servers in your environment Use the arrow buttons to move the required initiators from the Available Storage Initiators box to the Selected Storage Initiators box Click Next dp Create an Access Group Select the storage initiators to add to the access group Create Access Group Available Storage Initiators Selected Storage Initiators Select Initiators MyServer04 iqn 1988 12 com orace d0 1f8b MyServer0 1 iqn 1988 12 com orade 5c24b8 MyServer 5 iqn 1988 12 com orade 3f9615c MyServer02 iqn 1988 12 com orade 9843cet MyServer06 ign 1988 12 com or MyServer03 iqn 1988 12 com orade d6fb55 j Present Physical Disks MyServer07 ign 1988 12 com orade Previous Cancel Next Note R You can also use the Storage Initiators perspective in the Servers and VMs tab to view and configure storage initiators on an individual Oracle VM Server See Section 3 5 7 1 View Access Groups for Selected Initiator for more information on using this method 313 Access Groups Perspective Important AN If you have both iSCSI and Fibre Channel storage array types in your environment you must ensure that the storage initiators tha
515. ss Groups perspective from the drop down 2 To edit an existing Access Group click the Edit Access Group icon Z The Edit Access Group dialog opens Tabs are provided to allow you to change the Access Group details File Systems and Servers 6 4 4 3 Delete Access Groups To delete Access Groups for non uniform exports 1 Onthe Storage tab expand the File Servers folder in the navigation pane and select a file server listed here In the management pane select the Access Groups perspective from the drop down 2 To delete an existing Access Group click the Delete Access Group icon X A confirmation dialog is displayed before the action can be completed 6 4 4 4 Display Events The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error
516. ss group Description A description entered for the access group when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 6 7 Access Groups Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create An Access Group Displays the Create an Access Group dialog box Use this option to create a new access group Edit Access Group a Displays the Edit Access Group dialog box Use this option to edit access group settings such as name description file systems belonging to the Access Group and the servers that have access to these file systems Delete Access Group x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected access group Display Selected Access Display the Events dialog box which contains the job event Group Events associated with the selected access groups 6 4 4 1 Create Access Group To create Access Groups for non uniform exports 1 Inthe Storage tab expand the File Servers folder in the navigation pane and select a file server listed here In the management pane select the Access Groups perspective from the drop down 2 To add a new Access Group click the Create an Access Group icon a The Create an Access Group wizard appears Enter a meaningful name and description for the Access Group that you are creating The group defines the set of file systems that are available to a particu
517. ss oracle com projects ocfs2 Oracle VM Agent An application installed with Oracle VM Server The Oracle VM Agent receives and processes management requests and provides event notifications and configuration data to the Oracle VM Manager Oracle VM Manager manages the virtual machines running on Oracle VM Server by communicating with Oracle VM Agent It contains three components master Oracle VM Server Utility Server and Virtual Machine Server Oracle VM Manager The Oracle VM Manager is the management platform which offers an easy to use web browser interface as well as a command line interface CLI The Oracle VM Manager tracks and manages the resources available in your virtual environment The user interface which is an Application Development Framework ADF web application allow you to easily manage Oracle VM Server pools Manages virtual machine life cycle including creating virtual machines from templates or from installation media deleting powering off uploading deployment and live migration of virtual machines Manages resources including ISO files templates and shared virtual disks 346 Oracle VM Server P A self contained virtualization environment designed to provide a lightweight secure server based platform for running virtual machines The Oracle VM Server comprises a hypervisor and a privileged domain called that allow multiple domains or virtual machines that is Linux Solaris Windows and so
518. stamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 13 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this pe
519. storage repository on Click OK 177 Create New Repository Filter You can use this filter to specify search criteria to limit the objects Note 3j When searching for a physical disk there is an option to provide a Name displayed See Section 1 13 Name Filters for more information Q Create a Repository Repository Name iSCSlrepo01 Repository Information Repository Location Network File Server Physical Disk L Present to Servers ad Server Pool MyServerPool 4 Physical Disk 350014 2568 0 Description Storage repository for Oracle Linux based VMs Cancel Next Select from the list to which Server Pool this storage repository should be provided Optionally enter additional information about this storage repository in the Description field Note qj When you create a storage repository on a LUN only clustered server pools can be selected Click Next to proceed to the second section of the wizard Present to Servers When the storage repository is prepared and created it must also be made available for use by your Oracle VM Servers before it can be populated Typically you present the storage repository to all the Oracle VM Servers in the server pool However should you wish to set up storage differently Oracle VM Manager allows you to present a repository to a selection of Oracle VM Servers instead of the entire server pool See also Section 4 3 1 4 Present or Unpresent Repository
520. summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 6 11 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective 259 Physical Disks Perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them
521. t File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 8 Unmanaged Fibre Channel Storage Array Item An Unmanaged Fibre Channel Storage Array navigation item is listed underneath the Section 6 5 SAN Servers Folder when it has been expanded The structure of the navigation provided in the navigation tree is discussed in more detail in Section 6 2 Summary Clicking on a Unmanaged Fibre Channel Storage Array navigation item in the navigation tree allows you to access different perspectives in the management pane Each perspective provides its own view of 284 Info Perspective any unmanaged Fibre Channel storage arrays within Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane The Unmanaged Fibre Channel Storage Array navigation item offers the following perspectives within the management pane Info Perspective Events Perspective Physical Disks Perspective Access Groups Perspective Volume Groups Perspective 6 8 1 Info Perspective The Info perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager We
522. t Server Pool MyServerPool Description Advanced Clone Clone Customizer X Create Target Repository MyRepository Why don t see other server pools to clone to Name Description All server pools passed the pre clone test Cancel OK Select or enter the following Clone to a Select the clone type either Virtual Machine or Template to specify the objects to create from the clone Clone Count The number of clones to create Name Index The start index number to use for the clone name suffix The default is 0 This is used in conjunction with the Clone Name field to create the name for each clone Clone Name An optional name for the virtual machines or templates The maximum name length is 256 characters and may contain any character The name need not be unique If no value is given the default is the name of the virtual machine or template being cloned Each clone is suffixed with a dot and the clone index number starting with the value for the Name Index field For example if the Clone Name field is set to and the Name Index field is set to 1 the resulting clones would be named MyVM 1 MyVM 2 and so on Target Server Pool The server pool on which the clone is to be deployed Note N The list of server pools that are available in the drop down is limited to valid server pools that are capable of handling the cloning process correctly This helps you to preve
523. t a server pool in the navigation pane 2 From the Perspective field in the management pane select Server Update Repositories from the drop down list 3 Select a repository from the table in the management pane 4 Click Delete Server Update Repository X 5 Aconfirmation dialog is displayed Click OK to delete the repository 98 Events Perspective The server update repository is deleted 3 4 7 Events Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user ac
524. t be unique If no value is given the default is the name of the virtual machine or template being cloned Each clone is suffixed with a dot and the clone index number starting with the value for the Name Index field For example if the Clone Name field is set to Myv M and the Name Index field is set to 1 the resulting clones would be named MyVM 1 MyVM 2 and so on Target Server Pool The server pool on which the clone is to be deployed Note N The list of server pools that are available in the drop down is limited to valid server pools that are capable of handling the cloning process correctly This helps you to prevent cloning to a server pool that may fail to process the request If this list is empty you should refer to the table presented under the Why don t I see other server pools to clone to element in this dialog Description A description for the virtual machines or templates Advanced Clone Whether to use a clone customizer to set preferences for the clone operation 114 Virtual Machines Perspective Clone Customizer The clone customizer to use to create the clones This is used to set virtual disk mappings to enable you to copy disks to other storage locations It also allows you to create network mappings so you can use new VNICs and other networks for the clone Click Create to create a new clone customizer See Section 3 5 2 13 Manage Clone Customizers for information on creating a clone c
525. t server pools Therefore it is possible that no single server has access to all of the exports provided by a file server By assigning a server from each server pool to handle file system refreshes Oracle VM can ensure that all file systems are refreshed across all server pools If your environment is set up in such a way you need to configure 225 Discover File Server T Access Groups so that the manager can be made aware of export permissions See Section 6 4 4 Access Groups Perspective for more information If you select the Refresh All option available in the context menu for Server Pools on the Servers and VMs tab the configured refresh servers specified for each file system are used to perform a comprehensive file system refresh and you are not provided with an option to use one or more alternate refresh servers In this dialog you must include at least one server from each server pool that you intend to create You may select more than one server from each server pool in order to ensure high availability but adding more than two servers is superfluous amp Discover a File Server Select Server s that have the File File Server Parameters Thes tems exported to them rvers will be used to discovei Add Admin Servers Available Refresh Server s Selected Refresh Server s MyServer3 MyServer1 Select Refresh Servers MyServer4 MyServer2 MyServer5 Select File Systems MyServer6 MyServer
526. t the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 6 5 Volume Groups Perspective The Volume Groups perspective lists the different Volume Groups configured for each SAN Server in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the volume group Size GiB A grouping that consists of the following columns Free The size of the volume in GiB that is currently free Used The size of the volume in GiB that is currently in use Total The total size in GiB of the volume Description A description entered for the volume group when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options 274 Volume Group Item Table 6 16 Volume Groups Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Edit Volume Group a Displays the Edit Volume G
527. t to another Oracle VM Server then add it to the group The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the anti affinity group Description The description that has been configured for the anti affinity group Virtual Machines A comma separated list of the virtual machines that belong to the anti affinity group This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 3 7 Anti Affinity Groups Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create New Anti Affinity dp Displays the Create Anti Affinity Group wizard Use this Group option to create a new anti affinity group Edit Anti Affinity Group a Displays the Edit Create Anti Affinity Group dialog box Use this option to change the configuration for an anti affinity group Delete Anti Affinity Group x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected anti affinity group 3 4 4 1 Create Anti Affinity Group To create an anti affinity group 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select a server pool in the navigation pane 2 From the Perspective field in the management pane select Anti Affinity Group from the drop down list Click Create New Anti Affinity Group in the perspective toolbar 3 The Create Anti Affinity Group wizard is displayed m Create Anti Affinity Group Create Anti Anti Affinity Grou
528. t which running virtual machines are to receive the messages Send Messages to Virtual Machines Virtual Machines Selected Name Description Server Pool Server MyVM MyServerPool MyServer4 v MyVM MyServerPool MyServer1 Cancel OK Click OK to send the messages to the virtual machines 3 4 3 16 View Virtual Machine Events 89 Virtual Machines Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set
529. t you are adding for the access group match the storage type that you are defining this access group for See What are Access Groups in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on Access Groups 5 The Present Physical Disks step is displayed in the wizard It contains the available storage elements on the storage array you are registering available physical disks may be empty You may have to edit the access group Note 3j If this is the first time you are configuring access to this storage array the list of afterwards to select physical disks Use the arrow buttons to move the required disks from the Available Physical Disks box to the Selected Physical Disks box These disks are presented to the Oracle VM Servers that have the iSCSI initiator that belongs to the access group Click Finish to create the new access group with the selected initiators and physical disks s Create an Access Group Select the physical disks to present to this access group Create Access Group Available Physical Disks Selected Physical Disks Select Initiators pool 0 local ovm project SUN 6 pool O local pg_project zfs_do1 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 7 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 1 pool 0 local pg project zfs 001 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 2 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 3 pool 0 local ovm project SUN 4 PNI pool 0 local ovm project SUN 5 2i Present Physical Disks Previous Cancel Einish The new access group now appea
530. te Message in the perspective toolbar to display the Create VM Message dialog box dp Create VM Message Key com oracle linux network device 0 V Log Message Hide Message Message etho Cancel OK Enter the message key value pair in the Key and Message fields Check the Log Message field to retain a log of the message Check the Hide Message field to hide the message of the key value pair 71 Virtual Machines Perspective 5 6 in the user interface Click OK to save the message and return to the Send Messages to Virtual Machines dialog box To edit a message select the message and click Edit 7 in the dialog box toolbar To delete a message select it and click Delete 3 in the dialog box toolbar Select the Virtual Machines tab to select which running virtual machines are to receive the messages E Send Messages to Virtual Machines Messages Virtual Machines Selected Name Description Server Pool Server v MyVM MyServerPool MyServer4 4 MyVM MyServerPool MyServer1 Cancel OK Click OK to send the messages to the virtual machines 3 4 3 Virtual Machines Perspective The Virtual Machines perspective lists the different virtual machines that belong to either a server pool a server or the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder depending on the item selected in the navigation pane The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the virtual machine
531. te a clone customizer 1 Select the object to which the clone customizer belongs either a virtual machine or a virtual machine template Click Manage Clone Customizers amp 2 The Manage Clone Customizers for VM or Template dialog box is displayed Select the clone customizer to delete and click Delete Clone Customizer X 3 A dialog box is displayed to confirm you want to delete the clone customizer Confirm you want to delete the clone customizer and click OK The clone customizer is deleted 203 Virtual Disks Item 4 8 1 6 View Virtual Machine Configuration File You can view the content of a virtual machine configuration file The content is not editable but you can view and copy the text according to your needs To view a virtual machine configuration file 1 2 5 Click the Repositories tab Select the repository in which the virtual machines is located in the navigation tree Select the virtual machine to which the configuration file belongs in the table in the management pane Click VM Config File Content amp The VM Config File Content dialog box is displayed with the content of the virtual machine configuration file You can view and copy the text according to your needs Click OK to close the dialog 4 9 Virtual Disks Item The management pane includes the default Virtual Disks perspective and toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to virtu
532. ted if the server pool and hypervisors use Oracle VM Server for SPARC as the hypervisor instead of Oracle VM Server for x86 Unknown This option is informational in the event that Oracle VM Manager is unable to determine the domain type for an existing virtual machine It is not possible to actually set a virtual machine s domain type to this value Attempting to do so generates a rule violation when you try to save the virtual machine settings and an error message is returned Start Policy The policy that should be used to start the virtual machine Select one of Best Server The virtual machine is started on the best available Oracle VM Server as determined pool policies see What are Server Pool Policies in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide Current Server The virtual machine is started on the Oracle VM Server to which it is assigned If you selected a particular server to create the virtual machine on then it is started on this server Use Pool Policy The virtual machine is started using the start policy defined for the entire server pool See Section 3 1 2 Create Server Pool for more information on setting the start policy for a server pool Max Memory MB The maximum memory size the virtual machine can be allocated If you have enabled Huge Pages the value here must be a multiple of 2 MB Memory MB The memory size the virtual machine is allocated When creating a virtual machine this is the memory allocation used whe
533. tem install and must have at least one VNIC Click Next The Arrange Disks step of the wizard is displayed uf Create Virtual Machine Set the slot positions for your ISOs and disks Slot Disk Type Name Size GiB Actions 0 Empty 4 C Set up Networks 1 Empty Arrange Disks 2 Empty 3 Empty Boot Options Previous Cancel Next Select the desired storage configuration of your virtual machine such as virtual disks physical disks and ISO files On a separate slot add one or more of the following disk types Empty An empty slot Virtual Disk This allows you to add or create a virtual disk Virtual disks may be shared by virtual machines or only available to a single virtual machine Physical Disk The physical disks are the disks in a storage array Physical disks may be shared by virtual machines CD DVD This adds an ISO file in a storage repository and can be used to create HVM and PVHVM virtual machines When creating a virtual machine from an ISO file you must use a single file Installations that span multiple ISO files are not supported ISO files cannot be used to create PVM virtual machines You cannot add an empty CDROM on a SPARC based server Add or create any virtual disks to use as the virtual machine s hard disk select any physical disks to add and select any ISO files to use to create the virtual machine Add the disks in the order they should appear in the virtual machine
534. tep is optional and displays in the wizard if you clicked Next in the previous step at this point This step is entirely optional Cancelling the operation within this Note E The virtual machine has already been created and deployed to the server pool dialog does not prevent the virtual machine from being created 37 Summary if Create Virtual Machine Available Tags Selected Tags MyTag BB TagstOptionan Cancel Finish If you have previously created tags they appear in the Available Tags column Select the tags you want to apply to the virtual machine and move them to the Selected Tags column See Section 1 14 Tags for more information on creating and managing tags Click Finish If you created a PVM there are some steps you should take after the operating system installation is completed 1 Stop the virtual machine See Section 3 5 2 4 Stop Virtual Machines for information on stopping a virtual machine 2 Edit the virtual machine and remove PXE from the Boot Order column in the Boot Options step of the Edit Virtual Machine wizard See Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine for information on editing a virtual machine 3 Start the virtual machine and complete the installation if necessary See Section 3 5 2 3 Start Virtual Machines for information on starting a virtual machine To edit the virtual machine configuration information see Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine 3 2 Summary
535. tes The default setting is 5 minutes Order By Sets the sort order for the information Sort by Total Servers Down Total VMs Down or Alphabetically Utilization Thresholds The Utilization Thresholds options at the top of the panel allows you to set the parameters available to trigger different health warnings The following options are available Server Processor 96 Sets the percentage of processor utilization on an Oracle VM Server to trigger a warning The default setting is 7096 Server Memory 96 Sets the percentage of memory utilization on an Oracle VM Server to trigger a warning The default setting is 9596 VM Processor Sets the percentage of processor utilization for a virtual machine to trigger a warning The default setting is 7096 2 1 2 Detailed Information Dialog When a Yellow or Red status is shown for a server pool in the Status Overview dashboard the message appears as a hyperlink that opens a dialog containing more detailed information to describe the incident that needs attention This dialog provides facilities to discover events leading up to an incident The dialog toolbar includes various icons to help you resolve any issues Select the item in the table that you wish to act on Click the Events icon to view more information about the events within the log related to the item that you are working with You may need to acknowledge particular events in order to resolve an issue See Section 1 7 4 2
536. that the physical disk is a part of for example iSCSI or Fibre Channel Reserved by Server s Whether or not the physical disk is unavailable for use by Oracle VM Manager Storage Targets The endpoint provided by the storage server through which the server may direct commands to the physical disk The storage target provides access to the physical disk Server Pool The server pool that the physical disk belongs to Repository The repository that the physical disk belongs to VM s Virtual machines using the physical disk ID The UUID for the physical disk Page83 ID The unique identifier for the physical disk Access Groups The access groups that the physical disk belongs to Extra Information Information that is passed to and from the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in for use internally by the plug in The management functions you can perform on the disk are available as icons in the perspective toolbar plug in Table 6 27 Physical Disks Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Physical Disk db Displays the Create Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to create a new physical disk in the selected volume group of the storage array of your choice This option is not supported for storage arrays using a generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Edit Physical Disk a Displays the Edit Physical Disk dialog box Use this option to change the name size provi
537. that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All a Acknowledge all error events associated with an object to clear the errors and return the object to normal operations Note that only user acknowledgeable events are cleared This button is always clickable even if there are no user acknowledgeable events Clicking it when there are no user acknowledgeable events results in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective 286 Physical Disks Perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tr
538. that use a non generic Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Table 3 16 Physical Disks Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Rescan Physical Disks l Request an update of the all the physical disks available to the Oracle VM Server to see if changes have been made Edit Physical Disk 4 Change the name description and extra information of the physical disk or make it shareable Delete Physical Disk Clone Physical Disk Stop using the selected physical disk in your Oracle VM environment Warning e If you effectively delete a LUN from a registered storage array make sure that you delete it in Oracle VM Manager first before you physically delete it from the storage server If you do not respect this order of operations the system goes into an unknown state which can only be resolved by rebooting the Oracle VM Servers the deleted LUN is connected to physical disk on the selected target Delete File System Delete one or more file systems and contents of the physical disks Refresh Physical Disks Request an update of one or more physical disks to see if changes have been made to the size and configuration 3 5 6 1 Rescan Physical Disks Display Selected Physical Disk Events Display the Events dialog box which contains the job event associated with the physical disk You can view and manage the physical disks on an Oracle
539. the description The Addressing field provides a drop down selector that allows you to choose either None Static or Dynamic to specify how IP Addressing should be configured on this interface or port If you select Static here the IP Address and Mask fields become available to edit otherwise they remain uneditable Setting the Addressing field to None deletes any previous IP addressing configured for the port 124 Bond Ports Perspective addressing information completed if you intend to use the network port for an Oracle VM network channel such as for Server Management Live Note R The IP addressing must either be set to Dynamic or Static and the IP Migrate Cluster Heartbeat or Storage 5 Click OK to save and apply your changes 3 5 5 Bond Ports Perspective The Bond Ports perspective lists the different network bonds configured for the ports on a server The following columns are displayed in the management pane Port The bond port device name detected on the server Status The bond interface status whether the bond port is up or down Interface Name The name of the bond interface as detected on the server MAC Address The MAC address for the network bond port MTU The MTU size set for the bond port Addressing Type How the interface is configured to obtain an IP address for example DHCP IP Address The current IP address configured on the interface Netmask The netmask for the net
540. the object that was created Result ID Value The value of the object that was created Child Jobs This tab is only visible when the selected job is a parent job that has related child jobs This tab contains a table with the following columns of information Timestamp The date and time that the job occurred Status The running state of the job Progress The most recent progress message for the job Description A description of the selected job Created By The user which created the job Duration The time it has taken to run the job End Time The date and time that the job ended Child Error Summary This tab is only visible when the selected job has related child jobs This tab displays information about any child job errors Queued Info This tab is always visible and displays information about any queued jobs associated with the selected job Job Events This tab is always visible and contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event 340 Debug Transcript Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event 4 Click Close to close the dialog 8 1 4 Debug Transcript To view the debug transcript 1 Select the Jobs tab and then select the Summary subtab 2 Select a job in the management pane 3 C
541. thin Oracle VM Manager Most of the perspectives also include separate perspective toolbars that enable you to perform various configuration or management tasks specific to the view currently displayed within the management pane The Unassigned Servers folder offers the following perspectives within the management pane Servers Perspective 139 Servers Perspective Events Perspective Within the Unassigned Servers navigation folder individual server navigation items may also be displayed if there are servers within your environment that have not been assigned to a particular server pool Each server item has the same associated perspectives and toolbars available as a server item listed within a particular server pool To see further information on the perspectives and toolbars associated with a server navigation item please refer to Section 3 5 Server Item 3 6 1 Servers Perspective The Servers perspective lists the different servers that belong to either a server pool or the Unassigned Servers folder depending on the item selected in the navigation pane The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the server Status The running status of the server Tag s Any tags that have been applied to the server Maintenance Mode Whether or not the server is configured to be in maintenance mode IP Address The IP address that is used by Oracle VM Manager to ac
542. this storage repository in the Description field Note R When you create a storage repository on a LUN only clustered server pools can be selected 181 Repositories Perspective 8 Click Next to proceed to the second section of the wizard Present to Servers When the storage repository is prepared and created it must also be made available for use by your Oracle VM Servers before it can be populated Typically you present the storage repository to all the Oracle VM Servers in the server pool However should you wish to set up storage differently Oracle VM Manager allows you to present a repository to a selection of Oracle VM Servers instead of the entire server pool See also Section 4 3 1 4 Present or Unpresent Repository In the Present to Servers dialog box use the arrow buttons to move the required Oracle VM Servers from the left to the right pane Q Create a Repository Ayailable Server s Presentto Server s Repository Information MyServert MyServer2 MyServer3 MyServer4 MyServer5 MyServer amp MyServer7 MyServer8 MyServer9 b Present to Servers Previous Cancel Finish 10 Click Finish to create the new storage repository and present it to the selected Oracle VM Servers The new storage repository is displayed in the Repositories table in the management pane At this point the storage repository has been created Oracle VM Manager has taken ownership and the selected Oracle VM Servers have ac
543. tify the Oracle VM Server in future Tags can be reused across objects of different types For instance the same tag used to identify a particular set of Oracle VM Servers can also be used to group a set of virtual machines together To see all objects that share the same tag you can click on the Find Components icon on the Tags subtab on the Tools and Resources tab The Find Components feature supports multi select functionality allowing you to search for components that are tagged by a number of separate tag names Furthermore the Find Components dialog allows you to filter results by object type by selecting a particular object type from the Show Types drop down selector Many screens within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface provide the option to use a Tag Filter This feature takes the form of a drop down box listing the available tags that can be used to form a filter Selecting a tag limits the view in the current screen to objects sharing the same tag On a screen that also provides the Name Filter option it is possible to switch between the filter types by selecting the appropriate filter type from the drop down menu When a view is limited using the Tag Filter function batch operations can be performed on all items listed by using shortcut keys such as Ctrl a to select all items before selecting the operation that you wish to execute 1 15 Case Sensitivity The values you enter in UI fields are case sensitive unless explicitly
544. tion to edit volume group settings such as name and description 6 9 5 1 Edit Volume Group It is possible to edit the configuration for a Volume Group available on a SAN server The steps and options to do so are described below To edit Volume Group configuration on a SAN server 1 Expand the SAN Servers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Volume Groups option in the Perspective drop down list Select the volume group that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the 7 Edit Volume Group icon in the toolbar 3 A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the Volume Group The dialog has the following options ID Anon editable field containing the volume group s UUID as it is stored within Oracle VM Manager Name A field to change the name of the volume group within Oracle VM Manager Description A text field allowing a description of the volume group 4 When you have finished editing the volume group click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 6 10 Local File Systems Item Clicking on the Local File Systems navigation item in the navigation tree allows you to view a list of all of the local file systems available within Oracle VM Manager within the management pane There are no perspectives available for this item The following information is displayed within the table in
545. tives are listed in a drop down menu located in the toolbar at the top of the management pane By selecting a particular perspective from the menu the data in the management pane is updated to show the information relevant to the selected perspective Furthermore the perspective toolbar is updated to provide management and configuration options that are specific to the perspective that you are viewing 1 7 4 1 Info Perspective The Info perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface This perspective always shows the individually configured parameters for an item that is currently selected in the navigation tree Some of these configured parameters may be automatically populated through a discovery process while others may have been configured manually during the creation of the object that is selected 1 7 4 2 Events Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays ev
546. to an Oracle VM Server To delete a file system on local or shared storage 1 Select the Storage tab 131 Physical Disks Perspective 2 Click on either the Local File Systems or Shared File Systems folder in the navigation tree 3 Select the file system to delete in the table in the management pane 4 Click the Delete File System icon in the toolbar If the icon is greyed out it means that the file system is used by a repository and it cannot be deleted You must first delete the repository See Section 4 3 1 3 Delete Repository 5 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the file system To delete a file system on a physical disk attached to an Oracle VM Server Select the Servers and VMs tab Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree Select Physical Disks in the Perspective drop down list Boo Select the physical disk in the table in the management pane e Click on the Delete File System icon in the toolbar If the icon is greyed out there is no file system on the disk so it cannot be deleted 6 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK to delete the file system 3 5 6 6 Refresh Physical Disk When changes are made to the physical disks on a SAN server or Oracle VM Server it is useful to refresh the configuration of your physical disks to make Oracle VM Manager aware of the changes To refresh physical disks 1 Expand the SAN Ser
547. to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that include a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Ora
548. tomizers for Virtual Machine or Template dialog box by Virtual Machine Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to clone in the management pane and click Manage Clone Customizers amp Virtual Machine Template Click the Repositories tab In the navigation tree select the repository in which the template resides then VM Templates Select the template in the management pane and click Manage Clone Customizers Manage Clone Customizers for VM MyOL5VM 4 2 XR Name Description No Clone Customizer Close 2 Select Create Clone Customizer 3 The Create a Clone Customizer wizard is displayed 116 Virtual Machines Perspective Create a Clone Customizer Name and Description Clone Customizer Name MyCloneCustomizer 2 Description 1 Storage Mappings Cancel Next In the Name and Description step of the wizard enter a Name and Description for the clone customizer and click Next 4 The Storage Mappings step of the wizard is displayed Create a Clone Customizer Name Desc pion Disk Clone Target Type Clone Target Clone Type v MyVMBootDisk Repository MyNFSRepository Q Non Sparse Cop v Storage Mappings y MySharedDisk Repository v 5
549. top Server When you stop an Oracle VM Server it is stopped using the Intelligent Plattorm Management Interface IPMI or a system power off command Before you can stop an Oracle VM Server you must stop any running virtual machines or place the Oracle VM Server into maintenance mode to automatically migrate the running virtual machines it cannot be started again remotely See Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server for IPMI configuration Alternatively make sure that you activate the Wake on LAN WOL Warning e Make sure that the IPMI is properly configured on the Oracle VM Server otherwise feature in the Oracle VM Server BIOS and that you have tested that it is properly 67 Servers Perspective working If an Oracle VM Server cannot start through IPMI or WOL it must be power cycled manually To stop Oracle VM Servers 1 Stop or migrate any running virtual machines To stop the virtual machines see Section 3 5 2 4 Stop Virtual Machines To automatically migrate the virtual machines to other Oracle VM Servers in the server pool place the Oracle VM Servers into maintenance mode see Section 3 4 2 2 Edit Server 2 Click the Servers and VMs tab 3 Select the server pool in which the Oracle VM Server resides in the navigation tree 4 Select Servers from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more Oracle VM Servers in the management pane and click Stop Server in the perspective toolbar The Oracle VM Servers are
550. torage initiators Select an Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree and then select Storage Initiators in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane Control Domains this tab to view which version of Oracle VM Server the server is running before and after an upgrade using the server update repository Select an Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree and then select Control Domains in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane 24 Toolbar Management Pane Perspective Description See Section 3 4 2 10 Update Server for more information on Oracle VM Server update management Repository Exports List the export file servers used by backup and restore applications to access 52 file systems Use this tab to create edit and delete repository export file servers Select an Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree and then select Repository Exports in the Perspective drop down list to display this pane Info Displays a high level view of the selected object The Info pane contents change to reflect information about the object selected in the navigation tree You can use this pane to view information about repositories in your environment Select Info in the Perspective drop down list to display the Info pane Events Events are displayed for each object in the navigation tree and displays event related to that object Select Events in the Perspective drop
551. torage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab N Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 3 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 327 328 Chapter 7 Tools and Resources Tab Table of Contents nar pe M 330 pem VE 330 Edit Tag aise E 331 7 1 3 Delete T g 331 7 1 4 Find Components with matching Tag 331 7 2 Server Update Groups eaten ee essen eee ense enses nnn 332 7 2 1 Create New Server Update Repository 333 7 2 2 Edit Server Update Repository essssssssssssssssseee eene nennen enne 334 7 2 3 Delete Server Update Repository
552. tworks in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide 216 Navigation Pane The VLAN Interfaces tab is divided into two sections a Navigation Pane and a Management Pane displaying a tabular view of the VLAN Interfaces associated with the item selected in the navigation pane 5 2 1 Navigation Pane The Navigation Pane displayed on the VLAN Interfaces tab is used to control the VLAN interfaces that are displayed in the Management Pane The Navigation Pane presents a tree view of the server objects that have been discovered within your environment Servers are grouped by Server Pools or are automatically presented beneath the node titled Unassigned Servers Expanding the Server Pools node allows you to see each of the server pools configured within your environment Selecting a particular server pool from the list presented updates the Management Pane to show only the VLAN interfaces configured for that server pool Clicking on the Unassigned Servers node is equivalent to selecting an individual server pool The Management Pane is updated to show only the VLAN interfaces configured for servers that do not belong to a server pool Both the Unassigned Servers node and any of the server pool nodes can be further expanded to list the servers that belong to these nodes The VLAN interfaces displayed in the Management Pane can be further limited to each individual server listed Finally you are able to expand server nodes to list the ports or bonds that a
553. tworks used in a server pool You can set the server pool to use either DRS or DPM but not both at the same time See What are Server Pool Policies in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on these server pool policies To set a server pool policy 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool in the Server Pools folder in the navigation pane 3 From the Perspective field in the management pane select Policies from the drop down list Click Edit 7 in the toolbar The Configure Policy step of the Configure DRS DPM wizard is displayed ig Configure DRS DPM Policy Control Configure Policy Policy Type DRS v _ Select Networks Time Period Minutes 10 Server Processors Enable Threshold 75 Servers Available Server s Selected Server s MyServer 1 MyServer2 MyServer3 Cancel Next Enter the server pool policy information Policy Control 47 Server Pools Perspective Policy Type You can choose from either DRS DPM or none You cannot set both DRS and DPM to be active at the same time Time Period Minutes The time period for the policy job to run This sets the policy job to run every n minutes for example 10 sets the policy job to run every 10 minutes You can enter a number between 2 and 60 Server CPU Enable Set whether to enable or disable logging of CPU performance and utilization Threshold 96 The maximum amount of CPU percentage usage allo
554. ual Disks Managed in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about how device types are allocated to virtual disks and what you may need to do to solve any issues surrounding this problem To add a physical disk a To add a physical disk to the virtual machine select Physical Disk from the Disk Type drop down list Click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select a Physical Disk dialog box is displayed Select a physical disk from the list of available disks If you want to leave the slot empty select Leave Slot Empty Click OK To add an ISO file a To add an ISO file to the virtual machine select CD DVD from the Disk Type drop down list Click Select a Virtual Machine Disk amp The Select an ISO dialog box is displayed Select a Iso file from the list of available files If you want to leave the slot empty select Leave Slot Empty Click OK Note E When adding an ISO file to an existing virtual machine the ISO file is available to the operating system but may not be mounted To access the ISO file you may need to mount it for example mkdir cdrom mount o loop dev xvdb cdrom 36 Create Virtual Machine When you have set up the virtual machine s disks click Next 7 The Boot Options step is displayed in the wizard ad Create Virtual Machine Select your boot options CdRom Arrange Disks e Boot Options 1 la LJ Tags Optional Previous
555. ual Drivers Installation Guide Oracle VM Web Services API Developer s Guide Oracle VM Security Guide Oracle VM Licensing Information User Manual You can also get the latest information on Oracle VM by going to the Oracle VM Web site http www oracle com us technologies virtualization oracleym vii Command Syntax 3 Command Syntax Oracle Linux command syntax appears in monospace font The dollar character number sign or percent character 96 are Oracle Linux command prompts Do not enter them as part of the command The following command syntax conventions are used in this guide Convention Description backslash A backslash is the Oracle Linux command continuation character It is used in command examples that are too long to fit on a single line Enter the command as displayed with a backslash or enter it on a single line without a backslash dd if dev rdsk c0t1d0s6 of dev rst0 bs 10b count 10000 braces Braces indicate required items DEFINE macrol brackets Brackets indicate optional items cvtcrt termname outfile ellipses Ellipses indicate an arbitrary number of similar items CHKVAL fieldname valuel value2 valueN italics Italic type indicates a variable Substitute a value for the variable library name vertical line A vertical line indicates a choice within braces or brackets FILE filesize K M forward slash A forward slash is used as an e
556. ual machine files are split into multiple compressed files concatenate those files and enter the URL for the concatenated file for example to concatenate a number of compressed files to one compressed file enter S eb WM eH Lees Wa teu Witte Sos gt wine Then enter the URL to the single compressed virtual machine file in this case vm tgz To import a virtual machine that is not compressed as a single file each component must be a virtual machine configuration file that together make up a complete virtual machine you could enter http myexample com System sda img http myexample com vm cfg Proxy The IP address or hostname of an optional proxy server to use when importing the virtual machine Click OK to import the virtual machine The virtual machine is deployed to the server pool in the stopped state Alternatively the virtual machine is imported to the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder See Section 3 5 2 3 Start Virtual Machines for information on starting a virtual machine and Section 3 5 2 1 Edit Virtual Machine for information on editing a virtual machine 3 7 1 2 Edit Virtual Machine Changes to virtual machine configuration do not have an immediate effect on a running virtual machine The virtual machine must be stopped and then started for the hypervisor to reload the virtual machine configuration A restart does not force the hypervisor to reload the configuration 162 Virtual Machines Perspect
557. ude a navigation tree In this case the Events perspective displays events specific to the item selected in the navigation tree and presents these in the management pane The Events perspective may also appear within a dialog that is triggered from a Display Selected Events perspective toolbar option In this case the Events perspective dialog displays events specific to one or more elements selected in the management pane If an object has an error event associated with it you must acknowledge the event to clear the error and navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them Since Oracle VM Manager attempts to resolve issues automatically as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event A
558. ular server forces the virtual machine to be created on that server This has implications for the Start Policy discussed later Repository The repository in which to create the virtual machine configuration file Name A name for the virtual machine The maximum name length is 256 characters and may contain any character The name need not be unique Enable High Availability Whether to enable High Availability HA See How does High Availability HA Work in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on HA Enable Huge Pages Whether to enable HugePages This option can be used when configuring Huge Pages for paravirtualized VMs with the Domain Type set to XEN PVM Huge Pages are available by default for HVM and PVHVM and this parameter cannot be set if your Domain Type is not set to Setting this parameter automatically sets the page size to 2 MB This means that when assigning memory to a virtual machine with this parameter set you must ensure that the values specified are multiples of 2 MB If you enable HugePages you must also enable support for HugePages in the guest operating system If you want to change this value when editing a virtual machine the virtual machine must first be stopped This option is not available if the virtual machine is to be deployed to a SPARC based server pool See How are Huge Pages Enabled for Virtual Machines in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on Huge Page support
559. ults in an error dialog Display Count A drop down menu that allows you to select the number of events that should be displayed in the management pane while you are currently in this perspective Acknowledging Events Errors navigation tree Oracle VM Servers virtual machines repositories and storage objects can have error events associated with them The following procedures show you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 326 Show Events N Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 3 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events e The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge s
560. up of Oracle VM Servers with compatible processors or CPUs sharing the same processor family and model number These groups are created to ensure that a virtual machine running on one Oracle VM Server can safely be migrated and continue to run on another Oracle VM Server 347 Oracle VM Manager automatically creates processor compatibility groups as it discovers servers that have different processor types Using Oracle VM Manager you can create custom compatibility groups to improve your ability to do smooth migrations and to group servers according to your own requirements sparse copy A clone of the type sparse copy is a disk image file of a physical disk taking up only the amount of space actually in use not the full specified disk size Storage Connect Oracle VM integrates with all types of storage referred to as generic storage but also provides advanced storage functionality for storage vendors that provide a plug in to access their storage This plug in is part of Oracle VM s Storage Connect framework Oracle VM provides its own Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in for the Sun ZFS Storage Appliance and for the Oracle Axiom systems T thin clone A thin clone is a clone of a virtual disk that takes up only the amount of disk space actually in use not the full specified disk size Thin cloning of virtual disks on OCFS2 based repositories is supported Thin provisioning of physical disks on generic storage is not supported
561. use new VNICs and other networks for the clone Click Create to create a new clone customizer See Section 3 5 2 13 Manage Clone Customizers for information on creating a clone customizer This field is enabled if Advanced Clone is checked Target Repository The repository to store the cloned virtual machine configuration file This does not affect any clone disk mappings you set using a clone customizer this option is only for the virtual machine configuration file This field is enabled if Advanced Clone is checked Why don t I see other server pools to clone to A collapsed window element providing a table of server pools that do not meet the requirements to accept a clone request Expanding any of the entries in this table displays the reason that the server pool does not qualify storage repository is locked for the duration of the cloning job this may be some time in some circumstances To quickly create clones and not lock the storage Tip If you clone a virtual machine or template without using clone customizer the repository use a clone customizer Click OK The virtual machines are created and deployed to the server pool The templates are created in the storage repository It is important to understand that older templates may use a different device type to attach virtual disks This may affect your ability to attach new virtual disks such as a virtual CDROM device There are some limitations on mixing virtual disks
562. used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to edit in the table presented in the management pane Click on the 2 Edit Physical Disk icon in the toolbar A dialog opens to allow you to reconfigure the Physical Disk The dialog has the following options ID A non editable field containing the physical disk s UUID as it is stored within Oracle VM Manager Name A field to change the name of the physical disk within Oracle VM Manager New Size GiB A field to change the size in GiB of the physical disk The size of the physical disk can only be increased in size Description A text field allowing a description of the physical disk Shareable A check box that determines whether or not the disk can be shared Thin Provision A non editable field describing whether or not thin provisioning is supported by the disk When you have finished editing the physical disk click OK to save the changes or Cancel to exit out of the dialog without saving any changes 3 5 6 3 Delete Physical Disk It is possible to delete an existing physical disk if it is no longer in use by any servers within any server pools and the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in that you are using supports this operation The steps and options to
563. ustomizer This field is enabled if Advanced Clone is checked Target Repository The repository to store the cloned virtual machine configuration file This does not affect any clone disk mappings you set using a clone customizer this option is only for the virtual machine configuration file This field is enabled if Advanced Clone is checked Why don t see other server pools to clone to A collapsed window element providing a table of server pools that do not meet the requirements to accept a clone request Expanding any of the entries in this table displays the reason that the server pool does not qualify Tip If you clone a virtual machine or template without using clone customizer the storage repository is locked for the duration of the cloning job this may be some time in some circumstances To quickly create clones and not lock the storage repository use a clone customizer Click OK The virtual machines are created and deployed to the server pool The templates are created in the storage repository It is important to understand that older templates may use a different device type to attach virtual disks This may affect your ability to attach new virtual disks such as a virtual CDROM device There are some limitations on mixing virtual disks of differing device types on a virtual machine See How are Virtual Disks Managed in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information about how device types are allocated to virtu
564. vailable Storage Initiators Selected Storage Initiators Select Initiators MyServer04 ign 1988 12 com orade d0 1f8b MyServer0 1 ign 1988 12 com orade 5c24b8 MyServer ign 1988 12 com orade 3f9615c MyServer02 iqn 1988 12 com orade 9843cet MyServer06 ign 1988 12 com orade 3ee3d5l MyServer03 ign 1988 12 com orade d6fb55 Present Physical Disks i y MyServer07 iqn 1988 12 com orade a6ea90 Previous Cancel Next Note 3j You can also use the Storage Initiators perspective in the Servers and VMs tab to view and configure storage initiators on an individual Oracle VM Server See Section 3 5 7 1 View Access Groups for Selected Initiator for more information on using this method Important A If you have both iSCSI and Fibre Channel storage array types in your environment you must ensure that the storage initiators that you are adding for the access group match the storage type that you are defining this access group for See What are Access Groups in the Oracle VM Concepts Guide for more information on Access Groups The Present Physical Disks step is displayed in the wizard It contains the available storage elements on the storage array you are registering Note qj If this is the first time you are configuring access to this storage array the list of available physical disks may be empty You may have to edit the access group afterwards to select physical disks Use the arrow buttons to move the required disks from the
565. vers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Start gt The virtual machines are started 3 4 3 4 Stop Virtual Machines When a virtual machine is not in use you should shut it down to release system resources Stopping a virtual machine is analogous to a normal shutdown of a physical computer If you want to save the state of the virtual machine you should suspend it See Section 3 5 2 9 Suspend Virtual Machines for information on suspending virtual machines In some situations you may not be able to stop a virtual machine for example if you have tried to stop it while another job is in progress on the virtual machine such as a start virtual machine job To resolve this type of situation you should abort the job that is in progress then kill the virtual machine See Section 8 1 5 Abort Jobs for information on aborting jobs and Section 3 5 2 8 Kill Virtual Machines for information on killing a virtual machine 75 Virtual Machines Perspective To stop virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Stop
566. vers folder in the navigation tree select a SAN server item contained within the folder Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk or disks that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane To refresh physical disks used by a particular server on the Servers and VMs tab expand the Server Pools or Unassigned Servers folder to select a particular server in the navigation tree Select the Physical Disks option in the Perspective drop down list Select the physical disk that you wish to refresh in the table presented in the management pane 2 Click on the Refresh Physical Disk option in the toolbar 3 The selected physical disks are refreshed and their configurations are updated within Oracle VM Manager Note R If you encounter an error when refreshing a physical disk with a repository located on it similar to the following OVMAPI_7281E Cannot perform operation on file system You may need to ensure that the repository is under the ownership of the Oracle VM Manager instance that you are using See Section 4 3 1 2 Edit Repository for more information 3 5 6 7 View Physical Disk Events 132 Physical Disks Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface The Events perspective generally appears as an option within the Perspectives drop down menu on the management pane of tabs that incl
567. vets 25 3 1 2 Create Server Cui vaste aE E Eaa 26 3 1 3 Create Virtual Machine 30 3 2 SUMMA TP on cnet een 38 Server Pools Folder e cene dat ede need data tha ebd tdn e e y He eura adu aa a KEKA i 39 3 3 1 Server Pools Perspective 39 3 3 2 Server Processor Compatibility Perspective 51 3 4 Server Pool Item E 54 3 4 1 Info Perspective ee eater etre eee ee eaten etis ee ae inr kiaia sns nena 54 3 4 2 Servers adie dae ds 55 3 4 3 Virtual Machines Perspective eene ene nemen nnns 72 3 4 4 Anti Affinity Groups Perspective eene 91 3 4 5 Policies Perspective Atna RECON shes nnne sn nenne nnns 94 3 4 6 Server Update Repositories Perspective 97 3 4 7 Events Perspective PR ea E Ra nn dbase 99 iS SOMO NGM PME 101 3 5 1 Info Perspective ee aaa etter ee ee seca ada nn sees ee neris rnt enses sensa
568. vides the following fields to allow you to perform basic network configuration Name The name of the network in Oracle VM Manager Description Optional information you would like to add about this network Network Uses A set of check boxes that allow you to define the various network roles or channels that are enabled on the network Management Used to manage the physical Oracle VM Servers in a server pool for example to update the Oracle VM Agent on the different Oracle VM Servers This network function is assigned to at least one network by default Live Migrate Used to migrate virtual machines from one Oracle VM Server to another in a server pool without changing the status of the virtual machine 211 Create New Network Cluster Heartbeat Used to verify if the Oracle VM Servers in a clustered server pool are up and running Virtual Machine Used for the network traffic between the different virtual machines in a server pool Storage Reserved for future use and currently has no practical function or application Click Next to continue to the next stage of the wizard or click Cancel to exit the wizard without making any changes The Select Ports stage of the wizard is displayed This dialog allows you to define which ports or bonds on each Oracle VM Server are attached to the network and presents a tabular view of ports and bonds that are attached to the network requirement for you to add any netw
569. viewed from the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder Table 3 5 Virtual Machines Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Import Virtual Machine S Displays the Import Virtual Machine dialog box Use this option to import a virtual machine into Oracle VM Manager This option is only available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Edit a Displays the Edit Virtual Machine wizard Use this option to edit a virtual machine Delete x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected virtual machines Start gt Starts up a stopped virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Stop Lj Shuts down a virtual machine Not available for Unassigned Virtual Machines Launch Console m Launches the virtual machine VNC console in an x86 based server pool which enables access to the virtual machine Use this option to connect to a virtual machine s console and access the virtual machine directly Not available for virtual machines in the Unassigned Virtual Machines folder or virtual machines in a server pool but not assigned to an Oracle VM Server Launch Serial Console ah Launches the virtual machine serial console which enables access to the virtual machine Use this option to connect to a virtual machine s serial console and access the virtual machine directly This service is commonly used for virtual machines running in a SPARC bas
570. viewing If a navigation pane is displayed a toolbar is frequently displayed at the top of the navigation pane referred to as the navigation pane toolbar When viewing different perspectives a toolbar is positioned at the top of the management pane This toolbar is called the perspective toolbar The toolbars are used to perform specific actions Depending on the selected tab the icons in the toolbars change Furthermore the icons in the perspective toolbar change depending on the perspective selected Therefore the toolbar options are context sensitive and change depending on the part of the user interface that you are currently viewing Many of the toolbar options are also available as right click menu options In most cases clicking on a toolbar icon results in the display of a dialog or wizard to guide you through the configuration or management task selected The icons for each toolbar available on each tab and perspective within the user interface are summarized for each tab view throughout this guide 1 7 6 Management Pane The management pane is usually but not always presented in table format Objects or elements are listed in rows and information or fields of data related to an object or element is separated into columns In some cases information in the management pane may be simply presented as informational content listed in a form like presentation Where the information in the management pane is presented as a table it is often
571. w for these 74 Virtual Machines Perspective changes connect to the virtual machine and make sure that the drd service is enabled svcadm enable s drd svcs drd These commands should notify you that the service is online When you have performed these actions you are able to use Oracle VM Manager to dynamically change the allocation of resources 3 4 3 2 Delete Virtual Machines When you delete a virtual machine all the files and data associated with this virtual machine are removed from Oracle VM Manager Before deleting a virtual machine make sure you do not need it any longer You can only delete a virtual machine when the virtual machine status is Stopped or Error To delete virtual machines 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the server pool on which the virtual machines reside in the navigation tree 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select one or more virtual machines in the management pane and click Delete in the management pane toolbar 4 The Delete Confirmation dialog box is displayed Select any virtual disks associated with the virtual machines that you want to delete Click OK to delete the virtual machines and the selected virtual disks 3 4 3 3 Start Virtual Machines After a virtual machine is created you can start it Starting a virtual machine is analogous to starting a computer by pressing the Power On button To start virtual machines 1 Click the Ser
572. w you how to clear errors and return the object to normal operations To acknowledge Oracle VM Server error events 1 Click the Servers and VMs tab 2 Select the Oracle VM Server in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors To acknowledge virtual machine error events Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool or Oracle VM Server on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the virtual machine in the management pane table Click Display Selected VM Events 5 The Events dialog box is displayed Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors Click Close To acknowledge storage repository error events 1 Click the Repositories tab 2 Select the repository in the navigation tree 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigatio
573. wed before the policy must be enacted You can enter between 0 and 99 Servers Select the Oracle VM Servers for which the policy is to be enabled by moving the selected Oracle VM Servers from the Available Servers to the Selected Servers shuttle box Click Next 4 The Select Networks step of the Configure DRS DPM wizard is displayed ij Configure DRS DPM Available Networks Selected Networks aset es 10 172 76 0 VMNetwork Select Networks 1 Network Settings 2 KI Previous Cancel Next Select the networks to be included in the policy Click Next 5 The Network Settings step of the Configure DRS DPM wizard is displayed 48 Server Pools Perspective ij Configure DRS DPM Network Enable Threshold VMNetwork v 75 Select Networks Network Settings Previous Cancel Finish Select whether to enable the policy on the network and select the threshold at which the policy is to be enacted for the network Click Finish The policy is set for the server pool 3 3 1 8 Send VM Messages You can select one or more virtual machines Oracle VM Servers or server pools to select which running virtual machines are populated in the dialog box used to send messages to virtual machines To send a virtual machine a message you must have first installed the Oracle VM Guest Additions in the virtual machine For information on installing the Oracle VM Guest Additions and a more detailed description of the virtual
574. when moving a virtual machine or template Create a Clone Customizer To create a clone customizer 1 Select the virtual machine or template and display the Manage Clone Customizers for Virtual Machine or Template dialog box by Virtual Machine Click the Servers and VMs tab Select the server pool on which the virtual machine resides in the navigation tree Select Virtual Machines from the Perspective drop down list Select the virtual machine to clone in the management pane and click Manage Clone Customizers amp Virtual Machine Template Click the Repositories tab In the navigation tree select the repository in which the template resides then VM Templates Select the template in the management pane and click Manage Clone Customizers 167 Virtual Machines Perspective Manage Clone Customizers for VM MyOL5VM View 2 XR Name Description No Clone Customizer Close 2 Select Create Clone Customizer 3 The Create a Clone Customizer wizard is displayed Create a Clone Customizer Name and Description Clone Customizer Name MyCloneCustomizer Description L Storage Mappings Cancel Next In the Name and Description step of the wizard enter a Name and Description for the clone customizer and click Next 4 The Storage Mappings step of the wizard is displayed 168 Virtual Machines Perspective Create a Clone Customizer i E Di
575. wing VM Template URLs The URLs for the templates The URL schemes supported are HTTP HTTPS and FTP For example http example com mytemplate tgz To import a template using FTP use the standard FTP syntax fip useripassword serverlpath filename tgz 192 VM Templates Perspective If your template files are split into multiple compressed files concatenate those files and enter the URL for the concatenated file for example to concatenate a number of compressed files to one compressed file enter cat template tgz lof3 template tgz 20f3 template tgz 3of3 gt template tgz Then enter the URL to the single compressed template file in this case template tgz To import a template that is not compressed as a single file each component must be a complete file if not concatenate them to one file for example to enter a virtual disk image and a virtual machine configuration file that together make up a complete template you could enter http myexample com System sda img http myexample com vm cfg Each template component should be listed on a new line Each URL must be a reference to a complete file Alternatively you can place all the files in the same directory on a web server and import the vm cfg file and all the supporting virtual disk files are also imported Proxy The IP address or hostname of an optional proxy server to use when importing the template Click OK to import the template Whe
576. wledge All to clear all errors To acknowledge storage error events 1 Click the Storage tab Select File Servers SAN Servers or a storage server in the navigation tree 2 3 Select Events from the Perspective drop down list in the management pane 4 Select the user acknowledgeable error event and click Acknowledge or click Acknowledge All to clear all user acknowledgeable errors 6 9 4 Access Groups Perspective The Access Groups perspective lists the different Access Groups configured in your environment The following columns are displayed in the management pane Name The name that has been configured for the access group Event Severity The event level severity associated with the access group SAN Server The SAN server that the access group applies to Description A description entered for the access group when it was created or edited This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 6 29 Access Groups Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Access Group T Displays the Create an Access Group dialog box Use this option to create a new access group This option is only available for non generic storage arrays Edit Access Group Displays the Edit Access Group dialog box Use this option to edit access group settings such as name description and the storage initiators that have access to the
577. work that is configured on the interface Networking Network The name of the network that this bond port belongs to if any Bond Name The name of the bond in the bond port This perspective includes a toolbar that consists of the following options Table 3 15 Bond Ports Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Create Bond Port Displays the Create Bond Port wizard Use this option to create a new bond port consisting of a number of physical Ethernet ports on a server Edit Selected Port Displays the Edit Bond Port dialog box Use this option to change the configuration of the selected bond port on a server Delete Selected Port x Displays the Delete Confirmation dialog box Use this option to delete the selected bond port on a server 3 5 5 1 Create Bond Port The management port on each Oracle VM Server is specified at installation time and is automatically 125 Bond Ports Perspective balancing to your network environment Once created these bonds can be used as building blocks when To create a bond port 1 2 Select the Servers and VMs tab In the navigation pane select the Oracle VM Server on which the bond port is to be created If the Oracle VM Server is already part of a server pool it is listed under Server Pools Otherwise find and select the Oracle VM Server in the Unassigned Servers folder In the management pane set the Persp
578. y Description The configured description for the SAN server SAN Server s Storage Description The description returned for the SAN server as returned by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in Status The status of the SAN server as reported by the SAN server Validated Whether or not the SAN server has been validated by Oracle VM Manager No special storage operations supported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in may occur until the storage server is validated by Oracle VM Manager Storage Plug In The name of the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in used to connect to the SAN server Storage Plug In Version The version number of the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in used to connect to the SAN server Plug in Private Data Additional parameters passed to the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in d et E o N 9 W Ext gt v 5 N p T D B o o m a lt gt 2 o 5 lt m Free Size GiB The available free size in GiB reported by the SAN server Used Size GiB The amount of used space reported by the SAN server Additional fields may be listed to indicate the support status for various storage related functions as reported by the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in in use 258 Events Perspective 6 6 2 Events Perspective The Events perspective is common to many elements within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface T
579. y as much as possible not all events can be acknowledged by a user within the Oracle VM Manager Web Interface Therefore a flag is set for events that are user acknowledgeable If an event does not have this flag set you are unable to acknowledge it since it is handled internally by Oracle VM Manager The Events perspective or dialog contains a table with the following columns of information per event Severity The severity level assigned to the event Timestamp The date and time that the event occurred Modify Time The last recorded date and time that the event was modified Type The type of event according to Oracle VM Manager s event categorization model Summary A summary description of the event Acknowledged Whether an error event has been acknowledged User Acknowledgeable Whether or not an event can be acknowledged by the user Alongside each event entry in the table there is an arrow that allows you to expand the view for each entry This displays the full Description for the event The Events perspective or dialog contains a perspective toolbar with the following options Table 3 20 Events Perspective Toolbar Icon Options Toolbar Icon Option Icon Description Acknowledge v Acknowledge a selected error event to clear the error and return the object to normal operations Note that this option is only available for user acknowledgeable events Acknowledge All d Acknowledge all error events associated wit
580. you are not able to remove VNICs that are already in use You also cannot reorder VNICs on a running virtual machine If you choose to add a VNIC to a running machine you must ensure that the VNIC belongs to a virtual machine network already associated with the Oracle VM Servers on which it can run by selecting the appropriate network from the Network drop down list A virtual machine can have up to eight 8 VNICs for HVM guests and up to 31 for PVM guests A PVM guest requires network connectivity to perform the operating system install and must have at least one VNIC Click Next 34 Create Virtual Machine 6 The Arrange Disks step of the wizard is displayed iif Create Virtual Machine Set the slot positions for your ISOs and disks Slot Disk Type Name Size GiB Actions 0 Empty 1 Empty Arrange Disks 2 Empty 3 Empty 4 0 Set up Networks s Boot Options Previous Cancel Next Select the desired storage configuration of your virtual machine such as virtual disks physical disks and ISO files On a separate slot add one or more of the following disk types Empty An empty slot Virtual Disk This allows you to add or create a virtual disk Virtual disks may be shared by virtual machines or only available to a single virtual machine Physical Disk The physical disks are the disks in a storage array Physical disks may be shared by virtual machines CD DVD This adds an IS
581. you can click Cancel to exit the wizard without saving the network changes Note that if you edited the configuration for a Port Bond or VLAN interface in any of the sub wizards these changes have already been effected Create a Local Network on a single server 1 Assuming that you have followed the instructions in To create a new Network the Create Network dialog is now displayed The wizard provides the following fields to allow you to perform basic network configuration Name The name of the network in Oracle VM Manager Description Optional information you would like to add about this network Click Next to continue to the next stage of the wizard or click Cancel to exit the wizard without making any changes The Select Server stage is displayed in the wizard This stage provides a drop down list of all of the servers configured within Oracle VM Manager Select the server where you wish to create the local network and click Finish to save the new network configuration Alternatively you can click Cancel to exit the wizard without saving the network changes 5 1 2 Edit Existing Network It is possible to edit the configuration for an existing network The steps and options to do so are described below To edit the configuration for an existing network 1 2 3 On the Networking tab click the Networks subtab link and select the network that you wish to edit Click the 7 Edit Network icon in the toolbar A dialo
582. yserver5 virtlab info iqn 1988 12 com oracle f3fccf888e75 myserver6 virtlab info iqn 1988 12 com oracle d0e0282523c7 Cancel OK Select and move the Oracle VM Servers into the Selected Storage Initiators box to add storage initiators to each Oracle VM Server Click OK The access group management functionality is also available outside this wizard To access it you must go to the Storage tab select a SAN server in the navigation pane and change the Perspective field in the management pane to Access Groups as described in Section 6 6 4 Access Groups Perspective Access group management for an individual Oracle VM Server is also described in Section 3 5 7 1 View Access Groups for Selected Initiator Click Finish to complete the SAN server discovery operation The new storage array appears in the navigation pane under SAN Servers Prior to the access group configuration the Oracle VM Storage Connect plug in established a link to the storage location By configuring the access group s you grant one or more Oracle VM Servers access to the storage array so that the storage elements or physical disks offered by the SAN server appear in Oracle VM Manager Access group configuration and management is described in detail in the next section The exception to the rule is again the unmanaged fibre channel storage array which does not use the concept of access groups but offers its LUNs to all Oracle VM Servers connected to the fibre ch

Oracle® VM - Manager User`s Guide for Release 3.3

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Oracle&reg; VM - Manager User`s Guide for Release 3.3

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Oracle® VM - Manager User`s Guide for Release 3.3